Instruction Manual Mypro Touch Type S

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
FOR SCREW COMPRESSOR UNIT CONTROLLER

MYPRO TOUCH Type-S
WARNING
Read this manual carefully before you can use and service "MYPRO TOUCH" safely and properly.
Important Notice
This manual has been prepared as a guide to allow you to use the Screw Compressor Unit Controller MYPRO TOUCH
Type-S properly and safely. Follow all the instructions in this manual. Failure to do so could result in unforeseen
accidents.
Keep this manual handy for ready and regular reference by all persons working on your MYPRO TOUCH Type-S.
If the manual is lost or damaged, contact any of the Mayekawa offices or sales/service centers in your area to order a
new copy.
This manual must remain with the product when you resell it to another user.
Mayekawa reserves the right to make changes to the specifications of the product the contents of this manual for
improvements without prior notice.
If you have any query due to inconsistency between the product and the information in this manual that can result from
such changes, please ask questions to any of the Mayekawa offices or sales/service centers in your area.
Be sure to start operation, inspection, and servicing of the equipment only after having thoroughly read and
understood all the hazard preventive instructions and precautions in this manual and connected equipments manual.
Almost all the past accidents occurred due to failure to follow the basic safety rules.
All safety instructions and precautions in this manual are highlighted by appropriate one of the following symbol-letter
combinations:
DANGER
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that if not avoided, could result in death or serious
WARNING injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that if not avoided, will or could result in minor or
moderate injury. This also indicates an instruction that should be followed to obtain full
CAUTION performance from the product.
The safety instructions and precautions in this manual are not exhaustive. There may be other safety precautions to
be observed that vary from user to user. It is your responsibility to establish a safety management system most
appropriate for your particular use of the product.
Never, disassemble or otherwise interfere with the Screw Compressor Unit Controller MYPRO TOUCH Type-S, as it
contains many electronic components that can be affected adversely by disassembly or other interference. Mayekawa
Mfg. Co., Ltd. assumes no responsibility for any undesirable consequences that would result from disassembly of or
interference with the controller.
Use this controller solely for control and management of the screw compressor units produced by Mayekawa Mfg.
Co., Ltd.
QT1101-16
Preface
Thank you for your purchase of Mayekawa Screw Unit Controller MYPRO TOUCH Type-S.
Before installing and putting your MYPRO TOUCH Type-S into service, check the following points:
a.
Is your MYPRO TOUCH Type-S exactly of the factory-option variation you specified?
There are a factory set goods enumerated as follows in MYPRO TOUCH.
MYPRO TOUCH-S:
6 digital inputs; 10 digital outputs (for AC load); 16 analog inputs
MYPRO TOUCH-S-DC:
6 digital inputs; 10 digital outputs (for DC load); 16 analog inputs;
Additionally, there is an option for enhancing.

(extension) 4 analog outputs;
(extension) 4 digital outputs (for AC load);
(extension) 2 digital inputs, 2 digital outputs (for AC load);
(extension) 4 digital outputs (for DC load);
(extension) 2 digital inputs, 2 digital outputs (for DC load);
b.
Are all necessary items supplied?

Check the items in the package against the packaging list.
The standard version MYPRO TOUCH Type-S should be provided with a set of the following items:
CPU chassis kits (CPU board; 2 analog input boards; digital input/output board; CPU-AD harness;
AD- AD harness; CPU-digital input/output harness; power harness)
Touch panel (12.1)
16 Analog input connectors
16 Digital input/output connectors
Instruction manual (one copy of this manual)
c.
Are the settings in the following screen correct?

Be sure to confirm the following settings in the corresponding screens before putting MYPRO TOUCH into service.
System Configuration - Are the settings for the each item appropriate for the compressor unit of control target?
Alarm/Failure LIMITS - Are the settings for each alarm appropriate?
WARNING
Please set to observe application limits and recommended matter of the compressor and the device
used a set each value.
d.
"Protection film" of the scratch prevention in manufacturing is put on the protection seat of the touch panel.
(The surface is rough "Protection film", and scratch attaches lightly by the fingernail.)
Please peel off before it uses it and use it. (It is not possible to recycle.)
Might it not peel off, and the paste remain when having used it for a long term without peeling off the protection
film.
Mayekawa Mfg. Co., Ltd.
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S Manual Rel.1.16
-2-
QT1101-16
Table of Contents
Important Notice 1
Preface 2
Chapter 0 : Information on This Manual 5
0.1 This Manual and Other Related Manuals 5
0.2 Organization of This Manual 5
0.3 Glossary of Special Terms 5
0.4 Units 6
0.5 Words Displayed on Screen 6
0.6 Acronyms and Abbreviations 6
Chapter 1 : General Description 7
1.1 Functions and Features 7
1.2 System Organization of MYPRO TOUCH 8
1.3 Usable Control Functions 9
Chapter 2 Components and Their Functions 10
2.1 Touch Panel 10
2.2 Central Processing Unit Assembly 13
2.3 CPU board MT-CPU-02 14
2.3.1 Reset Switch on CPU Board 16
2.3.2 Replacement of battery for Internal Timing Clock on CPU Board 17
2.4 Analog Input Boards MT-AD-02 18
2.4.1 Current / Voltage Selection and Terminal Block Connections on Analog Input Boards 20
2.4.2 Input Type Selection for Channels 15 and 16 of Analog Input Boards 21
2.5 Digital Input/Output Board 22
2.5.1 MT-DIOA-01 (only AC load) 22
2.5.2 MT-DIOA-DC01 (only DC load) 23
2.6 Extension Analog Output Board MT-DA-02(Option) 24
2.7 Extension Digital Input/Output (DI/O) Board 25
2.7.1 Option:only AC load 25
2.7.2 Option:only DC load 26
Chapter 3 : Screen Operation 27
3.1 Display Screens 27
3.1.1 Acronyms and Abbreviations Used for Indicated Items 27
3.1.2 Main Graphic Screen (Graphic View) 31
3.1.3 Main Status Screen (Top screen) 33
3.1.4 Function Icon 40
3.1.5 Screen transition diagram (Screen Transition) 41
3.2 Operation Method 48
3.2.1 Password 48
3.2.2 Method of movement screen and changing set value 50
3.2.3 Changing Set points Method 50
3.3 System Configuration (Initial Setting Method) 51
3.3.1 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Screen 51
3.3.2 SYSTEM DETAILS Screen 53
3.3.3 ANALOG OUTPUT ADJUSTMENT Screen 60
3.3.4 CONFIG. & SETTING IMPORT/EXPORT Screen 61
3.4 Adjustment of the System (Setting way for Trial and Readjustment) 63
3.4.1 SET TIME Screen 64
3.4.2 PASSWORD Screen 64
3.4.3 CALIBRATION Icon 66
3.4.3.1 ANALOG OUTPUT ASSIGNMENT Screen 67
3.4.3.2 AUXILIARY INPUT TIMER Screen 70
3.4.3.3 OPTION ANALOG INPUT Screen 71
3.4.3.4 SLIDE VALVE CALIBRATION Screen 72
3.4.3.5 ANALOG INPUT ADJUSTMENT Screen 79
3.4.3.6 DI/O STATUS Screen 80
3.5 Alarm/Failure of the system (Alarm/Failure setting method for security of devices) 81
3.5.1 ALARM LOG Screen 82
3.5.2 FAILURE LOG Screen 82
3.5.3 EVENT LOG Screen 83
3.5.4 LIMITS (ALARM/FAILURE 1/10 to 6/10) Screen 84
3.5.5 LIMITS (ALARM/FAILURE 7/10 to 8/10) Screen 84
3.5.6 RANGE OVER (ALARM/FAILURE 9/10 to 10/10) Screen 86
3.6 System Operations (Setting Method for Normal Operation) 87
3.6.1 CONTROL SUMMARY (1/3) Screen 87
3.6.1.1 SET POINTS Screen 89
3.6.1.2 SCHEDULER Screen 91
-3-
QT1101-16
3.6.1.3 CAPACITY CONTROL Screen 93
3.6.1.4 VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL Screen 97
3.6.1.5 AUTO Vi Screen 101
3.6.1.6 OTHER SETPOINTS Screen 103
3.6.1.7 HIGH STAGE CAPACITY CONTROL Screen 105
3.6.1.8 ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER SV Screen 106
3.6.2 CONTROL SUMMARY (2/3) Screen 107
3.6.2.1 LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL Screen 108
3.6.2.1 CONDENSER CONTROL Screen 109
3.6.2.3 EXPANSION VALVE (SSH) CONTROL Screen 112
3.6.2.4 EXPANSION VALVE (SP) CONTROL Screen 113
3.6.2.5 EXPANSION VALVE (LBT) CONTROL Screen 113
3.6.3 CONTROL SUMMARY (3/3) screen 114
3.6.3.1 CHILLER LEAVING TEMP. CONTROL Screen 115
3.6.3.2 LEVEL CONTROL Screen 116
3.6.3.3 AUTO STAGE Screen 117
3.6.3.4 COMMUNICATION SETUP Screen 122
3.6.3.5 VFD SETUP 123
3.7 Check of System (Graph ICON, Monitor ICON) 124
3.7.1 GRAPH Icon 125
3.7.1.1 TREND GRAPH Screen 125
3.7.1.2 HISTORICAL TREND GRAPH Screen 125
3.7.1.3 TREND DATA EXPORT Screen 127
3.7.2 MONITOR Icon 128
3.7.2.1 PROGRAM VERSION Screen 128
3.7.2.2 DEVICE MONITOR Screen 129
3.7.2.3 SYSTEM DETAILS Screen 129
3.7.2.4 SYSTEM OVER VIEW Screen 130
3.7.2.5 COUNTER Screen 130
3.7.2.6 ASSIGNMENT Screen 131
Chapter 4 : Operation 132
4.1 Compressor unit operation control 132
4.1.1 Start/Stop Control in Different Operation Control Modes 132
4.2 Input/Output 135
4.2.1 Analog Input 135
4.2.2 Digital Input/Output 137
4.3 Types of Alarm/Failure and Judgment condition 144
Chapter 5 : Communication 148
5.1 Outline of Communication on MYPRO TOUCH 148
5.2 Communication with External Device 149
5.2.1 Communication System Configuration with External Equipments 149
5.2.2 Remote Communication Device and Communication Protocols 149
5.2.3 Change of set value by communication 150
5.3 AUTO STAGE Control 152
5.3.1 System configuration of AUTO STAGE communication 152
5.3.2 Out line of number control (AUTO STAGE) 153
Chapter 6 : Troubleshooting 157
Chapter 7 : Specifications 161
7.1 MYPRO TOUCH Specification 161
Central Processing Unit board Assembly specification 162
Touch Panel Specification 164
7.2 MYPRO TOUCH Replaceable Parts List 166
7.3 MYPRO TOUCH Input/Output list 168
7.4 Input/Output Connecting Diagram 171
Appendix 173
Appendix1. Introducing of MYPRO TOUCH Support software 173
Appendix1.1
MYPRO TOUCH Updater 173
Appendix2. MODBUS Protocol 174
Program Revision Record 175
Instruction Manual Revision Record 187
-4-
QT1101-16
Chapter 0 : Information on This Manual

0.1
This Manual and Other Related Manuals
This manual is about MYPRO TOUCH Type-S as follows:

- SCREW COMPRESSOR UNIT CONTROLLER (Model MYPRO TOUCH Type-S) MANUAL
It contains information necessary for the engineering staff in charge of operation, maintenance, and system of MYPRO
TOUCH Type-S. The information includes description on the MYPRO TOUCH Type-Ss functions and specifications,
instructions for wiring/connections, setting and operation, method for troubleshooting, and other data necessary for
maintenance service.
Mayekawa reserves the right to make changes to Photos, Drawings, Screens and pictures in this manual for improvements
without prior notice.
0.2
Organization of This Manual
This manual consists of the following three groups of chapters.

Chapters 1 to 3: Setting of MYPRO TOUCH
Chapter 1 contains the general description and Features
Chapter 2 contains description of parts (such as Touch panel, Board) which constitute MYPRO TOUCH.
Chapter 3 contains the following items of information: the flow from introduction, operation instruction, setting, operation to
compressor function checking of MYPRO TOUCH and description of each display screen of them.
Chapters 4 to 5: Control of MYPRO TOUCH
Chapter 4 contains description of the ways for operation and control method of MYPRO TOUCH.
Chapter 5 contains description of communications of MYPRO TOUCH.
Chapters 6 to 7: Maintenance of MYPRO TOUCH
Chapter 6 contains description of troubleshooting of MYPRO TOUCH.
Chapter 7 contains description of specification of MYPRO TOUCH.
0.3
Glossary of Special Terms
The special terms used in this manual are defined below.

ALARM/FAILURE
ALARM is a minor alarm that does not involve any compressor unit shutdown.
FAILURE is a serious alarm that involves compressor unit shutdown.
AUTO STAGE Control
The automatic staging control works on multiple compressor units with their controllers inter-connected through
communication ports. Of these controllers, one is assigned to the master station. The master station issues commands to
start or stop the compressor under control of each of the other controllers (called the slave stations) to properly adjust the
number of operating compressors according to the required gas compressing capacity for the refrigerating system.
Compressor unit
Compressor unit refers to a system consisting of a compressor, condenser, expansion values, chiller, and driving motors.
Each compressor unit operates under control of one MYPRO TOUCH (Controller).
-5-
QT1101-16
Manipulating Value
The amount of control expressed in a sum of the proportional, integral, and derivative controls (PID control) concerning with
the capacity, speed, and other controls.
(ALARM) Mask time
Mask time refers to the time set by the user during which no determination to or not to issue an alarm takes place.
Master station
Master station is defined differently according to the control configuration using MYPRO TOUCH.
- In the case of the automatic staging control (AUTO STAGE), the master station is the MYPRO TOUCH that gives
operational commands to the other MYPRO TOUCH according to information of its own as well as that it receives from the
slave MYPRO TOUCH.
- In the case of the control using a remote control device such as a computer through communications, the master station
refers to the remote control device controlling the MYPRO TOUCH in the network.
Offset
If analog input values are different from actual values, a positive or negative offset value is added for proper processing and
indication. You can specify offset values as part of settings.
Passwords
You must enter a password of the specified "security level" before you can make settings in some special screen. Two
different "security levels" of password (LEVEL-1 and LEVEL-2) must be registered beforehand to be able to access these
screens, each requiring a specific "security level" of password for authorization. See Section 3.4.2 PASSWORD Screen for
further details.
Scaling
Scaling means a setting to specify the range (upper and lower limits) for input values from each sensor.
Screen
A screen that is accessed from each menu. It is used for making parameter settings and for checking the current status of
settings or operation of the compressor unit.
0.4
Units
Unless otherwise specified, all pressures are indicated in MPa (gauge readings) and temperatures in C (degrees Celsius).
0.5
Words Displayed on Screen
In this manual, the words displayed on the screen (menus, screen, parameter items, selective options, etc.) are indicated in all
capital letters enclosed by single quotation marks like SETUP (although quotation marks are basically omitted in tables).
0.6
Acronyms and Abbreviations
For interpretation of the acronyms and abbreviations used in display, see Section 3.1 Display Screens.
-6-
QT1101-16
Chapter 1 : General Description

1.1
Functions and Features
MYPRO TOUCH is a controller developed for controlling operation of the Mayekawa-produced screw compressor units.
The controller has the following standard features:
Sequence control and process control inputs/outputs
- 16 digital inputs/outputs
No-voltage contact signals or under-voltage solid-state relay (SSR) signals
- 16 analog inputs
4 to 20 mA DC inputs, 1 to 5 V DC inputs, or 1-k potentiometer inputs
User-controller interface
- TFT color LCD, 800X600 dots (SVGA) display
- Touch panel system (analog resistive film system), 1024x1024 resolution
This user-friendly interface allows intuitive operation by adopting touch panel.
Communication ports
The following communication ports are offered as standard equipment.
- An Ethernet (IEEE802.3u, 100base-TX) communication port
- A USB 2.0 port
(Connector: RJ-45)
(Connector: Type-A))
- A half-duplex 4-wire serial communication port conforming to RS-485

The serial communications function allows remote monitoring the operating conditions of compressor units, making their
start/stop control, and changing various parameter settings. The MODBUS protocol employed is world standard protocol
for serial communications in industry and allows for the use of commercially available supervisory control and data
acquisition (SCADA) software as well as connection to and communication with PLC MODBUS communications units of
various manufacturers.
Optional extension boards for additional inputs/outputs channels and communication ports
The following optional items are available for expanded connections to MYPRO TOUCH.
- Extension digital/analog converter (DA) board for additional 4 analog outputs (up to 1 piece)
- Extension 4 digital output boards or 2 extension digital output boards and 2 digital input boards (up to 1 piece)
- Extension analog input board for additional 8 analog inputs (up to 4 pieces)
Either of two status screens is selectable: Main Graphic and Main Status.
-7-
QT1101-16
1.2
System Organization of MYPRO TOUCH
Schematic for System organization of MYPRO TOUCH

[MYPRO
TOUCH]
External Communication
PC for Remote Supervision
Device
or
([MYPRO TOUCH]
- Profibus-DP
MODBUS TCP
[MYPRO
PC
MYPRO-CPIV, etc
- DeviceNet
Support Soft)
(Modbus Unit)
- Profinet etc.
TOUCH]
RS-485
for MYPRO TOUCH
(AUTO STAGE)
Ethernet
RS-232C
RS-422/485
Ethernet
USB Communication
- Program Changing
RS-485
(2 or 4 wire)
Modbus
[MYPRO TOUCH] Control Panel

Ethernet
(3)
Touch Panel
Terminal Block
12.1" (PFXGP4601TAD)
(5)
(2)
COM2
RS-485
(1)
COM1
RS-232C
(4)
or
[MYPRO TOUCH] Control Panel

CPU Chassis
COM2
RS-485
COM1
RS-485
USB
AD Board
AD Board
AD Board
AD Board
MT-AD-02
MT-AD-02
MT-AD-02
MT-AD-02
CPU Board
MT-CPU-02
Ext.
DA Board
MT-DA-02
DI/O(10/6) Board
Ext.DI/O
MT-DIOA-01
(4/0) Board
MT-DIO4-01
Ext.DI/O
(4/0) Board
MT-DIO4-01
Ext.DI/O
(4/0) Board
Ext.DI/O
MT-DIO4-01
(2/2) Board
MT-DIO2-01
Name
Q.ty
Note
CPU-HMI Communication Cable(1.8[m])
RS-485 D-sub 9pin The provision of Japan is also possible.
RS-232C Custom Cross Cable (3.0[m])
It is necessary for connecting Anybus-touch panel. (self-made cable)
Protocol Converter
Anybus Communicator
The model is different according to the protocol.

D-sub connector : #4-40 (inch screw)
RS-232C Straight Cable(3.0[m])
It is necessary for connecting the level converter and touch panel.
RS-232C - RS-485 Level Converter
When the transmission distance exceeds 100m, an external power supply is

necessary.
It does not show electric wiring and wiring for control (analog input/output, digital input/output).
The solid line means standard connection and the dashed line means optional connection.
Extension analog input board is required for 16 analog inputs or more.

Extension digital input/output board is required for 20 digital inputs/outputs or more.
However, extension boards should be set up in MYPRO TOUCH control panel separately. It cannot be set in the central
processing unit chassis. (Depending on condition, size up of the control panel is required.)
-8-
QT1101-16
1.3
Usable Control Functions
You can use MYPRO TOUCH Type-S for following Screw type compressors.
J-Series
SINGLE J without Economizer

SINGLE J with
FM160
V-Series
Economizer
FM160 without Economizer

FM160 with
Economizer
SINGLE
without Economizer
with
Economizer
UD-V with Condenser Control

UD-V with Chiller Control
400 Series
-
Compound
You can mainly use following control functions of MYPRO TOUCH Type-S.
Control Function
Compressor (low stage) capacity control
Evaporator expansion valve 1 control
Control Target
Internal
controller No.
Compressor capacity control by Discharge/Suction pressure
(PID 01/16)
Compressor capacity control by Chiller leaving temperature
(PID 02/16)
Evaporator expansion valve control by suction superheat
(PID 03/16)
Evaporator expansion valve control by suction pressure
(PID 04/16)
Evaporator expansion valve control by Chiller leaving temperature
(PID 05/16)
Economizer/intercooler expansion valve control
Inter cooler expansion valve control by intermediated superheat
(PID 06/16)
Liquid injection oil cooling control
Liquid injection expansion valve control

by discharge temperature/ superheat
(PID 07/16)
Chiller flow control
Process flow control by Chiller leaving temperature
(PID 08/16)
Condenser fan revolutions/ step control
Condenser fan speed control by discharge pressure
(PID 09/16)
Compound two-stage Compressor

high stage capacity control
Compressor high stage capacity control by intermediate pressure
(PID 10/16)
Compressor VFD control by suction/discharge pressure
(PID 11/16)
Compressor VFD control by Chiller leaving temperature
(PID 12/16)
Evaporator expansion valve control by suction superheat 2
(PID 13/16)
Evaporator expansion valve control by chiller gas pressure 2
(PID 14/16)
Chiller liquid level control
Level control by chiller liquid
(PID 15/16)
Unused
Unused
(PID 16/16)
Compressor Variable Frequency Drive(VFD) control
Evaporator expansion valve 2 control
Other
Capacity control by remote capacity command inputs (analog/digital input)
Compressor number control (AUTO STAGE)
Vi automatic variable control (Auto-Vi)
Hot gas bypass control
Starting bypass control
Compressor oil seal control
Evaporator Oil Return control
You can select using function from System Configuration when these control functions are used.
However, sometimes multiple control functions cannot be used at one time, when their inputs/outputs are overlapped.
The function is not available when it has not been connected (extension) as hardware.
For detail, see Section 7.3 MYPRO TOUCH Input/Output list.
-9-
QT1101-16
Chapter 2 Components and Their Functions

2.1
Touch Panel
Bottom View
Front View
Back View
Components of Touch Panel

Part
Item
Status LED
Power connector
SD card access LED
Function
It shows status of Touch Panel.
Color
Indicator Description
Off-line
Green
Lighting
Operating
Orange
Blinking Starting up soft-ware
Red
Lighting Power-up
Firefly
Backlight control of GP has been set as standby mode,
Lighting
lighting
and its screen goes black.
No light Power-off
To supply DC24V(See next page Important Notice for Power Supply)
This LED is lighting, when SD card is insert.
MEMO : Do not insert or remove the SD card during lighting of the LED lamp. It may causes
corruption of the SD card data.
Color
Lighting SD card has been inserted.
Green
No light SD card has not been inserted or has not been accessed.
Ethernet interface
Ethernet transmission Interface (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX)

Connector : Modular jack RJ-45 x 1
Color
Blinking Data transmission is occurring.
Green
(Active)
No light No data transmission
Data transmission is available
Lighting
in 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX.
Green
(Link)
No connection
No light
or subsequent transmission failure
USB(mini-B)
interface
One supporting USB 2.0(mini-B) Communication distance: 5 meters or less

For touch panel maintenance
SD card
interface cover/ battery
insertion cover for
replacement
COM2 : Serial interface
COM1 : Serial interface
USB(Type A)
interface
If you have question how to insert / remove SD card or order of its batteries, please contact
our Sales.
As for Exchanging batteries, please see next page.
It is only for communication with central processing unit board in MYPRO TOUCH. You
cannot use it for other use.
RS-232C serial interface
D-Sub9 Pin Plug Type Connector
It can be used for Interface with external communication Devices.
Support USB 2.0(Type A)1
USB storage (memory) for data accumulation is available.
Power supply pressure : DC5V5%, Output current : 500mA(Max),
Maximum communication Distance : 5 meters
- 10 -
QT1101-16
Important Notice for Power Supplying
-
Class 2 power supply is available for DC24V inputs.
Make sure to twist together ends of power supply cables before connecting them with power supply plug or ring terminal
for enhancing its electromagnetic noise immunity.
Do not bring or bundle power supply cable to main circuit (high voltage, high current) lines or input/output signal lines.
Connect lighting surge absorber for light surge measures.
Make power supply cable as short as possible to reduce electromagnetic noise.
WARNING
Short circuit, fire, unplanned device operation
- Do not connect with live-line at the time of power supply connection.
- Do not put excessive force to power supply cable, to avoid accidental disconnection
- Make sure to fix power supply cable to touch panel main body or in board firmly.
- Terminals in power supply terminal block should be tightened by proper torque.(power supply
terminal block : 1.4 Nm)
- Install it to cabinet before connecting with power supply cables or communication lines.
Make sure to follow above instructions. Death, serious injury or property damage may result if you do
not.
Power Supply Connection
-
Separate input/output (such as central processing unit board) line and touch panel line as shown the figure when you
connect power supply.
Connect with the ground and main body separately when you connect lighting surge absorber.
(Select the surge absorber whose maximum circuit voltage is higher than peak voltage of using power.)
Connect with constant voltage transformer when voltage variation is big.
Between line and the ground, use power supply with low noise.
Connect with isolation transformer (noise cut transformer), if it is noisy.
Capacity of constant voltage transformer and isolation transformer should be bigger than rated value.
Earth
-
Earth touch panel separately from other devices (such as Central Processing Unit board) as dedicated earth.
If you cannot prepare dedicated earth space, common earth is possible.

(If the common earthing point is corresponding to D-class grounding, it is available.)
Important Notice
-
Make sure, if the earth resistance is 100 or less.
Use Frame ground (for earthing) electric wire 2 mm (AWG 14) or more.
Earthing point should be close to touch panel main body to shorten earth wire distance. If the earth wire is longer, use
thicker insulated wire.

-
Frame ground and signal ground are connected inside of the touch panel main body. Design its system not to form short
circuit loop, when signal ground terminals are used for connecting touch panel with external devices.
Obey your local rules or standard. Make sure that its earth resistance is 100 and the line for the earthing is at least
2
2 mm or AWG 14.
WARNING
Short circuit, fire, unplanned device operation

- Do not use common ground. It may cause accidents or machine trouble.
- Use dedicated ground when you earth the devices.
Make sure to follow above instructions. Death, serious injury or property damage may result if you do
not.
- 11 -
QT1101-16
Replacement Primary battery
Using battery for the touch panel is primary battery. The battery is replaceable.
Replacement Procedure
TP BATTERY will be shown on the screen when the voltage
of touch panel backup battery has dropped.
1. Disconnect the power supply from the touch panel main
(See 3.1.3 main status screen (TOP SCREEN) )
body.
2. Touch the housing or grand connection (not the power
WARNING
supply) to discharge any electrostatic charge from your body,

3. Open the SD card interface cover by pressing its tab. Next,
The risk of electric shock, explosion and discharge

- Follow the setup steps to replace battery
properly and safely.
- Turn off the power of touch panel before
replacing the battery.
Make sure to follow above instructions. Death or
serious injury may result if you do not.
open the replacement battery insertion cover by pressing its

tab.
The risk of explosion, fire or chemical

- Use only replaceable battery of our offer.
- Do not short circuit.
- Recycle used battery or dispose it properly.
Make sure to follow above instructions. Death or
serious injury may result if you do not.
(1) SD card interface cover / tab
(2) Replacement battery insertion cover / tab
CAUTION
4. Insert the replacement battery and connector all the way.

Either side of the battery can face top or bottom.
Loss of data
Primary battery cannot be recharged and are used
for data backup of memory and internal clock.
Backup data will be lost when primary battery
voltage has dropped. Beep of alarm sounds before 1
month when voltage of the primary battery has
dropped completely. The beep indicates timing to
replace the battery.
- Replace the battery within one month after the
beep. It may cause a loss of backup data, if you
do not.
- Replace the battery within ten minutes after
turning off the power supply of touch panel
main body.
- Take above timing (within one month after beep
sounds) of replacing the battery as a guide. We
have no service for restoration or recovery of
data and clock in backup SRAM (Static Random
Access Memory) after beep sounds. We do not
take any responsibility for the losses.
- You are recommended to replace primary
battery as periodic replacement in the 5th year
after purchase.
Make sure to follow above instructions. Property
damage may result if you do not.
(1) Connector
(2) Replacement battery
5. First close the replacement battery cover, and then close
the SD card interface cover.
MEMO: Make sure the cables are inserted completely
inside the enclosure. Otherwise, you can damage
the cables when you close the cover.
6. Reconnect the power supply to the touch panel main body.
Completed Replacement
- 12 -
QT1101-16
2.2
Central Processing Unit Assembly

Top View
(Analog input connection terminal part)
Inside upper section (without cover):

CPU Board
Side view
Front View(with cover)
Bottom View
(Digital input/output
connection terminal part)
Inside lower section: AD board, DI/O board,

Extension DA board, Extension DI/O board
Installation example of control panel inside
- 13 -
QT1101-16
2.3
CPU board MT-CPU-02

15
17
12
18
13
16
11
14
5
6
19
20
9
10
Parts on CPU Board MT-CPU-02

No.
1
2
3
Parts
Function
DC24V power connector It is used to supply DC24V from switching power supply to CPU board.
(J19)
(Use the plug PC4/3-ST-7.62 for connection.)
CPU operation checking
Red lamp blinks at regular intervals while the CPU is running normally.
lamp(LED8)
Reset switch
(SW4)
It is used to reset MYPRO TOUCH system.
CAUTION
Operate the reset switch carefully.
DIP switch
(SW5)
The top switch is numbered 1 and the bottom one is numbered 6. Slide each switch to the
top to set it to ON. The factory default setting of these 6 switches (from 1 to 6) are ON, ON,
ON, ON, OFF, OFF.
DIP switch
(SW7)
The top switch is numbered 1 and the bottom one is numbered 4. Slide each switch to the
top to set it to ON. The factory default setting of these 4 switches (from 1 to 4) are OFF, OFF,
OFF, OFF.
AD board connector
(J18)
DI/O board connector

(J4)
Extension DA board
connector
(J20)
Extension DI/O Diver

board connector
(J5 to J12)
It is used to connect an AD board to the CPU board.

(Use harnessMT-HCPAD-0100-U between CPU board and AD board for connection.)
It is used to connect a DI/O board to the CPU board.
(Use harness MT-HCDIO-0100-U between CPU board and DI/O board for connection.)
It is used to connect an extension DA board to the CPU board.
(Use harnessMT-HCPDA-0100-U between CPU board and extension DA board for
connection.)
It is used to connect extension DI/O driver boards. The connectors are provided on the CPU
board and can accommodate 4 extension DI/O driver boards (16 inputs/outputs).
The #1(J5, J9) connector is for digital inputs/outputs 1 to 4, #2(J6, J10) for digital
inputs/outputs 5 to 8, #3(J7, J11) for digital inputs/outputs 9 to 12, and #4 (J8, J12) for digital
inputs/outputs 13 to 16.
- 14 -
QT1101-16
Parts on CPU Board MT-CPU-02(continued)

No.
10
Parts
Extension DI/O board
connector
(J13 to J16)
11
COM1 operation lamp

(LED6)
Lights green during sending; lights red during receiving.
12
COM1 terminal block

(TB1)
It provides terminals for 4-wire RS-485 communication ports.

It is used for data communication of the touch panel of MYPRO TOUCH HMI.
13
COM1 terminating
resistor switches
(SW2)
14
COM2 operation lamp

(LED7)
15
COM2 terminal
block(TB2)
16
COM2 terminating
resistor switches
(SW3)
17
Battery holder
(BAT1)
18
USB(Type-B) connector
(J3)
19
JTA connector
(J1)
20
Heat sink
Function
It used to connect an extension DI/O board to the CPU board.
(Use harness MT-HEDIO-0100-U between CPU board and extension DI/O board for
connection.)
The J13 connector is for digital inputs/outputs 1 to 4, J14 for digital inputs/outputs 5 to 8,
J15 for digital inputs/outputs 9 to 12, and J16 for digital inputs/outputs 13 to 16.
These switches turn ON/OFF each terminating resistors installed in the CPU board.
They provide termination for the sending and receiving lines independently.
Lights green during sending; lights red during receiving.
It provides terminals for 4-wire RS-485 communication ports.
It is mainly used for data communication of MYPRO TOUCH optional selection Auto Stage
These switches turn ON/OFF each terminating resistors installed in the CPU board.
They provide termination for the sending and receiving lines independently.
This holder is used for internal timing clock. (lithium primary battery CR2032)
It is used to connect MYPRO TOUCH support software.
Do not use it for other purpose.
It is only used for production adjustment.
It is not used usually. Do not connect it with anything.
CAUTION
The heatsink is hot. Do not touch it by hand.
WARNING
Make sure not to operate any switches on CPU board during compressor unit running.
- 15 -
QT1101-16
2.3.1
Reset Switch on CPU Board
MYPRO TOUCH CPU side system reset (CPU reset) is required by a user when There is no read request or There is no
response to write request are shown on the MYPRO TOUCH display screen.
Use reset switch for CPU resetting.

The reset switch is in the location encircled in the above figure.
Press and release the switch to reset MYPRO TOUCH. MYPRO TOUCH will be rebooted (but the system is not set up by simply
pressing this switch).
The system can also be reset by turning OFF and then ON the MYPRO TOUCH CPU power supply.
WARNING
Resetting MYPRO TOUCH brings the controller in a momentary unstable condition, following which MYPRO
TOUCH is placed in a condition that would result just after turning power ON. As this condition is detrimental to
the compressor unit if it occurs during operation, never perform system resetting while the compressor and
accessory is in operation.
Setting Point initialization Method with hardware
All SW7 should be turn on and then turn on the power supply or perform CPU reset to initialize all set points with
only hardware.
After that, turn off all SW7, and then do CPU reset again for the normal reboot.
- 16 -
QT1101-16
2.3.2
Replacement of battery for Internal Timing Clock on CPU Board
MYPRO TOUCH uses a primary battery as a power source to keep driving the internal clock in the event of a power failure. The
battery can supply power enough to back up the memory of setting data for about three years. The battery starts running down
immediately after it is produced even if it is not used.
If power failure occurs when the battery is completely discharged, the internal clock will be reset to the initial value.
NOTE: The battery life may be shorter than three years in high-temperature or other unfavorable environments.
To prevent this kind of problem, MYPRO TOUCH has a low battery detection function. If a low battery condition is detected, this
function causes the BATTERY ALARM message blinking at the right corner of the bottom line in the status display screens.
(MYPRO TOUCH doesn't output Digital Output of warning.)
CAUTION
If the BATTERY ALARM message is displayed, replace
the battery immediately.
If the CPU is reset in the following condition as turning on
the power supply with the internal battery discharged,
MYPRO TOUCH will automatically be restarted under
Control program stopping condition for the sake of safety.
Once this has occurred, the compressor cannot be
operated any further unless the primary battery is replaced
with new battery of the normal voltage.
There are two kinds of BATTERY ALARM.
Touch Panel Battery
CPU board Battery
voltage dropped warning display
voltage dropped warning display
"TP BATTERY LOW"
"CPU BATTERY"
(Refer to "2.1 Touch Panel".)

Replace the battery under system power off condition. However, you should replace it within only 1 minute. If it takes more than
1 minute, internal clock may be back to initial value. Make sure to check the timing data after the replacement.
Use the following method to replace the internal battery.
(1)
Insert your finger into the part indicated by the arrow and pull the battery. Now the battery is free for removal.
Be sure to hold the battery; otherwise, it will drop from the board when the clip is released.
CAUTION
Do this operation carefully not to let the battery
touch any of the nearby components.
(The right side figure shows the condition which you can remove the battery.)
(2)
While holding a new battery by its top and bottom, engage the battery with the clip (indicated by the circle on the left side
figure) at the right part in the holder.
(The right side figure shows the battery engaged with
the clips. You should still keep holding the battery. It
could drop out of the board if you take your finger off
from it.)
(3)
Press down the battery gently into its horizontal position in the holder. Then the battery is set the proper position (the clips
engage the battery) by metal fitting. Check the condition, if the holder tabs engage the battery steadily.
- 17 -
QT1101-16
2.4
Analog Input Boards MT-AD-02

Second
First
6
2
3
4
5
7
8
Parts on AD Board MT-AD-02

No.
1
Parts
DC24V power supply
connector
(J3)
AD board connector
(J1)
Function
It is used to supply DC24V from switching power supply to AD board.
(Use plugs PC4/3-ST-7.62 for connection.)
It is used to connect an AD board to the CPU board.
(Use contact harnessMT-HCPDA-0100-U between CPU board and an AD board.)
As above photos, its pin configuration is same as No.4 (J2).(They are replaceable.)
AD board channel setting

It is used to set channels on AD board.
rotary switch
1 AD board can take in 8 analog inputs.
(SW11)
It specifies as below.
Setting "1" for analog input Ch.01 to 08,
Setting "2" for analog input Ch. 09 to 16,
Setting "4" for analog input Ch.17 to 24(extension),
Setting "8" for analog input Ch.25 to 32(extension)
Set the channel as same as above photos, No.5 (SW12).
AD board connector
(J2)
It is used to connect extension AD boards.

(MYPRO TOUCH Type-S uses 2 AD boards as standard condition.)
(Use harnessMT-HADAD-0100-U between AD boards for connection.)
As above photos, its pin configuration is same as No.2 (J1). (They are replaceable.)
AD board channel setting

It is used to set channels on AD board.
rotary switch
1 AD board can take in 8 analog inputs.
(SW12)
It specifies as below.
Setting "1" for analog input Ch.01 to 08,
Setting "2" for analog input Ch. 09 to 16,
Setting "4" for analog input Ch.17 to 24(extension),
Setting "8" for analog input Ch.25 to 32(extension)
Set the channel as same as above photos, No.3 (SW11).
Potentiometer input
selector switch
It allows to use analog inputs CH7, CH8 (CH15, CH16 for the second board) by selecting
current/voltage inputs or potentiometer inputs.
Flip the each switches to the right to activate A side (current/voltage), to the left to activate B
side(potentiometer input)
The factory default is as follow,
They had been set A side (current/voltage) for the each switches on the first AD board,
They had been set B side (potentiometer input) for the each switches on the second AD
board.
- 18 -
QT1101-16
No.
7
Parts
Function
Current/voltage selector
switches (SW1 to 8) for Each of the switches selects either voltage or current for analog inputs.
analog inputs
Set each switch to ON for current input or OFF for voltage input. (All of these switches are
defaulted to OFF.)
Analog input terminal
blocks
It is used to connect analog input wires.

(Use plugs MSTB2.5/3-ST-5.08 for connection.)
Each terminal block can supply sensors with power (although the power level is limited).
Either current/voltage input or potentiometer input is selectable for CH15 and CH16.
CH15A and CH16A are assigned to current/voltage inputs. CH15B is assigned to low-stage
potentiometer inputs, and CH16B is assigned to high-stage potentiometer inputs.
To use CH15 and CH16, connect desired input lines to the corresponding terminal blocks
and then set the current/voltage selector switches for on the CPU board CH 15 and CH 16 as
appropriate (See Section 2.2).
NOTE:
Use also the above analog input boards when adding analog input channels (AD CH17 to CH32).
However, there is not enough space to set the boards in CPU chassis. Make enough configuration space for them.
Terminal Block
First Board
Second Board
CH. 1
2
3
4
5
6
This part is
not used
CH. 9
10
11
12
13
14
15A
16A
15B
16B
in the first board.

Refer to
next page.
- 19 -
QT1101-16
2.4.1
Current / Voltage Selection and Terminal Block Connections on
Analog Input Boards

Set analog input current /voltage selecting switches SW1 to 8 (for CH1 to CH8) on the associated analog input boards. Set the
switches to ON when the analog input sources provide current signals or Set these switches to OFF for voltage signal inputs
depending on the input analog signal sources.
The analog input circuits (internal circuit of MYPRO TOUCH) are schematically shown below.
AD board
Internal circuit of MYPRO

TOUCH
24V
Current/voltage
selector switch
24V
To AD converter circuit
Input
Filter
250
Circuit
AG
Board mounting hole

FG
When the current/voltage selector switch is set to ON, a 250 resistor is connected to the input circuit as shown in the above
diagram. DC current signals of 4 to 20 mA are then converted into 1 to 5 V DC voltage signals before being input to the
analog-to-digital (A/D) converter circuit. When the selector switch is set to OFF, the current signals are input directly to the A/D
converter circuit.
Make connections on each terminal block as follows:
- Current signal sources using MYPRO TOUCHs power supply:
Connect + side of the signal source to the 24V terminal of the terminal block. Connect - side to an appropriate one of the +
terminal 1 to 16 on the terminal block.
- Current signal sources using an outside power supply:
Connect the + side of the signal source to an appropriate one of the + terminals 1 to 16 on the terminal block and the - side
to an appropriate one of the - terminals 1 to 16 on the terminal block.
- Voltage signal sources:
Connect the + side of the signal source to an appropriate one of the + terminals 1 to 16 on the terminal block and the - side
to an appropriate one of the - terminals 1 to 16 on the terminal block.
CAUTION
Move the switch until it clicks.
NOTE:
The switch is set to ON before shipment from the factory. (Current type signal source)
- 20 -
QT1101-16
2.4.2
Input Type Selection for Channels 15 and 16 of Analog Input Boards
The analog input channels CH7 and CH8 (on the second AD board, they are CH15 and CH16) can select and use
current/voltage inputs or potentiometer inputs on MYPRO TOUCH.
When the lever of the analog input selector switch marked SW9 on the AD board is moved to A side, CH7 (CH15 for the
second) is set for current/voltage inputs (analog input terminal block CH7A (CH15A) is enabled). When the lever is moved to the
B side, CH7 (CH15) is set for potentiometer inputs (analog input terminal block CH7B (CH15B) is enabled).
For CH8 (CH16 for the second), you can take same way of switching with the selector switch marked SW10 on the AD board
(see NOTE under the table below).
The diagram below shows the A/D converter circuit (internal circuit of MYPRO TOUCH AD board) to schematically depict the
above explanation.
Current/voltage
inputs
CH15A
from analog input
board
AD board
A case of
15CH
A
AD
converter
Potentiometer
inputs
CH15B
from analog input
board
Potentiometer
converter circuit
Integrated
circuit
Analog input
selector switch
SW9
Selection of signal Source Type for Channel 15 (in the case for low-stage slide valve position)
Input Source
Connection
SW7
switch position
on AD board
SW9
switch position
on AD board
Potentiometer
Potentiometer inputs 1 to 3 are connected to

terminals LF1 to LF3 of terminal block CH15B on
analog input board.
Any position
(ON and OFF)
Current signal source

with power supplied
from MYPRO TOUCH
Connect + side to terminal 24V on CH15A

terminal block of analog input board, and - side
to terminal15A+.
ON
Current signal source

with power supplied
from outside
Connect + side of input to terminal 15A+ on

CH15A terminal block of analog input board, and
- side to terminal 15A-.
ON
Voltage signal source
Connect + side of input to terminal 15A+ on

CH15A terminal block of analog input board, and
- side to terminal 15A-.
OFF
NOTE:
The above table also applies to selection of analog input type for channel 16 if channel number 15 is read as 16, switch
number SW7 of the AD board as SW8, and switch number SW9 as SW10.
CAUTION
Move the switch lever until it clicks.
- 21 -
QT1101-16
2.5
2.5.1
Digital Input/Output Board

MT-DIOA-01 (only AC load)
* This DI/O board is only for AC (alternating current) load. It is not possible to use it for DC (direct current) load.
1
3
MT-DIOA-01
4
5
6
7
8
9
5
2
Parts on DIO Board MT-DIOA-01

No.
1
Name
Function

DI/O(6/10)board connector (Use harness MT-HCDIO-O1OO-U for between the CPU board and a DI/O board for
connection.)
DI/O terminal Block
It is used for connection of digital input/output wires.

Terminal 1A and1B correspond to DI/O CH1 and Terminal 16A and 16B correspond to
DI/O CH16.
DI/O operation lamp
It is operation checking lamp for whether digital input/output is ON or OFF.(Lighting

means ON, no light means OFF)
LED1 corresponds to DI/O CH1 and LED16 corresponds to DI/O CH16.
DO (digital Output) circuit
On the MT-DIOA-01 board, DI/O CH1 to CH10 are assigned for digital outputs.
DI (digital input) circuit
On the MT-DIOA-01 board, DI/O CH11 to CH16 are assigned for digital inputs.
Solid state relay
TNR
(ceramic variable resister)
CP
(circuit protector)
Solid state relay(SSR) : G3MC-202P-VD, DC12V

(Output adaptive load is AC 100 to 240V, 2A)
It is provided to protect contacts of the relays.
It is used for overcurrent protection parts of relay.
It shuts down the outputs when the current, which is over 2A, flows to the relay contact.
At the time, white knob of circuit protector will comes up slightly.
At first, eliminate the overcurrent and press into the white knob to reset.
It allows to keep the continuity between ground (terminal) and the printed circuit board.
WARNING
9
FG(frame ground )terminal

Make sure to check the continuity of the FG terminal to ground (terminal); If it is
not enough, the digital input/output board does not work normally.
- 22 -
QT1101-16
2.5.2
MT-DIOA-DC01 (only DC load)
* This DI/O board is only for DC (direct current) load. It is not possible to use it for AC (alternating current) load.
1
3
MT-DIOA-DC01
4
5
6
7
8
9
5
2
Parts on DIO Board MT-DIOA-DC01

No.
1
Name
DI/O(6/10)board connector
Function
DI/O terminal Block
DI/O operation lamp
DO (digital Output) circuit
On the MT-DIOA-01 board, DI/O CH1 to CH10 are assigned for digital outputs.
5
6

Solid state relay
On the MT-DIOA-01 board, DI/O CH11 to CH16 are assigned for digital inputs.
TNR
(ceramic variable resister)
CP
(circuit protector)
FG(frame ground )terminal

(Use harness MT-HCDIO-O1OO-U for between the CPU board and a DI/O board for
connection.)
Terminal 1A and1B correspond to DI/O CH1 and Terminal 16A and 16B correspond to
DI/O CH16.
It is operation checking lamp for whether digital input/output is ON or OFF.(Lighting
means ON, no light means OFF)
LED1 corresponds to DI/O CH1 and LED16 corresponds to DI/O CH16.
Solid state relay(SSR) : G3DZ-DZ02P, DC12V

(Output adaptive load is DC 5 to 24V, 2A)
At first, eliminate the overcurrent and press into the white knob to reset.
It allows to keep the continuity between ground (terminal) and the printed circuit board.
WARNING
Make sure to check the continuity of the FG terminal to ground (terminal); If it is

not enough, the digital input/output board does not work normally.
- 23 -
QT1101-16
2.6
Extension Analog Output Board MT-DA-02(Option)

1
Parts on DA board MT-DA-02 (Option)

No.
1
Parts
DC24V power supply
connector
(J2)
DA board connector
(J1)
Analog output terminal

blocks
(TB1)
Function
It is used to supply DC24V from switching power supply to extension DA board.
(Use plugs PC4/3-ST-7.62 for connection.)
It is used to connect an extension DA board to the CPU board.
(Use harnessMT-HCPDA-0100-U between CPU board and an extension DA board for
connection.)
It is used to connect analog output (DC 4 to 20mA) wires.
(Use plugs IC2.5/3-ST-5.08 for connection.)
CAUTION
You cannot select each setting using analog outputs, without installation of extension analog output
board.
Install extension output board before the setting using analog outputs.
- 24 -
QT1101-16
2.7
2.7.1
Extension Digital Input/Output (DI/O) Board

Option:only AC load
* This DI/O board is only for AC (alternating current) load. It is not possible to use it for DC (direct current) load.
DI/O (0/4) board MT-DIO4-01 + DI/O (0/4) driver board REF-MCS200-SO3
DI/O (2/2) board MT-DIO2-01 + DI/O (2/2) driver board REF-MCS200-SC23
For 4 outputs : MT-DIO4-01
For 2 inputs/2 outputs : MT-DIO2-01
3
4
6
5
7
8
9
2
DI/O (0/4) driver board
: REF-MCS200-SO3
: REF-MCS200-SC23
Parts on extension DI/O board

No.
Parts
DI/O terminal block
DIO operation lamp
4, 5
DO (digital output) circuit,

Solid state reply
TNR
(ceramic variable resister))
CP
(Circuit protector)
Function
It is used to connect an extension DI/O board to the CPU board.
(Use harness MT-HEDIO-0100-U between the CPU board and an extension DI/O board
for connection.)
Terminal 1A and1B correspond to DI/O CH1 and Terminal 4A and 4B correspond to DI/O
CH4.
It indicates whether digital input/output is ON or OFF.(Lighting means ON, no light
means OFF)
LED1 corresponds to DI/O CH1 and LED 4 corresponds to DI/O CH 4
On the MT-DIO4-01 board, DI/O CH1 to CH4 are assigned for digital outputs.
On the MT-DIO2-01 board, DI/O CH1 to CH2 are assigned for digital outputs and
DI/O CH3 to CH4 are assigned for digital inputs
Solid state reply(SSR)
: G3MC-202P-VD, DC12V
(Output applicable load is AC 100 to 240V, 2A)
At first, eliminate the over current and press into the white knob to rest.
It allows to keep continuity between ground (terminal) and the printed circuit board.
FG(frame ground)
terminal
CAUTION
Make sure to check the continuity of the FG terminal to ground (terminal); If it
is not enough, the digital input/output board does not work normally.
- 25 -
QT1101-16
2.7.2
Option:only DC load
* This DI/O board is only for DC (direct current) load. It is not possible to use it for AC (alternating current) load.
DI/O (0/4) board MT-DIO4-DC01 + DI/O (0/4) driver board REF-MCS200-SO3 (The driver board is the same for the AC load.)
DI/O (2/2) board MT-DIO2-DC01 + DI/O (2/2) driver board REF-MCS200-SC23 (The driver board is the same for the AC load.)
For 4 outputs : MT-DIO4-DC01
For 2 inputs/2 outputs : MT-DIO2-DC01
3
4
6
5
7
8
9
2
: REF-MCS200-SO3
: REF-MCS200-SC23
Parts on extension DI/O board

No.
1
Parts
DI/O terminal block
DIO operation lamp
4, 5
DO (digital output) circuit,

Solid state reply
Function
It is used to connect an extension DI/O board to the CPU board.
(Use harness MT-HEDIO-0100-U between the CPU board and an extension DI/O board
for connection.)
Terminal 1A and1B correspond to DI/O CH1 and Terminal 4A and 4B correspond to DI/O
CH4.
It indicates whether digital input/output is ON or OFF.(Lighting means ON, no light
means OFF)
LED1 corresponds to DI/O CH1 and LED 4 corresponds to DI/O CH 4
On the MT-DIO4-01 board, DI/O CH1 to CH4 are assigned for digital outputs.
On the MT-DIO2-01 board, DI/O CH1 to CH2 are assigned for digital outputs and
DI/O CH3 to CH4 are assigned for digital inputs
Solid state reply(SSR)
: G3DZ-DZ02P, DC12V
(Output applicable load is DC 5 to 24V, 2A)
TNR
(ceramic variable resister))
CP
(Circuit protector)
FG(frame ground)
terminal

At first, eliminate the over current and press into the white knob to rest.
It allows to keep continuity between ground (terminal) and the printed circuit board.
CAUTION
Make sure to check the continuity of the FG terminal to ground (terminal); If it
is not enough, the digital input/output board does not work normally.
- 26 -
QT1101-16
Chapter 3 : Screen Operation

3.1
Display Screens
MYPRO TOUCH has two types of status display screen: the Main Graphic Screen (Graphic View) and Main Status Screen
(Top Screen). You can switch these screens depending on which operation you would like to monitor.
3.1.1
Acronyms and Abbreviations Used for Indicated Items
In these two screens, the indicated items are represented using the acronyms and abbreviations shown in the following tables.
The tables also show the channel numbers for analog and digital inputs and outputs. For digital input/output channel numbers,
their sign in the drawings are also shown. (As for the connection diagram, see the end of this manual.)
Real analog inputs

Acronym
Full Spelling
Input Channel No.
SP
DP
SUCTION PRESSURE
DISCHARGE PRESSURE
AI 1
AI 2
OP
OIL SUPPLY PRESSURE
AI 3
AFP
AFTER FILTER PRESSURE
AI 4
BFP
BEFORE FILTER PRESSURE
AI 4
ST
SUCTION TEMPERATURE
AI 5
DT
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE
AI 6
OT
OIL SUPPLY TEMPERATURE
AI 7
OS
OIL SEPARETER TEMPERATURE
AI 8
AFFP
AFTER FINE FILTER PRESSURE
AI 8
IP
INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE
AI 9
IT
INTERMEDIATE TEMPERTURE
AI10
SDP
SYSTEM DISCHARGE PRESSURE
AI11 or AI22
LVL
LIQUID LEVEL
AI11
MA
MOTOR ELECTRIC CURRENT
AI12
EBT
CHILLER ENTERING TEMPERATURE
AI13
LBT
CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE
AI14
LSV
(LOW STAGE) SLIDE VALVE POSITION
AI15
HSV
HIGH STAGE SLIDE VALVE POSITION
AI16
SSP
SYSTEM SUCTION PRESURE
AI16 or AI19
SVOP
SLIDE VALVE OIL SUPPLY PRESSURE
AI16
PSV
Vi PORT SLIDE VALVE POSITION
AI16
CGP1
CHILLER GAS OUTLET PRESSURE-1
AI17
CGT1
CHILLER GAS OUTLET TEMPERATURE-1
AI18
RLD
REMOTE CAPACITY/VFD ROTATION CONTROL TARGET
AI20
CGP2
CHILLER GAS OUTLET PRESSURE-2
AI23
CGT2
CHILLER GAS OUTLET TEMPERATURE-2
AI24
OPT1
OPTION ANALOG INPUT 1/4
Vacant channels
of AI8, AI9, AI10, AI11, AI13, AI14,AI17 to AI32
OPT2
Vacant channels
OPT3
Vacant channels
OPT4
Vacant channels
- 27 -
QT1101-16
Digital input/output
Acronym
Full Spelling
DI/O
No.
Drawing Sign
COMP
COMPRESSOR
DO
Y0
OILP
OILPUMP
DO
2 or 21
Y 1 or Y 14
O/P2
OILPUMP2
DO
2 or 21
Y 1 or Y 14
LOAD
(LOW STAGE) LOADING SOLENOID VALVE
FMLD
FM160 CAPACITY CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1
DO
Y2
UNLD
(LOW STAGE) UNLOADING SOLENOID VALVE
FMUL
DO
Y3
INJS
LIQUID SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVE for LIQUID INJECTION
DO
5 or 18
Y 4 or Y12
OILH
OIL HEATER
DO
5or7or18
Y4orY6orY12
INJY
YOSAKU EXPANSION VALVE for LIQUID INJECTION
DO
6 or 19
Y 5 or Y13
OILR
OIL RETURN SOLENOID VALVE
DO
6 or 7
Y 5 or Y 6
I/CS
LIQUID SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVE for ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER
DO
7 or 8
Y 6 or Y 7
L->H
Vi SLIDE L->H SOLENOID VALVE FOR Vi -PORT
DO
Y7
OILF
OIL FEED SOLENOID VALVE
H->L
Vi SLIDE H->L SOLENOID VALVE FOR Vi-PORT
DO
Y8
FAIL
FAILURE
DO
10
Y9
EMGC
EMERGENCY STOP
DI
11
XA
MSRB
MAIN STARTER READ BACK
DI
12
XB
INT1
INTERLOCK-1
DI
13
XC
INT2
INTERLOCK-2
LOCK
CAPACITY 100% LOCK
DI
14
XD
INT3
INTERLOCK-3
OLVH
OIL LEVEL SWITCH
DI
15
XE
RMST
REMOTE START INPUT
DI
16
XF
EVPS
LIQUID SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVE for CHILLER
DO
17
Y10
MPLD
Vi INCREASE SOLENPID VLAVE FOR PORT-M
DO
17 or 26
Y10 or Y19
EVPY
YOSAKU EXPANSION VALVE for CHILLER
DO
18
Y11
MPUL
Vi DECREASE SOLENOID VALVE for PORT-M
DO
18 or 27
Y11 or Y1A
CHLP
CHILLER PUMP
SVBP
BYPASS SOLENOID VALVE for Vi SLIDE VALVE
DO
19
Y12
SBYP
BYPASS SOLENOID VALVE for STARTING
HBYP
BYPASS SOLENOID VALVE for HOT GAS
DO
20
Y13
OILD
OIL DRAIN SOLENOID VALVE
I/CY
YOSAKU EXPANSION VALVE for ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER
DO
21
Y14
ALRM
ALARM
DO
22
Y15
HILD
HIGH STAGE LOADING SOLENOID VALVE
EVS2
LIQUID SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVE2 for CHILLER
DO
23
Y16
LHLD
Vi INCREASE SOLENOID VALVE for PORT-L/H
DO
23 or 29
Y16 or Y1C
HIUL
HIGH STAGE UNLOADING SOLENOID VALVE
EVY2
YOSAKU EXPANSION VALVE2 for CHILLER
DO
24
Y17
LHUL
Vi DECREASE SOLENOID VALVE for PORT-L/H
DO
24 or 30
Y17 or Y1D
CND1
OUTPUT1 for CONDENSER(VFD)
DO
25
Y18
AUX
AUXILIARY
DO
18 or 25
Y11 or Y18
CND2
OUTPUT2 for CONDENSER
DO
26
Y19
CND3
EOR4
EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN OUTPUT 4
DO
27
Y1A
CND4
IJY2
YOSAKU EXPANSION VALVE2 for LIQUID INJECTION
DO
28
Y1B
EOR3
CND5
EVS3
LIQUID SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVE3 for CHILLER
DO
29
Y1C
RDY
READY TO START
- 28 -
QT1101-16
Acronym
Full Spelling
DI/O
EOR2
CND6
EVY3
YOSAKU EXPANSION VALVE3 for CHILLER
EOR1
RMLD
REMOTE LOAD INPUT
EORL
EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN LEVEL SWITCH
RMUL
REMOTE UNLOAD INPUT
EMVL
EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN MV LIMIT SWITCH(Close)
No.
Drawing Sign
DO
30
Y1D
DI
31
X1E
DI
32
X1F
Virtual analog inputs (derived from real analog inputs through calculation)
Acronym
Full Spelling
Assigned Input Channel No.
ISH
OIL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE

(System Config. dependence) OP-DP / OP-SP / DP-OP
FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
(System Config. dependence) DP-AFP / BFP-OP / DP-OP
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
w/ IP sensor : AFP-SP, w/o IP Sensor : AFP-IP
SUCTION SUPERHEAT
CGP1:Not Use, CGT1:Not Use ST - (SP saturation temperature)
CGP1:Use,
CGT1:Not Use ST - (CGP1 saturation temperature)
CGP1:Not Use, CGT1:Use
CGT1 - (SP saturation temperature)
CGP1:Use,
CGT1:Use
CGT1 - (CGP1 saturation temperature)
INTERMEDIATE SUPERHEAT (IT IP saturation temperature)
DSH
DISCHARGE SUPERHEAT (DT - DP saturation temperature)
AI70
D/S
DISCHARGE/SUCTION PRESSURE RATIO
AI71
Vi
CALCULATED Vi
AI72
CRVi
CURRENT Vi
AI73
CAP
COMPRESSOR CAPACITY
AI74
SVP
SLIDE VALVE PERCENTAGE
AI75
ATP
AUTO STAGE TARGET(PRESSURE)
AI76
dOP2
AI77
dFFP
OIL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE2 (SVOP - OP)

SUCTION SUPERHEAT2
In case of Chiller Expansion Valve : 2-MOTORIZED VALVES
CGT2 - CGP2 saturation temperature
FINE FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE (DP - AFFP)
ATT
AUTO STAGE TARGET(TEMPERATURE)
AI80
CMPS
COMPRESSOR MOTOR SPEED
---
CNDS
CONDENSER FAN/PUMP SPEED
---
N.C.
NOT CONNECTED
dOP
dFP
dP
SSH
SSH2
AI65
AI66
AI67
AI68
AI69
AI78
AI79
PID controller
Full Spelling
Controller NO
Function
PID 01/16
(LOW STAGE) SLIDE VALVE

on PRESSURE
Low stage compressor capacity

on pressure control (SP, SSP, DP, SDP)
PID 02/16
(LOW STAGE) SLIDE VALVE

on CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE
Low stage compressor capacity

on chiller leaving temperature control
PID 03/16
CHILLER EXPANSION VALVE

on SUCTION SUPERHEAT
Chiller expansion valve opening degree

on suction superheat control
PID 04/16
LIMIT on SUCTION PRESSURE

for CHILLER EXPANSIN VALVE
Expansion valve opening degree limiter

on suction pressure control
PID 05/16
LIMIT on CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE

for CHILLER EXPANSIN VALVE
Expansion valve opening degree limiter

PID 06/16
ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER EXPANSION VALVE

on INTERMEDIATE SUPERHEAT
Eco./Int. expansion valve opening degree

on intermediate superheat control
PID 07/16
LIQUID INJECTION
Liquid injection expansion valve opening degree on

discharge temperature/superheat control
- 29 -
QT1101-16
PID 08/16
FLOW CONTROL VALVE

Flow control valve outputs

on chiller leaving temperature
PID 09/16
VFD CONDENSER FAN
Condenser fan speed VFD control
PID 10/16
HIGH STAGE SLIDE VALVE

on INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE
Compressor high stage capacity

on intermediate pressure control
PID 11/16
VFD COMPRESSOR
on PRESSURE
Compressor capacity VFD control

on pressure control (SP, SSP, DP, SDP)
PID 12/16
VFD COMPRESSOR
Compressor capacity VFD control

PID 13/16
CHILLER EXPANSION VALVE2

on SUCTION SUPERHEAT2
Evaporator expansion valve 2 opening degree on

suction superheat 2 control
PID 14/16
LIMIT on CHILLER GAS OUTLET PRESSURE2

for CHILLER EXPANSIN VALVE2
Evaporator expansion valve 2 opening degree

limiter on chiller gas outlet pressure 2 control
PID 15/16
LEVEL
Chiller liquid level control
Others
Acronym
Acronym
Full Spelling
Full Spelling
A/O
AI
ANALOG OUTPUT
ANALOG INPUT
OIL P.
P.
OIL PUMP
PAGE
C7
CHARACTER BIT 7
PE
EVEN PARITY
C8
CHARACTER BIT 8
PN
NON PARITY
CH.
CHANNEL
PO
ODD PARITY
COMM
COMMUNICATION
PRES.
PRESSURE
COMP.
COMPRESSOR
PRESS.
PRESSURE
CTRL
CONTROL
PV
PROCESS VALUE
D/O
DIGITAL OUTPUT
S1
STOP BIT 1
ECONO.
ECONOMIZER/INTER COOLER
S2
STOP BIT 2
EXP.VALVE
EXPANSION VALVE
SETPT
SET POINT
H.SLIDE VALVE
HIGH STAGE SLIDE VALVE
SH
SUPERHEAT
HI
HIGH
SP
HRS
HOURS
SV
SUCTION PRESSURE
SLIDE VALVE POSITION
or SOLENOID VALVE
I/O
HIGH STAGE
SLIDE VALVE POSITION
INPUT/OUTPUT
INTER
INTERMEDIATE
VFD
VARIABLE FREQUNCY DRIVE
L.SLIDE VALVE
LOW STAGE SLIDE VALVE

CHILLER
LEAVING TEMPERATURE
LOW
W/
WITH
W/O
WITHOUT
HSV
LBT
LO
MV
MVH
MVL
SV
SET VALUE
TEMP
TEMPERATURE
MANIPURATING VALUE
MANIPULATING VALUE
HIGH LIMIT
MANIPULATING VALUE
LOW LIMIT
- 30 -
QT1101-16
3.1.2
Main Graphic Screen (Graphic View)
The Main Graphic Screen shows the current compressors status using graphics. Gauge indication, colors and icons help you
to check operating conditions of the compressor and alarms intuitively. To select the Main Status Screen (TOP Screen), press
the arrow marks (
<
>
) in the right-and left edge of the screen.
2
1
5
6
7
8
9
Display of Main Graphic Screen (Graphic View)

No.
Name
Function
Title block display area
ID/security level
display area
DATE/time display area
Gauge display area
It displays current suction, discharge, and differential oil pressure are displayed in gauges.
Screen switching switch
To switch the Main Status Screen, press the arrow marks ( < , > ) in the right-and left
edge of the screen.
Display for
Compressor status
It displays the name of controller.

It displays User ID and password security level of current operating.
It displays current date and time.
It displays the status of compressor.
It displays BATTERY ALARM warning when the RTC backup battery for CPU-Board or the
memory backup battery for touch-panel is discharged.
Low battery alarm

display area
CAUTION
"TP BATTERY LOW" : Replace the memory backup battery for touch-panel.
"CPU BATTERY" : Replace the RTC backup battery for CPU-Board.
START switch
It is used to start the compressor only when the LOCAL mode (operation control mode) is
selected. It does not work in the REMOTE, COMM, or AUTO STAGE mode
STOP switch
This switch can be used to stop the compressor regardless of the operation mode selected
(see CAUTION below).
CLEAR ALARM switch
You can use this switch to clear an alarm if the compressor has stopped by issuance of an
alarm (FAILURE).
- 31 -
QT1101-16
CAUTION
According to the selection for the OPERATION item in the OPERATION MODE screen, MYPRO TOUCH
automatically goes the following conditions when the STOP switch is pressed on the touch panel of MYPRO
TOUCH.
-
When the LOCAL, REMOTE, or COMM mode (expect the AUTO STAGE mode) has been selected,
pressing the STOP switch causes no change to the operation control mode in the case of the LOCAL
mode. The mode automatically changes to LOCAL in the case of the REMOTE and COMM modes. The
compressor, if it is operating, will then stop after the liquid collecting process. (It remains stopped
thereafter.)
To restart the compressor, simply press the STOP switch if you need not to change the mode from
LOCAL to another, or turn ON the relevant operation control command after changing the mode from
LOCAL to the desired mode.
When the AUTO STAGE mode has been selected, pressing the STOP switch does not cause any
change to the setting for the OPERATION item in the OPERATION MODE screen. On the other hand, the
selection of ENABLE you made for the CONTROL item in the AUTO STAGE screen automatically
changes to DISABLE.
In this case, if the compressor under control is running when the STOP switch is pressed, the compressor
will then stop after completing the liquid collecting process.
Even the STOP switch is pressed on the master station and its CONTROL item setting in the AUTO
STAGE screen is consequently changed to DISABLE, the AUTO STAGE control continues to work on all
the other stations (slave stations).
To recover the AUTO STAGE mode control after pressing the STOP switch, it is necessary (for the case
of the master station and the case of a slave station) to perform the steps below. (Simply pressing the
START key on the station does not recover the automatic staging control.)
1.
2.
From the CONTROL SUMMARY, open the AUTO STAGE screen.

Select ENABLE for the CONTROL item in the screen.
There is a screen where the capacity of the compressor (potentiometer) was displayed, too.
J Series
Compound-2
- 32 -
QT1101-16
3.1.3
Main Status Screen (Top screen)
The Main Status Screen shows the status related to operation of the current compressor unit using letters and numeric values.
To switch the Main Graphic Screen (Graphic View), press the arrow marks ( < , > ) in the right-and left edge of the screen.
[camera] icon
Indication of alarm status
[USB] icon
[HOME] icon
3
[HELP] icon
9
8
10
11
[LOG OFF] icon
12
[LANGUAGE] icon
13
[BRIGHTNESS] icon
14
[SCREEN LOCK] icon

15
16
Display of Main Status Screen

No.
Name
Title block display area

ID/security level
display area
DATE/time display area
Current condition
Display area
Controls display area
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Function
It displays the name of controller.
It displays User ID and password security level of current operating.
It displays current date and time.
It displays current operation mode, compressor status, and operation start/stop settings.
It displays status of the current capacity control.

The CONTROLS screen display is switched, and the state of various conditioners is
CONTROLS Tab
displayed.
This area also gives an indication if increase of the compressors capacity is prohibited or it is
Limit display area
forcedly reduced.
It displays process values of individual analog inputs, calculated values derived from analog
Main PV screen
inputs, total operating time count, and operating time count of the day.
[ PV CHOICE SETTING ] The value and the calculation value of each analog input displayed on the MAIN PV screen
icon
from the analog input are selected now.
Alarm log
display area
It displays the ALARM (miner warning) that issued now and past ALARM (miner warning)
history.
By touching this part (2 histories from the top), the screen will be change to ALARM LOG"
screen and you can check more detailed ALARM (miner warning) history.
It displays the FAILURE (serious warning) that issued now and past FAILURE (serious
warning) history.
By touching this part (2 histories from the bottom), the screen will be change to FAILURE
LOG" screen and you can check more detailed FAILURE (serious warning) history.
It is used only to start the compressor operation when the LOCAL mode (operation control
START switch
mode) is selected.
This switch does not work in the REMOTE, COMM, or AUTO STAGE mode.
This switch can be used to stop the compressor regardless of the operation mode selected
STOP switch
(Refer to 30 page note.).
This switch is used to clear an alarm if the compressor has stopped by issuance of an alarm
CLEAR ALARM switch (FAILURE).
MENU switch
Various function menus are displayed.
Failure log
display area
It displays BATTERY ALARM warning when the RTC backup battery for CPU-Board or the
memory backup battery for touch-panel is discharged.
16
Low battery alarm

display area
CAUTION
"TP BATTERY LOW" : Replace the memory backup battery for touch-panel.
"CPU BATTERY" : Replace the RTC backup battery for CPU-Board.
- 33 -
QT1101-16
Data Backup Range by the Battery
Backup Battery
for Touch-Panel
Data Item
<< Set Points >>
- PASSWORD
- SET TIME
- LANGUAGE
- TREND GRAPH -> LOGGING PERIOD
- COMMUNICATION SETUP -> TP-COM1 or CPU-COM2
- BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
- OPTION ANALOG INPUT -> NAME
<< Logging Data >>
- TREND GRAPH
- ALARM/FAILURE LOG
- EVENT LOG
RTC Backup Battery

Timing Function for CPU-Board
for CPU-Board
(Other each control setting values are not backups with the battery.)
Please note that the data maintenance is not done in case of "More than regulated time (CPU-board side: 1 minutes , the
touch-panel side : 10 minutes) after the power supply is turned OFF, and the battery is removed" about these data when
you exchange the above-mentioned the battery.
Icon
[ USB ] icon
[ HOME ] icon
[camera] icon
[ LOG OFF ] icon
[ LANGUAGE ] icon
[ BRIGHTNESS ] icon
[ SCREEN LOCK ] icon
When the USB storage is installed, it displays it.

When the USB storage is detached, it touches this icon.
The USB storage enters a removable state when this icon disappears.
TOP SCR and the screen are switched.
When the USB storage is installed, it can be capture of the display (take).
It is displayed to the MYPRO TOUCH system, it is "Logon".
"Logoff" can be done by pushing long when parting from the panel.
This part is switched and the display language of the touch panel screen of MYPRO TOUCH can
be switched when touching.
This icon is shifted to the screen of the adjustment of the brightness of the touch panel of MYPRO
TOUCH when touching. (following reference)
By touching this icon, MYPRO TOUCH touch panel screen does not operate (locked) temporarily.
During this time, you can clean up the touch panel.
Press UNLOCK switch for 3 seconds or more to unlock the function.
Brightness adjustment of Touch Panel

In the touch panel of MYPRO TOUCH, Brightness can be adjusted by 16 stages.
<< Adjustment procedure >>
1.
It touches the [BRIGHTNESS] icon of TOP SCREEN.

It changes into the brightness adjustment screen.
2.
The brightness of the touch panel is selected and brightness is selected touching in the adjustment bar on it is possible
to do by 16 stages, and the screen.
The left side is dark, and the right side lightens.
(Please adjust brightness referring to SAMPLE VIEW to how to see the screen. )
3.
Please touch the [HOME] icon on the right of the screen when you complete the brilliance control.
- 34 -
QT1101-16
CURRENT CONDITION Screen

OPERATION MODE screen displays the conditions of the selection of each item for operating mode and compressor control.
Items of CURRENT CONDITION screen

Item
CONTROL TARGET
Description
Pressure / Temperature
It displays process value of control target.

When AUTO Vi has been selected, a present port is displayed, and L,
M, and H is displayed, and the position of the port is displayed by
0-100%.
SV PERCENTAGE
Calculated Vi
It displays calculated Vi (discharge/ suction pressure ratio).
CUT IN
Pressure
(Operation start setpoint) or temperature
It indicates current setting point for the start (CUT IN)

pressure/temperature. This item also indicates new setting resulting of
switching/changing, which are made at SCHEDULE or COMM.
CUT OUT
Pressure
(Operation stop setpoint) or temperature
It indicates current setting point for the stop (CUT OUT)

pressure/temperature. This item also indicates new setting resulting of
switching/changing, which are made at SCHEDULE or COMM.
STOP
ANTI CYCLE
AUTO STOP
CUT IN
SYSTEM START
COMP. STATE
(state of compressor)
OIL PUMP START

PRE START
START
CUT OUT
PUMP OUT
REMOTE
OPERATION MODE
-ON
-OFF
-ON
-OFF
-ON
COMM
STAGE
Oil pump is started.

(OIL P. START DELAY remainder time display)
Preceding is being oil supplied.
(COMP. START DELAY remainder time display)
Compressor is being started.
Compressor is running.
Stop control sequence is started.
(CUT OUT DELAY remainder time display)
Collecting liquid is in progress.
RUN
LOCAL
Compressor is stopped.
Compressor is in anti-cycle state.
(ANTI CYCLE/INTERVAL remainder time display)
Compressor is automatically stopped.
Operation sequence of compressor is started.
(CUT IN DELAY remainder time display)
System is being activated.
(SYSTEM START DELAY remainder time display)
-OFF
-ON
-OFF
Compressor starts/stops control according to the START and STOP

switch operation on the touch panel
Compressor starts/stops control according to the remote start/stop
inputs at DI-16
Compressor starts/stops control according to commands given by a
remote device through communications (000513:Comm.Comp.Start
Input)
Compressor starts/stops control according to the automatic staging
(AUTO STAGE) control (option).
TIMER
(remainder time)
The remainder time timing it at the start delay time and the anti cycle
time, etc. is displayed.
RUN TIME HRS

(Running time after reset)
Running time that had been multiplied after "0 clear" when compressor
was overhauled
- 35 -
QT1101-16
CONTROLS Screen
This screen displays the current states of the capacity control, Each expansion valve control.
Items of CONTROLS Screen

Item
CONTROL SET POINT
(Capacity control set value)
Description
Pressure
or temperature
Slide Valve PID OUT

(Capacity controller output)
VFD Comp. PID OUT
(Capacity controller output)
Economizer/Intercooler
Expansion Valve PID OUT
Chiller Expansion Valve
PID OUT
%
rpm / Hz
%
%
It indicates the current set value for capacity control. This item also indicates
new setting resulting of switching/changing, which are made at SCHEDULE
or COMM.
It indicates calculated value currently used by the capacity controller.
Revolution that corresponds to the manipulating value is indicated for a
variable frequency drive (VFD) compressor.
It indicates calculated value currently used by the Economizer/Intercooler
Expansion Valve controller.
It indicates calculated value currently used by the Chiller Expansion Valve
controller.
(SuperHeat Target, Pressure Target, Temperature Target)
LOAD
It indicates the capacity (unloader) slide valves increase movement (as

finally determined from combination of the positioner, limiter, and sequence
controls).
UNLOAD
It indicates the capacity (unloader) slide valves decrease movement (as

finally determined from combination of the positioner, limiter, and sequence
controls).
STATE
(Capacity control state)
Moreover, when the capacity control limiter operates in the LIMIT display part in the upper part of the screen, it displays it as
follows.
LIMIT
It indicates that an increase in compressors capacity caused by an increase

in electric current of the compressor motor power is prohibited.
UNLOAD
It indicates that the compressors capacity is forcedly decreased upon

increase in electric current of the compressor motor power.
MA
(Motor amperage limiter)
DP
(Discharge pressure limiter)
SP
(Suction pressure limiter)
IP
(Intermediate pressure limiter)
LIMIT
UNLOAD
LIMIT
UNLOAD
LIMIT
UNLOAD

in discharge pressure is prohibited.
increases in discharge pressure.
It indicates that an increase in compressors capacity caused by decrease in
suction pressure is prohibited.
decreases in suction pressure.
in intermediate pressure is prohibited.
increases in intermediate pressure.
NOTE:
- If a limiter is activated, the capacity control is limited even when the control target pressure or temperature is higher than the
capacity control set value (SETPOINT).
- When a limiter is activated, words LIMIT and UNLOAD are displayed in white. When the limiter is deactivated, they are
displayed in gray.
- To use or not to use of IP (Intermediate pressure limiter) results from the setting of Configuration ICON.
- 36 -
QT1101-16
MAIN PV Screen
This screen displays various process values and other analog input data.
The displayed value can be selected from the [SETTING] icon on the PV CHOICE SETTING screen. (Up to 18 points. )
Items of MAIN PV Screen

Item
Description
Item
Description
SP
DP
Suction Pressure at AI-01

Discharge Pressure at AI-02
OP
supply Oil Pressure at AI-03
AFP
After-oil-Filter Pressure at AI-04
( CGP2 )
Chiller Gas outlet Pressure 2 at AI-23
Before-oil-Filter Pressure at AI-04
( CGT2 )
Chiller Gas outlet Temperature 2 at AI-24
( BFP )
ST
Suction Temperature at AI-05
DT
OT
( CGP1 )
( CGT1 )
Chiller Gas outlet Pressure 1 at AI-17

Chiller Gas outlet Temperature 1 at AI-18
( RLD )
Remote capacity command input at AI-20
dOP
Differential Oil supply Pressure at AI-65
Discharge Temperature at AI-06
dFP
Differential after-oil-Filter Pressure at AI-66
( dP )
SSH
Differential Pressure at AI-67
OS
supply Oil Temperature at AI-07

Separator Oil temperature at AI-08
( AFFP )
After-Fine-Filter Pressure at AI-08
( ISH )
Intermediate SuperHeat at AI-69
Suction SuperHeat at AI-68
( IP )
Intermediate Pressure at AI-09
DSH
Discharge SuperHeat at AI-70
( IT )
Intermediate Temperature at AI-10
D/S
Discharge/Suction pressure ratio at AI-71
( Vi )
Calculated Vi at AI-72
( SDP )
System Discharge Pressure at AI-11 or 22
( LVL )
Liquid LeveL at AI-11
( CRVi )
Current Vi at AI-73
compressor motor electric current at AI-12
CAP
compressor Capacity at AI-74
( EBT )
chiller Entering Temperature at AI-13
SVP
Slide Valve Percentage at AI-75
( LBT )
MA
chiller Leaving Temperature at AI-14
( ATP )
Auto Stage Target at AI-76 (pressure)
LSV
Low-stage Slide Valve position at AI-15
( dOP2 )
Differential Oil supply Pressure 2 at AI-77
( HSV )
High-stage Slide Valve position at AI-16
( SSH2 )
Suction SuperHeat 2 at AI-78
( SSP )
System Suction Pressure at AI-16 or 19
( dFFP )
Differential after-Fine-Filter Pressure at AI-79
( ATT )
Auto Stage Target (temperature) at AI-80
( SVOP )
( PSV )
Oil supply Pressure for Slide Valve at AI-16

Vi Port Slide Valve Position at AI-16
( CMPS )
Compressor Motor Speed
( CNDS )
Condenser FAN/PUMP Speed
( OPT1 )
Process value of optional analog input 1/4
( OPT2 )
( OPT3 )
( OPT4 )
CAUTION
The setting is maintained in entering an off-line screen of the power supply determination and the touch
panel when PV displayed on the PV CHOICE SETTING screen is selecting set, and when the program of
the touch panel is updated, the setting is forgotten.
(When the program of CPU is updated or CPU is reset, what has been displayed according to the setting
up to now might not be displayed. )
In that case, can confirm the display of MAIN PV sorry to trouble you, but when update the program, and
have be the repeated setting on the PV CHOICE SETTING screen from the tool icon in upper right of
MAIN PV.
- 37 -
QT1101-16
NOTE:
- In the above table, AI-xx indicates an analog input channel number. After AI-65, virtual analog values are generated through
calculation inside MYPRO TOUCH and used as inputs. "Not Parentheses ( ) " are initialization.
- As for OPT1-OPT4, the display part has been limited. (It is possible to select and to display it in 15-18.)
- The following virtual input values are derived from the associated process value as follows:
dFP
After-oil Filter differential Pressure,
dOP
Oil differential Pressure
dP
differential Pressure,
dOP2
Oil differential Pressure 2
(For the method for selecting options, see 3.3 System Configuration).)
with OIL PUMP
OIL FEED TYPE
SYSTEM CONFIG.
SINGLE
SINGLE ECONOMIZER w/o SENSOR
SINGLE ECONOMIZER w/ SENSOR
COMPOUND-1
COMPOUND-2
UD-Vi
400 Series
J Series
J ECONOMIZER w/o SENSOR
J ECONOMIZER w/ SENSOR
FM160 Series
FM160 ECONOMIZER w/o SENSOR
FM160 ECONOMIZER w/ SENSOR
FULL
PRE
PARTIAL
AUTO
LUBE
LUBE
LUBE
LUBE
dFP
dOP
dP
dOP2
DP-AFP
BFP-OP
OP-DP
AFP-SP
BFP-SP
DP-AFP
BFP-OP
OP-DP
AFP-IP
BFP-IP
DP-AFP
BFP-OP
OP-DP
AFP-IP
BFP-IP
DP-AFP
BFP-OP
OP-DP
AFP-SP
BFP-SP
DP-AFP
OP-DP
AFP-SP
SVOP-DP
DP-AFP
OP-DP
DP-OP
DP-AFP
OILP ON : OP-DP
DP-OP
OILP OFF : OP-SP

OP-DP
BFP-OP
OP-SP
OILP ON : OP-DP
OILP OFF : OP-SP
BFP-SP
without OIL PUMP

SYSTEM CONFIG.
OIL FEED TYPE

FULL
PRE
PARTIAL
AUTO
dFP
dOP
dP
dOP2
LUBE
LUBE
LUBE
LUBE
SINGLE
SINGLE ECONOMIZER w/o SENSOR
SINGLE ECONOMIZER w/ SENSOR
DP-AFP
BFP-OP
OP-SP
DP-OP
AFP-SP
BFP-SP
COMPOUND-1
COMPOUND-2
UD-Vi
400 Series
J Series
J ECONOMIZER w/o SENSOR
J ECONOMIZER w/ SENSOR
DP-AFP
DP-OP
OP-SP
FM160 Series
FM160 ECONOMIZER w/o SENSOR
FM160 ECONOMIZER w/ SENSOR
BFP-OP
OP-SP
- : disable, x : Not Selected(Not Use), : selected. : Fixed
- 38 -
QT1101-16
Suction SuperHeat 2
SYSTEM CONIFG.
CGP1 SENSOR
CGT1 SENSOR
2-MOTORIZED
VALVES
2-MOTORIZED
VALVES
Except
2-MOTORIZED
VALVES
Except
2-MOTORIZED
VALVES
---
SSH
= ST - t(CGP1)
SSH
w/ SP LIMIT
SP
---
SSH
= ST - t(SP)
SSH
w/ LBT LIMIT
CGP1 -> YES

CGT1 -> YES
SSH
= CGT1 - t(SP)
---
1 : SSH
= CGT1 - t(CGP1)
SSH
= CGT1 - t(CGP1) 2 : SSH2
= CGT2 - t(CGP2)
---
SSH
= CGT1 - t(SP)
---
1 : SSH
= CGT1 - t(CGP1)
SSH
= CGT2 - t(CGP2)
SP
---
SP
---
---
SSH
= ST - t(CGP1)
---
SSH
= CGT1 - t(SP)
---
LBT
---
LBT
---
LBT
---
SSH
= ST - t(SP)
---
SSH
= ST - t(CGP1)
---
SSH
= CGT1 - t(SP)
---
SP
---
SP
---
SP
---
SP
LBT
---
LBT
---
LBT
---
LBT
SSH
= ST - t(SP)
SSH
= ST - t(SP)
---
CGP1 -> NO
CGT1 -> YES
---
Control
SSH ONLY
CGP1 -> YES

CGT1 -> NO
SSH
= ST - t(CGP1)
Expansion Valve
Kind
2-MOTORIZED
VALVES
Except
2-MOTORIZED
VALVES
CGP1 -> NO
CGT1 -> NO
SSH
w/ SP&LBT LIMIT
2-MOTORIZED
VALVES
Suction SuperHeat
SSH2
Except
2-MOTORIZED
VALVES
SSH
1 : CGP1
2 : CGP2
SP
1 : SSH
= CGT1 - t(CGP1)
SSH
= CGT2 - t(CGP2)
LBT
LBT
1 : SSH
= CGT1 - t(CGP1)
SSH
= CGT2 - t(CGP2)
1 : CGP1
2 : CGP2
LBT
"t(~)" means "Saturation temperature of ~".

EXPANSION VALVES -> 2-MOTORIZED VALVES can be selected only
for CHILLER GAS PRESSURE SENSOR(CGP1) -> YES, CHILLER GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR(CGT1) -> YES.
When EXPANSION VALVES -> 2-MOTORIZED VALVES is selected,
AI-17 CGP1, AI-18 CGT1, AI-23 CGP2, AI-24 CGT2 is indispensable.
The operational expression might change into dOP by operating Oil Pump.
dP is not displayed for unused. The warning watch is not done.
dOP2( = SVOP-DP) is operated only for COMPRESSOR -> 400 Series.
dFFP( = DP-AFFP) is operated only for I/O PLATFORM -> EUROPE AND AFTER FINE FILTER PRESSURE -> YES.
o
In the case of display C, unit of superheat has adopted K (Kelvin). (In the case of F, it displays in F.)
When 'MAIN PV' frame is pushed one second or longer, 'PV MONITOR' screen is displayed.
- 39 -
QT1101-16
3.1.4
Function Icon
A list of 6 Icons will be display if you touch MENU part of the

bottom of Main Graphic Screen screen (Graphic View) or
Main status Screen (Top Screen).
If you touch each function icon, the screen that shown below
screen or the list menu of selection (titles of the screen) will be
displayed.
However, you need displayable (enable to display) user ID and
password to use the function icons.
Config. ICON (Lv.2)

System Configuration Screen
Setting ICON Group (Lv.0)
Control ICON (Lv.0)
Graph ICON (Lv.0)
Control Summary Screen
Alarm ICON Group (Lv.0)
Graph Screen
Monitor ICON Group (Lv.0)
Set Time ICON (Lv.1)
Alarm Log ICON (Lv.0)
Program Ver. ICON (Lv.0)
Password ICON (Lv.2)
Failure Log ICON (Lv.0)
System Details ICON (Lv.0)
Calibration ICON (Lv.1)
Event Log ICON (Lv.0)
Device Monitor ICON (Lv.2)
Limits ICON (Lv.1)
Counter ICON (Lv.0)
Assignment ICON (Lv.0)
System Overview ICON (Lv.1)
- 40 -
QT1101-16
3.1.5
Screen transition diagram (Screen Transition)

Select Configuration
ICON
( Password Lv.2 )
NO
Top Screen
System Configuration
Window
YES
Graphic View
Graphic View 2
Staring Sequence
Stopping Sequence
TOP SCR
System Details
No initialization
Parameter Clear
Config.&Setting
Initialization for each set
Import/Export
point. After the initialization,

each set point will be kept
at System Configuration
Config. & Setting

Import/Export
System Details 1/6
System Details 4/6

System Details 2/6
System Details 5/6

System Details 3/6
System Details 6/6
Press SYS CONF switch

to go to System Configuration
- 41 -
QT1101-16
SETTING ICON (Adjustment of the system)
Setting ICON
( No Password )
Set Time ICON
Password ICON
Calibration ICON
( Password Lv.1 )
( Password Lv.2 )
( Password Lv.1 )
Set Time
Password
Calibration Menu
Analog Output
Auxiliary Input Timer
Option Analog Input
Analog Input
Analog Input
DI/O Status
Adjustment 1/2
Adjustment 2/2
Assignment
- 42 -
Slide Valve Calibration
QT1101-16
ALARM/FAILURE ICON (Alarm of the system)
Alarm/Failure ICON
( No Password )
Alarm Log ICON
Failure Log ICON
Event Log ICON
( No Password )
( No Password )
( No Password )
LIMITS ICON
( Password Lv.1 )
Alarm Log
Failure Log
Event Log
Limits 1/10
Limits 2/10
Limits 3/10
Limits 4/10
Limits 5/10
(Unchangeable
(Unchangeable
(Unchangeable
(Unchangeable
(Unchangeable
OEM Limits)
OEM Limits)
OEM Limits)
OEM Limits)
OEM Limits)
Limits 6/10
Limits 7/10
Limits 8/10
Limits 9/10
Limits 10/10
(Unchangeable
(Option A/I)
(Option A/I)
(Range Over)
(Range Over)
OEM Limits)
- 43 -
QT1101-16
CONTROL SUMMARY ICON (System operation)
Control Summary ICON

( No Password )
Control Summary 1/3
Control Summary 2/3
Control Summary 3/3
( Lv.1 for a change )
(1)Set Points
Operation Mode
(6)DI/O STATUS
(2)Capacity Control (SP DP)
(7)Other Setpoints
(Anti Cycle)
(3)Capacity Control (LBT)
(8)High Stage Capacity Control
(4)VFD Compressor (SP DP)
(9)Economizer/Intercooler SV
(5)VFD Compressor (LBT)
(10)Auto Vi Control
Control Summary 1/3
(1)
(2)
Set Points
(4)
Scheduler
(5)
(3)
Capacity Control
Capacity Control
(SP / SSP / DP / SDP)
(LBT)
(6)
VFD Compressor
VFD Compressor
(SP / SSP / DP / SDP)
(LBT)
(7)
DI/O Status
Other Setpoints
- Anti Cycle
- Starting Bypass SV
(8)
(9)
- Hot Gas Bypass SV
(10)
- Oil Heater
- Seal Protection
- Evaporator Oil Return
High Stage
Economizer/Intercooler SV
Capacity Control
- 44 -
Auto Vi Control
QT1101-16
(11)Liquid Injection Control
(12)Condenser Control (Multi)
(14)Expansion Valve
(7)Other Setpoints
(SP / CGP1) Control)
(Hot Gas Bypass SV)
(15)Expansion Valve
(13)Expansion Valve
(LBT) Control
(SSH) Control
(7)Other Setpoints
(7)Other Setpoints
(Starting Bypass SV)
Seal Protection)
Control Summary 2/3
(11)
(12)
Condenser Control
Liquid Injection
Oil Cooling Control
(13)
(14)
(15)
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
Expansion Valve
(SSH) Control
(SP / CGP1) Control
(LBT) Control
(16)Chiller LBT Control
VFD Setup
(17)Level Control
(18)Auto Stage
(19)Communication Setup
Control Summary 3/3
(16)
(17)
Chiller LBT Control
(18)
Level Control
(19)
Auto Stage
- 45 -
Communication Setup
QT1101-16
GRAPH ICON (Diagnosis of the system)
Graph
ICON
( No Password )
Log Date Export
Trend Graph
Historical Trend Graph
Wide Range
Normal Range
Trend Graph
1/2 to 2/2
1/2 to 2/2
( Password Lv.2 )
- 46 -
QT1101-16
MONITOR ICON (Verifying of the system)
Monitor ICON
( NO Password )
Version ICON
System Detail ICON
Device Monitor ICON
( No Password )
( No Password )
( Password Lv.2 )
Show Program Version
Device Monitor
Counter ICON
Assignment ICON
System Overview ICON
( No Password )
( No Password )
( Password Lv.1 )
Counter
Assignment
System Overview
(Unchangeable)
System Details 1/6
System Details 2/6
System Details 4/6
System Details 3/6
System Details 5/6
Display Only
- 47 -
System Details 6/6
QT1101-16
3.2
Operation Method
3.2.1
Password
MYPRO TOUCH system has Administration (Limit) by user ID and

password
You need the user ID and the password when you change the
setting points or start the system operating.
For the items which needs the user ID and the password,
Pass word Icon like right figure will be displayed.
[LOG ON] icon
User ID/ password display
Password Icon
User ID and the password are composed of the alphabetic character

and figure eight characters.
[ Input Method of User ID and Password ]
1.
When it touches [ LOG ON ] icon, it moves to the
When user ID and the password are input, the
password input screen.
switch is displayed. This switch is fixed touching.
2.
To input user ID, it touches the user ID column.
3.
User ID is input. (alphanumeric character and capital
LOG ON
If it is correct, "COMPLETION" lamp turns on.

letters and small letters)
The ENT switch is fixed to touch.
(The cursor moves to the Password column by the
automatic operation. )
If it is wrong, "ERROR" lamp turns on.
4.
The password is input. (alphanumeric character and

capital letters and small letters)
The ENT switch is fixed to touch.
When it touches the RESET switch when making a mistake,
the input of user ID and the password can be done over again.
- 48 -
QT1101-16
Security Levels are set for passwords.
Security Level
ID (default)
Password (default)
Level- 2 "Administrator Level"
XYZ
2222
Level- 1 "User Level"
ABC
1111
CAUTION
To operate MYPRO TOUCH system properly, manage the user ID and the password with care.
An administrator should be chosen to manage the user ID and the password, and control them tightly.
Password category
Administrator Level : Level-2 (LogOff is Required on the Top Screen at the Graphic View for the invalidation. )
Password
Device Monitor
File Manager
System Details
A/I Scaling
Parameter Clear
User Level : Level-1 (Required LogOff on the Top Screen at the Graphic View for the invalidation.)
Top Screen (changing)
Graphic View (changing)
[Control Summary]( changing)
Set Points( includes Scheduler)
Other Set Points
VFD Setup
Auto Vi
Auto Stage(including Communication)
Capacity Control
Exp. Valve Control (SSH)
Exp. Valve Control (SP)
Exp. Valve Control (LBT)
Economizer/Intercooler SV
Liquid Injection Control
Chiller LBT Control
Condenser Control
High Stage Cap. Control
VFD Compressor (SP DP)
VFD Compressor (LBT)
Exp. Valve Control (SSH2)
Exp. Valve Control (CGP2)
Level Control
[Setting]
A/O Assignment
Slide Valve Setup
Set Time
A/I Adjustment
Option A/I
Auxiliary Input Timer

[Alarm/Failure]
Setting(Limits - Range Over)
No password
Top Screen
Graphic View
Control Summary (display)
Show Program Version
DI/O Status
AD I /O Assignment
Alarm Log
Failure Log
Event Log
[Monitor]
[Graph]
Trend Graph
- 49 -
(Memo Window)
QT1101-16
3.2.2
Method of movement screen and changing set value
Method of movement on screen

The screen moves in the switch or icon in which the part and the screen title that is the blink (blink) are described when touching.
Touch blinking part or switches that are written a screen title to change the screen.
The switch, the [ SETTING ] icon, and the [ HELP ] icon etc. of a part of function name correspond.
3.2.3
Changing Set points Method
Changing set points method

Selecting from options
Numerical entry
The settable items are displayed with a frame (no unit) like
The items which are available to enter numbers, it is displayed
below figure.
with white frame (with unit).
(In many cases, they are written by character string.)
(Some numbers have no unit.)
Numerical-keypad will be displayed if you touch the frame that

The options are displayed if you touch the frame that you
you need.
need to change.
Touch the selected switch to set it.

Touch the number and press the ENT switch to set.
*
Depending on a condition, there is an item that you
Note:
cannot select.
Whether it is positive pressure or negative pressure, the unit
If you select the item, it looks like you can complete the
will be psi/"Hg, if you select psi gauge as the unit of
changing, however, after that it will return to the original
pressure.
option.
(The unit psi is displayed when it is unsigned, and Hg is
Note that it has not been changed actually.
displayed when it is -.)
Inputting method by psi unit system

Input it with no change if it is the numerical entry of positive
pressure (psi).
Press minus ( - )switch at the top of inputting number if it is
the numerical entry of negative pressure ("Hg)
- 50 -
QT1101-16
3.3
System Configuration (Initial Setting Method)
Now we start to set up the MYPRO TOUCH system.

Initialization of the set point should be done first after the introduction of MYPRO TOUCH system.
It means to return each setting point of your MYPRO TOUCH system to the factory default.
(Though the setting points had been initialized before the shipment, we are afraid if your MYPRO TOUCH setting points have
changed because of its shipping, the inventory time and the inventory condition,)
(There is no need to initialize your set points from next start up.)
Next step is system configuration setting.
The setting is needed to adapt the system, such as using compressors or units, to the current system condition
(1) Initialized Set Value
Parameter Clear
(2) Composition setting of the System
System Details
(3) Adjustment, Confirmation, Set Value of analog output
Analog Output Adjustment
(4) A set value is read/write from/to the USB memory.
Config.&Setting Import/Export
(5) It can be capture (hard copy) in the automatic operation as for all screens.
Auto Capture
The instruction will be follow the order of above procedure.
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Screen
3.3.1
Initialization of the set point is the first step after the introduction of
MYPRO TOUCH system.
Initializations of each control setting points (return to factory default)
and system set-up are required.
System Configuration screen allows the initializations.
On the screen, compressor operating is not available because
MYPRO TOUCH system makes compressor control program status
stopping.
Procedure
Press the MYPRO TOUCH System Configuration icon, which is
arranged in Function Icon part under the condition that the MYPRO
TOUCH system is running and the compressor units are stopping
(Configuration ICON)
status.
(Before this step, the password required to be input.)
NOTE : It is not possible to shift to 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' at the following.
1.
The input of the password is not completed.
2.
The contact input of DI-12[MSRB] is ON.
3.
'CONTROL' item of 'AUTO STAGE' screen is 'ENABLE'.
CAUTION
Setting of each items on EASY SETUP and SYSTEM DETAILS screens should be done properly to
adjust the setting for compressor units.
If there is a difference of the setting between controller and compressor units, the compressor will not
been controlled properly. Additionally, the protective function of the controller will not work.
Make sure to input OFF as an operation command, to avoid unexpected start-up of the compressor
when control program stopped state is canceled (migrating normal booting state).
Before the operation, make sure to check the appropriate setting points on other function , when you
have set or changed the setting items on EASY SETUP or SYSTEM DETAILS screens.
- 51 -
QT1101-16
Below figure is displayed.
(1)PARAMETER CLEAR
(2)SYSTEM DETAILS
(3) ANALOG OUTPUT
ADJUSTMENT
(4)CONFIG.&SETTING
IMPORT/EXPORT
(5) AUTO CAPTURE

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
Below operations are available on the System Configuration screen.

During displaying this screen, touch the appropriate switch on the above figure to initialize items of below figure.
The name of switch
Initialization item
Switch action
PARAMETER CLEAR Control set points return The initializing of the control set points
to initial setting points.
Reset the control set points.
SYSTEM DETAILS
---
Switches to the SYSTEM DETAIL screen as the set points are.

Set and check the system.
Switches to the ANALOG OUTPUT ADJUSTMENT screen.
Set and check the analog output.
---
Switches to the CONFIG. & SETTING IMPORT/EXPORT screen.
---
It can be capture (hard copy) in the automatic operation as for all

screens.
---
ANALOG OUTPUT
ADJUSTMENT
CONFIG. & SETTING
IMPORT/EXPORT
AUTO CAPTURE
CAUTION
The MYPRO TOUCH operation will be momentary-unstable and after that it goes the same condition as
just after power on, when you operate the system reset.
Make sure not to do the system reset while the compressor is running.
Because this state of event adversely affect the devices while it occurs during the operating of
compressors or auxiliaries.
Initialization of the Set points
This will be initialize (bring to default) set points would, you like to
continue? , the execution confirmation message will be displayed
when you touch the
PARAMETER CLEAR
switch. Press
CANCEL switch or INITIALIZE switch.
The MYPRO TOUCH initializes and defaults each set point if you
touch INITIALIZE switch. During this initializing, a timer will be
displayed and you cannot operate it.
About the AUTO CAPUTURE (* The USB storage is necessary. )

It can be capture (hard copy) in System Configuration in the automatic operation as for all screens of MYPRO TOUCH.
However, the time of about 10 minutes hangs in all the screen capture to acquire it by about 30 screens.
It is possible to use it for the explanation of the set value confirmation and the state etc.
(The character of "NOW...SCREEN CAPTURE" enters the upper part of the acquired screen. )
(However, the screen display by functions of the touch panel units of an off-line screen and the message, etc. cannot be
acquired. )
- 52 -
QT1101-16
3.3.2
SYSTEM DETAILS Screen
On the SYSTEM DETAILS screen, you can set System

Configuration.
CAUTION
When the setting is changed by the following items, a set
all value (The control setting value is included) is
initialized.
- I/O PLATFORM
- COMPRESSOR
Items in SYSTEM DETAILS Screen (SYSTEM DETAILS 1/6)

Item
Setting Option
Description
* ENGLISH
LANGUAGE
FRENCAIS
FRENCH
DEUTSCH
GERMAN
PORTUGUES
PORTUGUESE
Russian
ESPANOL
SPANISH
JAPANESE
POLISKI
POLISH
TRK
Turkish
Chinese (Traditional)
* NORTH AMERICA
I/O PLATFORM
(Input/output
specification)
North American specification
EUROPE
European specification
ASIA
Asian specification
SOUTH AMERICA
South American specification
* SINGLE
Single-stage compressor models
ECONOMIZER W/O SENSOR

ECONOMIZER W/ SENSOR
COMPOUND-1 (1610 & 1612)
COMPRESSOR
(Type)
Economizer (without IT and IP sensors)

Economizer (with IT and IP sensors)
(IP, IT and ISH are displayed.)
Two-stage compressor (1610 and 1612)
COMPOUND-2 (2016 & HIGHER)
Two-stage compressor (2016 and higher)

(HSV, IP, IT and ISH are displayed.)
SINGLE UD-V(VARIABLE Vi)
Compressors with Auto Vi control
400 SERIES
400 series compressors

(SVOP and dOP2 are displayed.)
SINGLE J
J series compressors
J series with economizer (without IT and IP sensors)
J series with economizer (with IT and IP sensors)

FM160
FM160 model compressor
FM160 with economizer (without IT and IP sensors)
FM160 with economizer (with IT and IP sensors)

- 53 -
QT1101-16
Item
Setting Option
REFRIGERANT
(Type)
Chloradifluoromethane (CHCIF2)
R23
Trifluoromethane (CHF3)
R134a
1,1,2,2-Tetrafluoromethane (C2H2F4)
R404A
Blend of R-125/R-143a/R-134a
R407C
Blend of R-32/R-125/R-134a
R410A
Blend of R-32/R-125
R502
Blend of R-22/R-115
R507A
R-125/R-143a
* R717(NH3)
PRESSURE DISPLAY
(Units of pressure display)
Ammonia(NH3)
R290(PROPANE)
Propane(C3H8)
R744(CO2)
Carbon dioxide (CO2)
USER DEFINED
Undefined refrigerant (Superheat is not displayed.)
MPascal Abs
Absolute pressure in MPa
Mpascal Gauge
Gauge pressure in MPa
Kgf/cm2 Abs
Absolute pressure in Kgf/cm2
Kgf/cm2 Gauge
Gauge pressure in Kgf/cm2
bar Abs
Absolute pressure in bar
bar Gauge
Gauge pressure in bar
psi Abs
Absolute pressure in psi
* psi Gauge
Gauge pressure in psi
kPascal Abs
Absolute pressure in kPa
kPascal Gauge
Gauge pressure in kPa
bar + mbar Abs
Absolute pressure in bar + mmbar
bar + mbar Gauge
Gauge pressure in bar + mmbar

Absolute temperature
(The unit of SuperHeat is K(Kelbin).)
Centigrade temperature
(The unit of SuperHeat is K(Kelbin).)
Fahrenheit temperature
(The unit of SuperHeat is oF (Fahrenheit).)
K
TEMPERATURE DISPLAY
(Units of temperature display)
*
CT SIZE
Description
R22
CT Ratio of Current Converter
NOTE: In the table, the setting options marked * are the default settings
- 54 -
Input CT Ratio
QT1101-16

Setting Option
Item
OIL PUMP
(Number of oil
pumps)
OIL PUMP LEAD/LAG *4
W/O OIL PUMP
Without oil pump
* W/ 1-OIL PUMP
Oil pump x 1
W/ 2-OIL PUMPS
Oil pumps x 2
* LEAD D/O 02/LAG D/O 21
Output for leading pump: D/O 02, lagging pump: D/O 21
LEAD D/O 21/LAG D/O 02
Output for leading pump: D/O 21, lagging pump: D/O 02
* FULL LUBE
Pump-pressurized oil feed
PRE LUBE
OIL FEED TYPE
Differential-pressure oil feed

Pump-pressurized oil feed only at startup
(Only "COMPRESSOR ->J Series and FM160" can be
selected.)
PARTIAL LUBE
Auto oil feed on differential oil pressure judgment.

(Only "COMPRESSOR ->J Series" can be selected.)
AUTO LUBE
* DP - AFP
dFP CALCULATION
(Filter differential pressure calculation
method)
Description
(It is not possible to select it with FM160 Series. )
BFP - OP
(Fix in FM160. )
(It is not possible to select it with J Series or 400 Series. )
DP - OP
(It is not possible to select it excluding J Series. )
* OP - DP
dOP CALCULATION
(Oil differential
pressure calculation method)
OIL RETURN SV
OIL SEPARATOR TEMP. SENSOR
DI15 USE
OP - SP
(COMPRESSOR -> J Series or FM160 Series,

OIL PUMP -> w/o OIL PUMP and PRE LUBE.)
DP - OP
(Only w/o OIL PUMP (PRE LUBE) can be selected with

SINGLE. )
* NOT USE
USE
* YES
Oil separator with temperature sensor.
NO
Oil separator without temperature sensor.
NOT USE
Not Use
* INTERLOCK-3
Use as INTERLOCK-3
OIL LEVEL SWITCH

DO18 AUX
AFTER FINE FILTER PRESS. SENSOR
BYPASS
(Bypass control)
* NO
Use as OIL LEVEL SWITCH

Not Use by priority
YES
Use by priority
YES
With after-fine-filter pressure sensor
* NO
Without after-fine-filter pressure sensor
* NOT USE
NOT USE
HOT GAS BYPASS

STARTING BYPASS
- 55 -
QT1101-16
Items in SYSTEM DETAILS Screen(SYSTEM DETAILS 3/6)

Item
AUTO STAGE
VFD COMPRESSOR
VFD COMPRESSOR
OUTPUT LIMIT
Setting Option
* NOT USE
2UNITS - 8UNITS
* NOT USE
USE
* NOT USE
USE
* NOT USE
AUTO Vi CONTROL
Description
NOT USE
USE D/O17,18,19,23,24(UD-V)
USE (AUTO Vi display)(D/O 17,18,19,23,24)
USE D/O26,27,28,29,30(UD-V)
USE (AUTO Vi display)(D/O 26,27,28,29,30)
USE J SERIES
USE (J model compressor)
* NOT USE
REMOTE CAPACITY CONTROL
REMOTE DIGITAL
REMOTE ANALOG
HIGH STAGE CAPACITY CONTROL
* NOT USE
NOT USE
USE
USE (IP,IT,ISH and HSV are displayed)
* NOT USE
LEVEL CONTROL
(Chiller leaving temperature control)
NOT USE
REVERSE
Output of the PID controller (Reverse-Action)
DIRECT
Output of the PID controller (Direct-Action)
CAUTION
Please set a setpoint appropriately on the inverter side at the lowest rotational speed, the maximum
speed, the start frequency, the acceleration time, the deceleration time, and analog input filter time
constant, when the VFD function is used.
- 56 -
QT1101-16

Item
Setting Option
Description
* DISABLE
CONDENSER CONTROL
NOT USE
VFD ONLY
Controls the condenser fans by the revolution only
VFD + 2 STEPS
Controls the condenser fans by the revolution and two steps
VFD + 3 STEPS
Controls the condenser fans by the revolution and three steps
VFD + 5 STEPS
Controls the condenser fans by the revolution and five steps
CONDENSER 3 STEPS CONTROL
Controls the condenser fans by the three steps
CONDENSER 6 STEPS CONTROL
Controls the condenser fans by the six steps
CONDENSER
CONTROL TARGET
* LOCAL DISCHARGE PRESSURE
CONDENSER
CONTROL METHOD
* ON/OFF SINGLE SET
SYSTEM DISCHARGE PRESSURE System discharge pressure (SDP is displayed.)

Single target ON/OFF control
ON/OFF MULTI SET
Multiple target ON/OFF control
* DISABLE
LIQUID INJECTION
OIL COOLING CONTROL
CONTROL TARGET
ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER
EXPANSION VALVE CONTROL
ECONIMIZER/INTERCOOLER
LIQUID SUPPLY CONTROL
NOT USE
NONE/THERMAL EXPANSION
None/ Thermostatic expansion valve
YOSAKU 1-VALVE
YOSAKU expansion valve x 1
YOSAKU 2-VALVES
YOSAKU expansion valve x 2
MOTORIZED CONTROL VALVE
4 - 20 mA driven expansion valve
* DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE
DISCHARGE SUPERHEAT
* NOT USE
NOT USE
USE
USE (IP, IT and ISH are displayed.)

Liquid supply control depending on both low-stage capacity
and suction pressure
Liquid supply control depending on both high-stage capacity
and intermediate pressure
* LSV & SP
HSV & IP
EXPANSION VALVES
(Type)
* YOSAKU
YOSAKU expansion valve
MOTORIZED CONTROL VALVE

AUTO UNLOAD ON CLEAR ALARM
COMPRESSOR
OIL SEAL CONTROL
None/ thermostatic expansion valve
4 - 20 mA driven expansion valve
* NOT USE
USE
* NOT USE
NOT USE
USE
USE
LIQUID INJECTION OIL COOLING CONTROL cannot be selected for "I/O PLATFORM -> North America, Asia, South America"
and "COMPRESSOR -> COMPOUND-2".
- 57 -
QT1101-16

Item
CHILLER CONTROL
LIQUID SUPPLY SV
(Number of
Oil feed solenoid valve)
Setting Option
* NOT USE
Description
NOT USE
USE
USE
* 1
1 valve
2 valves
3 valves
None/Thermostatic expansion valve
YOSAKU 1-VALVE
YOSAKU 2-VALVES
EXPANSION VALVES
(Type)
YOSAKU 3-VALVES
* MOTORIZED CONTROL VALVE
2-MOTORIZED CONTROL VALVES
* SSH ONLY
Control by the superheat with suction pressure

limit
Control by the superheat with chiller leaving
temperature control.
Control by the superheat with suction pressure
limit and chiller leaving temperature control.
SSH W/ LBT LIMIT

SSH W/ SP & LBT LIMIT
CHILLER GAS
PRESSURE
SENSOR
CHILLER GAS
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
* NO
None
YES
(CGP1 is displayed.)
* NO
None
YES
(CGT1 is displayed.)
CHILLER ENTERING TEMP. * NO

SENSOR
YES
CHILLER LEAVING TEMP.
SENSOR
* NO

CONTROL
* NOT USE
4 - 20 mA driven expansion valve x 2

Control by the superheat only
SSH W/ SP LIMIT
EXPANSION VALVE
CONTROL
(Control method of
chiller expansion valve)
4 - 20 mA driven expansion valve x 1
None
(EBT is displayed.)
None
YES
(LBT is displayed.)
USE
* NOT USE
CHILLER PUMP MODE
AUTO START/STOP
CONTINUOUS
* NOT USE
EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN
Not Use
1SV W/O LEVEL SWITCH
1-SolenoidValve without Level Switch
1SV W/ LEVEL SWITCH(FILLED OFF)
1-SolenoidValve with Level Switch(Filled OFF)
1SV W/ LEVEL SWITCH(FILLED ON)
1-SolenoidValve with Level Switch(Filled ON)
1SV W/ FLOAT LEVEL SWITCH(FILLED OFF)

1SV W/ FLOAT LEVEL SWITCH(FILLED ON)
1MV 2SV W/O LEVEL SWITCH
- 58 -
1-SolenoidValve
with Float Level Switch(Filled OFF)
1-SolenoidValve
with Float Level Switch(Filled ON)
1-MotorizedValve 2-SolenoidValve
without Level Switch
QT1101-16
Item
Setting Option
1MV 2SV W/
1MV 2SV W/
1MV 2SV W/
1MV 2SV W/
Description
LEVEL SWITCH(FILLED OFF)
with Level Switch(Filled OFF)
LEVEL SWITCH(FILLED ON)
with Level Switch(Filled ON)
FLOAT LEVEL SWITCH(FILLED OFF)
with Float Level Switch(Filled OFF)
FLOAT LEVEL SWITCH(FILLED ON)
with Float Level Switch(Filled ON)

Item
OPARATION MODE
ON FAILURE
OPARATION MODE
RESTORE ON POWER UP
ALARM RESET
ALARM OUTPUT
ALARM/FAILURE OUTPUT TYPE
Setting Option
Change to LOCAL MODE
* Keep Current MODE
Change to LOCAL STOP
Changed to the STOP state in the LOCAL mode
* Keep Current CONDITION
Staying in the current operation control mode and state
* AUTO RESET
Alarm is automatically reset
MANUAL RESET
Alarm is reset by CLEAR ALARM switch
NO
Alarm is not output
* YES
Alarm is output.
* NORMAL OPEN
Normally open; closed on alarm

Normally closed; open on alarm
NORMAL CLOSE
Local suction pressure
SYSTEM SUCTION PRESSURE
System suction pressure (SSP is displayed.)
Chiller entering temperature (EBT is displayed.)
Chiller leaving temperature (LTB is displayed)
* LOCAL SUCTION PRESSURE
CONTROL TARGET
(CAPACITY CONTROL)
Change to the LOCAL mode

Staying in the current operation control mode
* LOCAL SUCTION PRESSURE

CONTROL TARGET
(CUT IN/OUT)
Description
Local suction pressure
System suction pressure (SSP is displayed.)
Chiller leaving temperature (LTB is displayed)
COMBINED LOCAL SP/LBT
(LTB is displayed)
COMBINED SYSTEM SP/LBT
(SSP and LTB is displayed)
LOCAL DISCHARGE PREESSURE
Local Discharge Pressure
SYSTEM DISCHARGE PREESSURE
System discharge pressure (SDP is displayed.)
- 59 -
QT1101-16
3.3.3
ANALOG OUTPUT ADJUSTMENT Screen
This screen allows you to adjust the offset value for analog outputs.
The offset values have already been adjusted by "0.0%" before

shipment from the factory and the adjustments are retained in the
non-volatile memory on the Central Processing Unit board. Use this
screen if fine adjustment to the preset values is required on your site.
Item Headings in ANALOG OUTPUT ADJUSTMENT Screen

Item Heading
OUT
OFFSET
Description
Displays the current output (in %) with offset value incorporated.
The actual output values are created by adding the calculated analog output values to the offset
values.( Any values up to 10.0 can be set for LOW and HIGH offset values.)
If the output values are too small over the entire range, enter positive numbers as both the LOW and HIGH offset values. Enter
negative numbers in the opposite case.
Only for the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen, it becomes possible to enter a value in the OUT brackets (indicating the
current output percentage) to make the value be output as an actual output.
- 60 -
QT1101-16
3.3.4
CONFIG. & SETTING IMPORT/EXPORT Screen
The screen will be switched to Right Figure, if you touch Config. &
Setting Import/Export icon.
On this screen, you are allowed to read set points as CSV file, also
allowed to read and write using USB flash memory.
(1)
(2)
1. The preparation of the USB memory

At first, check if the USB flash memory has been connected to the
touch panel.
(3)
(4)
2. Data Transfer
The transmission of data begins when it touches the
(1) TRANSFER MYPRO CPU --> USB STRAGE
transmit direction switch, and Window goes out while
Touch this (left upper) switch if you need to transfer
transmit it as shown in the figure below.
(Export) set points to USB flash memory from TP.

(Modbus Device List :
400901 to 402000 + 409001 to 409700)
(2) TRANSFER USB STRAGE-->MYPRO CPU
Touch this (left upper) switch if you need to transfer
(Import) set points to TP from USB flash memory.
400901 to 402000 + 409001 to 409700)
(3) PARTIAL TRANSFER USB --> CPU CONFIG ONLY
Touch this (left lower) switch if you need to transfer
When the transferring has finished, COMPLETED!
(Import) only System Config. set points to TP from
window offered as the right figure.
USB flash memory.

400901 to 401300) (about System Config.)
(4) PARTIAL TRANSFER USB --> CPU LIMITS ONLY
Touch this (left lower) switch if you need to transfer
(Import) only LIMITS set points to TP from USB
flash memory.
401301 to 401658 + 409570 to 409571)
(about LIMITS)
When making an error, the figure below window and the

error code are displayed.
- 61 -
QT1101-16
3. Data Validation in the USB memory
Touch DISP switch to open the file manager. Then, you are
allowed to check the data validation in the USB memory.
The Error codes in "STATUS" area

STATUS
No.
Description
Countermeasure
The target file does not exist for the transferring

from the external storage to the connected
equipment.
4096
No file No.
12288
The data that exceeds the internal device range

has been tried to transfer from the external storage - check if the range specification of the internal
Internal device range error
to the connected equipment when the first address device is correct.
of the transferring is set by the internal device.
16384
No external storage
The external storage has not been inserted in the - Insert the external storage in the indicator.
indicator or SD card cover is opened.
- Close the SD card cover.
20480
Read error
Failed the reading the data from the external

storage, when the data is transferred from the - Check if the external storage has no damage.
external storage to the connected equipment.
24576
Write error
Failed the writing to external storage when the - Check if there is enough space in the external
data is transferred from the connected equipment storage.
to the external storage or there is no free space. - Check if the external storage has no damage.
The SD card is write protected.
- Awake the write-protect of the SD card.
28672
SD card error
/USB storage error
SD card or USB storage has not been formatted

correctly or it has a damage
49152
53248
- Check if the external storage has been

formatted correctly.
- Check if the external storage has no damage.
Failed the writing the data to the connected

Write error to
- Check the communication of touch panel and
equipment, when the data is transferred from the
the connected equipment
MYPRO TOUCH CPU.
Failed the reading the data from the connected
Read error from
- Check the communication of touch panel and
equipment, when the data is transferred from the
the connected equipment
MYPRO TOUCH CPU.
CAUTION
Please do not pull out the USB flash memory between until completing transmit.
Please do not store it excluding data necessary for writing a set value (Import) in the USB flash memory
used for MYPRO TOUCH.
(It doesn't assume the responsibility about the damage of the file etc. at all. )
When prescribed folder (file) doesn't exist when preserving it in external storage, folder (file) is made
and preserved automatically.
Please copy each folder and preserve it when you preserve the CSV file in PC and other external storage.
When the content, the folder name, and the file name of the CSV file are changed, it is not possible to
read and write it correctly.
A part of data is not read/is not written at the setting and the operating time etc. of each PID controller.
Please confirm a set value before it begins to system running when you copy a set value.
Operate with care when you operate the set points file.
Delete the file with special attention. Once you delete the file, you cannot restore the file anymore.
(Basically, there is no need to delete the file.)
- 62 -
QT1101-16
3.4
Adjustment of the System (Setting way for Trial and Readjustment)
(Setting ICON)
The describing of the icons is for the setting method of the trial and readjustment.
(1) SET TIME
It allows to set the MYPRO TOUCH system time.
(2) PASSWORD
It allows to change the password file.
(3) CALIBRATION
It allows to adjust each MYPRO TOUCH system.
(1) ANALOG OUTPUT ASSIGNMENT
It allows to assign analog outputs.
(2) AUXILIARY INPUT TIMER
It allows to set each control judgment time. (Alarm/Failure judgment time is

Alarm/Failure.)
(3) OPTION ANALOG INPUT
It allows to set the optional analog inputs, which apply unused vacant
channels.
(4) SLIDE VALVE CALIBRATION
It allows to adjust the position of the compressor slide valves.
(5) ANALOG INPUT ADJUSTMENT
It allows to adjust analog inputs.
(6) DI/O STATUS
It allows to check the digital inputs/outputs status and test outputs.
- 63 -
QT1101-16
SET TIME Screen
3.4.1
On SET TIME screen, it allows you to make settings related to the

date and time.
By touching the SET TIME switch to confirm the time setting.
Items in SET TIME Screen

Title
Item
MONTH
Description
Enter the number for current month.
(1 for January, 2 for February, and so on)
SET DAY
TIME YEAR
Enter the current date.
HOUR
Enter the current hour.
MINUTE
Enter the current minute.
Enter the current year.
CAUTION
MYPRO TOUCH system time may cause the clock error ' 65 seconds/month ' on the condition that no
power distribution.
While in use, the clock error ' - 380~ +90 seconds/month ' may be caused by the temperature or the usage
period.
Especially if you use the function of schedule operation or data collection, check the difference with
the standard time (the interaction with the touch panel and MYPRO TOUCH CPU) with care, and make a
regular setting of the exact time.
3.4.2
PASSWORD Screen
This screen allows you to change the previously registered user ID and
password.
When it touches PASSWORD ICON, it moves to the screen in a right
picture.
The password used with the indicator can be changed on this screen.
The user can set it up to five in the maximum, Two or more users can
set the security level 1 and 2.
(User ID cannot overlap.)
1. Confirmation of SD card
Please confirm that it is in the state that the SD card can be used.
CAUTION
When the user ID / password is changed, user ID / password registered before becomes invalid.
Please register user ID / password of security level 2,
when you change the user ID / password because initialized user ID / password becomes invalid, too.
If the password is not registered, it is not possible to move from the PASSWORD screen.
To operate MYPRO TOUCH system properly, manage the user ID and the password with care.
An administrator should be chosen to manage the user ID and the password, and control them tightly.
- 64 -
QT1101-16
2. Input of change matter
Please input the security level, ID, and the password respectively.
The security level can set only "1" or "2".
ID must be composed of 8 characters in the alphanumeric
character.
The password must be composed of 4 characters in the
alphanumeric character.
3. Fixation of change matter

When it touches the CHANGE switch after the input of the change
matter is completed, Window in a right picture is displayed.
Please push YES if you may change the setting.
If the error occurs when the change is completed, the following
error codes are displayed.
CSV Error Code (upper part of error code display)
0010h
D script data Error
0011h
LS area read range Error
0012h
File name Error
0020h
No SD card
0021h
SD card Error
0101h
File seek Error
0104h
Folder make Error
0108h
Write mode Error
0110h
File make (open) Error
0111h
File write Error
Security Write Status (lower part of error code display)

0
Write Complete
1 to 3
Reserved
No External storage
CSV file delete Error
6 to 7
Reserved
Number of User ID Over
Data write Error
10
CSV file name Error
11
CSV file format Error
12
CSV data Error
13
Mode Error
14
Overlap Error (User ID Overlap)
4. Change complete
When the setting is completed, it is displayed as shown in a right
picture.
Please shut Window touching OK.
- 65 -
QT1101-16
3.4.3
CALIBRATION Icon
- 66 -
QT1101-16
3.4.3.1 ANALOG OUTPUT ASSIGNMENT Screen

This screen allows you to make new channel assignments or change
the existing assignments for the items of analog outputs channel.
Moreover, it allows to input offset values (fine adjustment).
Assignment List Display switch
It is possible to allocate it to the analog output by inputting the CODE

number of ASSIGNMENT LIST.
The assignments of bellows are available for the analog outputs.
Analog inputs process value
: AI 01 ~ AI 32
Analog Virtual input (Calculated Value)
: AI 65 ~ AI 80
Each adjuster setting value (SV)
: PID 1 ~ 15 SV
Each adjuster manipulating value (MV)
: PID 1 ~ 15 MV
[ Input Method ]
1.
Touch the CODE column.
2.
The keypad is displayed.
3.
The code number for the item to want to output after

ASSIGNMENT LIST is confirmed is input.
4.
Fix it pushing [ ENT ].
5.
If the code number specification is correct, the input is accepted.

It is not accepted when the mistake is found in the code number,
and the previous setting value is displayed.
(For example, it is not accepted because there is no allocation in
the code number "32". )
NOTE:
In the following table, the assignments for the items in parentheses ( ) are valid if the associated optional inputs are available.
- 67 -
QT1101-16
Item in ANALOG OUTPUT ASSIGNMENT Screen

Heading title
DIRECTION
(Polarity)
Item
Description
DIRECT
Controller outputs 0 to 100% are output as 4 to 20 mA DC signals.
REVERSE
Controller outputs 0 to 100% are output as 20 to 4 mA DC signals.
000 : AI01 SUCTION PRESSURE
Outputs process value of suction pressure at AI01
001 : AI02 DISCHARGE PRESSURE
Outputs process value of discharge pressure at AI02
002 : AI03 OIL SUPPLY PRESSURE
Outputs process value of oil supply pressure at AI03
003 : AI04 AFTER FILTER PRESSURE
Outputs process value of after-filter-pressure at AI04
004 : AI05 SUCTION TEMPERATURE
Outputs process value of suction temperature at AI05
005 : AI06 DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE
Outputs process value of discharge temperature at AI06
006 : AI07 OIL SUPPLY TEMPERATURE
Outputs process value of oil supply temperature at AI07
007 : AI08 ( OIL SEPARATOR TEMPERATURE )

( AFTER FINE FILTER PRESSURE )
Outputs process value of oil separator temperature

or PV of after-fine-filter pressure at AI08
008 : AI09 ( INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE )

( OPTION */4 )
009 : AI10 ( INTERMEDIATE TEMPERATURE )
( OPTION */4 )
010 : AI11 ( SYSTEM DISCHARGE PRESSURE )
( OPTION */4 )
Outputs process value of intermediate pressure

or PV of optional analog input at AI09.
Outputs process value of intermediate temperature
Outputs process value of system discharge pressure
011 : AI12 COMPRESSOR MOTOR CURRENT
Outputs process value of compressor motor current at AI12.
012 : AI13 ( CHILLER ENTERING TEMPERATURE ) Outputs process value of chiller inlet temperature
ASSIGNMENT
( OPTION */4 )
or PV of optional analog input from AI13.
013 : AI14 ( CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE ) Outputs process value chiller outlet temperature
Process Value
( OPTION */4 )
of Analog inputs
014 : AI15 (LOW STAGE) SLIDE VALVE POSITION Outputs process value of low-stage capacity at AI15
015 : AI16 ((HIGH STAGE) SLIDE VALVE POSITION)
Outputs Process value of high-stage slide valve position, slide valve
( SLIDE VALVE OIL PRESSURE )
oil feed pressure, system suction pressure, or optional analog input
( SYSTEM SUCTION PRESSURE )
at AI16.
( OPTION */4 )
016 : AI17 ( CHILLER LEAVING GAS PRESS. )
Outputs PV of evaporator gas outlet pressure at AI17
017 : AI18 ( CHILLER LEAVING GAS TEMP. )
Outputs PV of evaporator gas outlet temperature at AI18
018 : AI19 ( SYSTEM SUCTION PRESSURE )
Outputs PV of system suction pressure at AI19
019 : AI20
( REMOTE CAPACITY CONTROL TARGET )
Outputs PV of remote capacity control target at AI20
020 : AI21 ( OPTION */4 )
Outputs PV of optional analog input at AI21
021 : AI22 ( OPTION */4 )
022 : AI23 ( OPTION */4 )
023 : AI24 ( OPTION */4 )
024 : AI23 ( CHILLER LEAVING GAS PRESS.2 )
Outputs PV of evaporator gas outlet pressure 2 at AI23
025 : AI24 ( CHILLER LEAVING GAS TEMP.2 )
Outputs PV of evaporator gas outlet temperature 2 at AI24
026 to 063 : AI25 to AI32 INVALID
No assignments for outputs at AI25 to AI32
064 : AI65 OIL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
Outputs calculated oil differential pressure (OP-DP) at AI65.
065 : AI66 FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
Outputs calculated filter differential pressure (DP-AFP) at AI66.
066 : AI67 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
Outputs calculated differential pressure (AFP-SP or AFP-IP) at AI67.
067 : AI68 SUCTION SUPERHEAT

ASSIGNMENT 068 : AI69 ( INTERMEDIATE SUPERHEAT )
069 : AI70 DISCHARGE SUPERHEAT
Virtual analog
inputs
(Arithmetic
value)
Outputs calculated suction superheat (ST-SP saturation temperature

or GT1-SP1 saturation temperature) at AI68.
Outputs calculated intermediate superheat (IT-IP saturation
temperature) at AI69.
Outputs calculated discharge superheat (DT-DP saturation
temperature) at AI70.
070 : AI71 ( DIS./SUC. PRESSURE RATIO )
Outputs discharge pressure divided by calculated suction pressure

value at AI71. (in case of J Economizer W/ Sensor , Discharge
Pressure / Intermediate pressure )
071 : AI72 ( CALCULATED Vi )
Outputs calculated Vi value at AI72.
072 : AI73 ( Vi POSITION )
Outputs Vi position at AI73
073 : AI74 ( COMPRESSOR CAPACITY )
Outputs compressor capacity at AI74
074 : AI75 ( SLIDE VALVE PERCENT )
Outputs percent of slide valve position at AI75

* When REMOTE CAPACITY CONTROL is selected, it is an
automatic allocating.
- 68 -
QT1101-16
Item in ANALOG OUTPUT ASSIGNMENT Screen

Heading title
ASSIGNMENT
item
Description
075 : AI76
( AUTO STAGE TARGET PRESSURE )
076 : AI77
( OIL DEFFERENTIAL PRESSURE2 )
Virtual analog
inputs
077 : AI78 ( SUCTION SUPERHEAT2 )
(Arithmetic value)
078 to 079 : INVALID ID
081 : PID 01/16 SV
083 : PID 01/16 MV
097 : PID 02/16 SV
099 : PID 02/16 MV
113 : PID 03/16 SV
115 : PID 03/16 MV

161 : PID 06/16 SV
163 : PID 06/16 MV
177 : PID 07/16 SV

ASSIGNMENT
179 : PID 07/16 MV
Controller Set
Value
(SV)
or
Controller
Manipulating
Value
(MV)
193 : PID 08/16 SV
195 : PID 08/16 MV

209 : PID 09/16 SV
211 : PID 09/16 MV
225 : PID 10/16 SV
227 : PID 10/16 MV
241 : PID 11/16 SV
243 : PID 11/16 MV
257 : PID 12/16 SV
259 : PID 12/16 MV
273 : PID 13/16 SV
275 : PID 13/16 MV
305 : PID 15/16 SV
307 : PID 15/16 MV
321 : PID 16/16 SV
323 : PID 16/16 MV
336 : NOT USE
Outputs suction pressure for automatic staging control at AI76.

Outputs calculated oil differential pressure 2 (slide valve oil supply pressure
(SVOP) discharge pressure (DP)) at AI77.
Outputs calculated suction superheat2 (chiller gas temperature2 (CGT2)
chiller gas pressure2 (CGP2) saturation temperature) at AI78.
No assignments for outputs at AI79 to AI80
PID 01/16 CAPACITY CONTROL PID OUT

Outputs set value or manipulating value for low-stage capacity control based on
pressure control.
PID 02/16 ( CAPACITY-CONTROL PID OUT )
Outputs set value or manipulating value for low-stage capacity control based on
process outlet temperature control.
PID 03/16 ( SUCTION SUPERHEAT CONTROL PID OUT )
Outputs set value or manipulating value of evaporator expansion valve for suction
superheat control.
* When CHILLER CONTROL -> EXPANSION VALVE -> MOTORIZED CONTROL
VALVE is selected, MV is an automatic allocating.
PID 06/16 ( INTERMEDIATE SUPERHEAT CONTROL PID OUT )
Outputs set value or actual manipulating value of Economizer/Intercooler YOSAKU
expansion valve for intermediate superheat control.
* When LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL -> MOTORIZED CONTROL VALVE is
selected, MV is an automatic allocating.
PID 07/16 ( LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL PID OUT )
Outputs set value or actual manipulating value of liquid injection YOSAKU expansion
valve for discharge temperature or discharge superheat control.
* When LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL -> MOTORIZED CONTROL VALVE is
selected, MV is an automatic allocating.
PID 08/16 ( CHILLER LBT CONTROL PID OUT )
Outputs set value or manipulating value for process flow rate control based on process
outlet temperature control.
* When CHILLER CONTROL -> LBT CONTROL is selected, MV is an automatic
allocating.
PID 09/16 ( DISCARGE PRESSURE CONTROL PID OUT )
Outputs set value or manipulating value for condenser fan speed control based on
discharge pressure control.
* When CONDENSER CONTROL -> VFD is selected, MV is an automatic allocating.
PID 10/16 ( HIGH STAGE CAPACITY CONTROL PID OUT )
Outputs set value or actual manipulating value for high-stage capacity control based on
intermediate pressure control.
PID 11/16 ( VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL PID OUT )
Outputs set value actual manipulating value for VFD control based on pressure control.
* When VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL -> USE is selected, MV is an automatic
allocating.
PID 12/16 ( VFD-COMPRESSOR CONTROL PID OUT )
Outputs set value or manipulating value for VFD control based on process outlet
temperature control.
PID 13/16
Outputs actual manipulating value of evaporator expansion valve for suction superheat
2 control.
* When CHILLER CONTROL -> 2-MOTORIZED CONTROL VALVES is selected, MV
is an automatic allocating.
PID 15/16 ( LEVEL CONTROL PID OUT )
Outputs set value or manipulating value of flow rate regulator valve for chiller liquid
level control.
* When LEVEL CONTROL -> USE is selected, MV is an automatic allocating.
No assignments for outputs at PID 16/16.
NOT USE
337 : REPLACEMENT A/O01

ASSIGNMENT

339 : REPLACEMNET A/O03
If the analog output item having been assigned to A/O## is to be reassigned to another
channel, selecting A/O## REPLACEMENT during the setting for the new channel
automatically reassigns the item to the new channel.
- 69 -
QT1101-16
3.4.3.2 AUXILIARY INPUT TIMER Screen

This window allows you to make timer settings for digital input to the
external input channels.
NOTE:
In the following table, INTERLOCK-3 is valid only
when the associated optional function is provided.
Item in AUXILIARY INPUT TIMER Screen

Screen title
item
Description
This item is for setting the limit delay time until the operation confirmation
input at DI-12 (X0B) turns ON after the operation command output at
COMP. MSRB(Starting) DO-01 (Y00) has turned ON during the startup sequence of the
compressor. If the operation confirmation input does not turn ON even
after the limit time, START FAIL alarm is issued.
This item is for setting the limit time for which the operation confirmation
input at DI-12 (X0B) may remain OFF during operation of the compressor.
COMP. MSRB(Running)
If the operation confirmation input remains OFF longer than the limit time,
START FAIL alarm is issued.
This item is for setting the limit delay time until the operation confirmation
input at DI-12 (X0B) turns OFF after the operation command output at
COMP. MSRB(Stopping) DO-01 (Y00) has turned OFF during the shutdown sequence of the
compressor. If the operation confirmation input does not turn off even after
the limit time, START FAIL alarm is issued.
AUXILIARY INPUT
TIMER
INTERLOCK-1
(External input 1)
This item is for setting the limit time for which the signal from external input
1 at DI-13 (X0C) may remain OFF during operation of the compressor
(After turning on the driving confirmation input of DI-12(X0B). ).
If the input signal remains OFF longer than the limit time, Interlock1
Failure alarm is issued.
INTERLOCK-2
(External input 2)
This item is for setting the limit time for which the signal from external input
2 at DI-14 (X0D) may remain OFF after the cooling water pump early
driving time (It is the same as Oil Pump Start Delay) passes (after the oil
pump operation command output at DO-02 (Y01) has turned ON).
If the signal remains OFF even after the limit time, Interlock2 Failure
alarm is issued.
100% LOCK
(100% Running Input)
DI-14 functions as 100% LOCK when "EUROPE" is selected by "I/O

PLATEFORM".
It drives by 100% in turning on this signal in the capacity of the
compressor.
( INTERLOCK-3 )
(External input 3)
When chiller pump is not used : (the chiller liquid level switch.)
If the signal from external input 3 at DI-15 (X0E) remains OFF longer than
the limit time you set for this item after the cooling water pump early driving
time (It is the same as Oil Pump Start Delay) passes (after the oil pump
operation command output at DO-02 (Y01) has turned ON), then
Interlock3 Failure alarm is issued.
When chiller pump is used : (the chiller water supply warning.)
If the signal from external input 3 at DI-15 (X0E) remains OFF longer than
the limit time you set for this item after the chiller pump operating
command at DI-19 (Y12) has turned ON, then Interlock3 Failure alarm
is issued.
OIL LEVEL SWITCH
The DI-15(X0E) oil level switch input is generated while driving the
compressor and when the state of turning off continues for 30 seconds
(fixation), "OIL LEVEL LOW" warning is generated.
- 70 -
QT1101-16
3.4.3.3 OPTION ANALOG INPUT Screen

This window allows to assign up to 4 unoccupied analog input
channels to sensors so that their values ( with their units) can be
displayed on the screen. When analog input channels are assigned
to sensors in this window, not only the sensor data can be displayed
on the window and read the data via communications, but also it
becomes possible to assign an ALARM (minor alarm) and FAILURE
(serious alarm) thresholds to the sensor outputs in both upward and
downward directions.
You can change the displayed names on the screen.

(OPT# for default)
1. Touch the area which is shown at the right figure, if the changing
the name is required.
2. Input any letters, after the key board is displayed.
(Up to 4 alphanumeric characters)
3. Touch the ENT switch to enter.
(When not changing, it touches the ESC switch. )
4. With the
icon, you are allowed to switch the name of default
and the inputting name.
You can assign a channel numbers of vacant channels to CHANNEL1/4 to 4/4 in the window. (Default values are xxxx,
indicating no assignment.)
The following units can be assigned to the option analog inputs.
Item
Unit
*
SENSOR
*
ALARM and FAILURE
Description
TEMPERATURE
No unit
Temperature sensor
PRESSURE
Pressure sensor
CURRENT
Current sensor
RATE
0.0 - 100.0 %
VIBRATION
Vibrometer sensor
REVOLUTION
Revolutions sensor
FREQUENCY
Frequency
ACCELERATION
NOT USE
Acceleration sensor
No ALARM and FAILURE are assigned
LOW
Low ALARM or Low FAILURE is assigned
HIGH
High ALARM or High FAILURE is assigned
HIGH & LOW
Low and High ALARM, or Low and High FAILURE are assigned
NO UNIT
NOTE:
Following types of ALARM (minor warning) or FAILURE (serious warning) are selectable for the assigned optional analog input
item. For the method, see Section 3.5.5 LIMITS 4/4 screen.
- 71 -
QT1101-16
3.4.3.4 SLIDE VALVE CALIBRATION Screen

The settings in this screen are necessary to enable automatic calibration of the 0 % and 100 % position signals of the unloader
slide valve. Please execute this adjustment once before compressor runs.
NOTE:
MYPRO TOUCH cannot complete the automatic calibration processing if any of the following conditions exists:
- The potentiometer for detecting the slide valve position has defective.
- The potentiometer is installed at an inappropriate angle.
- Connection to analog input channels is incorrect.
- Any of the analog input selections is incorrect (see Section 2.4.2 Input Type Selection for Channels 15 and 16 of Analog Input
Boards).
The setting in this screen is possible only when YES is selected for
D/O TEST OPERATION in the OPERATION MODE screen.
If NO is selected, the NOT AVAILABLE message shown in the
right figure, indicating that the setting in the SLIDE VALVE SETUP
screen is not possible.
When YES is selected for D/O TEST OPERATION, the screen

displays as right figure.
WARNING
Setup operation in this SLIDE VALVE SETUP screen involves actual operation of the oil pump. Confirm the
safety in the compressor unit area before pressing the switches.
NOTE: Touching the HOME icon at any time can cancel the setup procedure halfway.
After an automatic correction is completed, it is possible to fine-tune it manually by 'ANALOG INPUT ADJUSTMENT' in the next
paragraph.
Because the adjustment value is input after it corrects it automatically, the numerical value is fine-tuned.
- 72 -
QT1101-16
Setup Method
The setup method in this screen is different depending on the compressor type. Use the appropriate one of the following 4
different methods.
a
Single-stage compressors
(Single-stage compressors except compressors with an automatic Vi adjustment function and J-Series compressors and
two-stage compressors without a function for detecting the high-stage slide valve position)
1.
Touch
NEXT
switch to activate SLIDE VALVE
3.
CALIBRATION function.
MYPRO TOUCH allows you to keep below status to

move the slide valve position to the 100% position.
DO-02(Y01) : Oil pump output turns ON
DO-03(Y02) : Low-stage capacity loading
solenoid valve output turns ON
DO-04(Y03) : Low-stage capacity unloading
solenoid valve output turns OFF
(Display showing the current settings for the slide
When the actual capacity of the compressor has
valve)
reached 100%, (The point of time that SLIDE VALVE

Location value does not rise anymore.), touch NEXT
switch to set SLIDE VALUE MINIMUM value.
2.

completely set the slide valve position to the unload
NOTE: The processing does not advance to the next

step unless the SLIDE VALVE Location
position (0%).
value at this time is larger than the value at
the time of the SLIDE VALVE MINIMUM
value in the above step.

reached 0.0%, (The point of time that SLIDE VALVE
Location value does not come down anymore.), touch
NEXT switch to set SLIDE VALUE MINIMUM value.
(Screen for setting SLIDE VALVE MAXIMUM value)
The SLIDE VALVE Location value changes from 0 to

4095 as the input changes from 0 % to 100 %.
4.

set back the slide valve position to the full unload
position.
(Screen for setting SLIDE VALVE MINIMUM value)

reached 5% or less, all of the out puts automatically
turn off.
(Screen showing the screen condition that is automatic

movement of the slide valve to unload the compressor)
NOTE: Touching the HOME icon at any time can cancel the setup procedure halfway.
- 73 -
QT1101-16
b
Two-stage compressors
(when COMPOUND-2 (2016 & HIGHER) has been selected for the COMPRESSOR item in the SYSTEM SETUP screen)
1. Touch
NEXT
switch to activate the SLIDE VALVE
DO-05(Y04) : [HILD] output turns OFF
DO-06(Y05) : [HIUL] output turns ON

When the actual high stage capacity of the compressor has
reached 0.0%, (The point of time that high stage SLIDE
VALVE Location value does not come down anymore.),
touch
NEXT
switch to set high stage SLIDE VALUE
MINIMUM value.
(Display showing the current settings for slide valve)

2. MYPRO TOUCH allows you to keep below status to
completely set the low stage slide valve position to the
unload position (0%).
(Screen for setting high stage SLIDE VALVE MINIMUM value)
DO-02(Y01) : [OILP] output turns ON

DO-03(Y02) : [LOAD] output turns OFF
DO-04(Y03) : [UNLD] output turns ON
5. MYPRO TOUCH allows you to keep below status to move
When the actual low stage capacity of the compressor has
the high stage slide valve position to the 100% position.
DO-05(Y04) : [HILD] output turns ON
DO-06(Y05) : [HIUL] output turns OFF
When the actual high stage capacity of the compressor
has reached 100.0%, (The point of time that high stage

SLIDE VALVE Location value does not rise anymore.),
touch
NEXT switch to set high stage SLIDE VALUE
MINIMUM value.
NOTE : The processing does not advance to the next step
unless the SLIDE VALVE Location value at this time is
(Screen for setting low stage SLIDE VALVE MINIMUM value)
larger than the value at the time of the high stage SLIDE
VALVE MINIMUM value in the above step.
3. MYPRO TOUCH allows you to keep below status to move

the low stage slide valve position to the 100% position.
DO-03(Y02) : [LOAD] output turns ON
DO-04(Y03) : [UNLD] output turns OFF
(Screen for setting high stage SLIDE VALVE MAXIMUM value)
When the actual low stage capacity of the compressor has

reached 100.0%, touch
NEXT switch to set low stage
SLIDE VALUE MINIMUM value.
6. MYPRO TOUCH allows you to keep below status to set
NOTE : The processing does not advance to the next step

unless the SLIDE VALVE Location value at this time is
back the slide valve position to the unload position

completely.
larger than the value at the time of the low stage SLIDE
VALVE MINIMUM value in the above step.

DO-06(Y05) : [HIUL] output turns ON
When the low/high stage actual capacity of the
compressor has reached 5% or less , all of the out puts
automatically turn off.
(Screen for setting low stage SLIDE VALVE MAXIMUM value)
4. MYPRO TOUCH allows you to keep below status to set

the high stage slide valve position to the full unload
position (0%).
(Screen showing the status of automatic movement of
DO-02(Y01) : [OILP] output urns ON
the slide valve to unload the compressor)
- 74 -
QT1101-16
c
Compressors with an automatic Vi adjustment function
(When SINGLE UD-V (Variable Vi) has been selected for COMPRESSOR item in the SYSTEM SETUP screen)
1.
Touch
NEXT
switch to activate SLIDE VALVE

When the capacity slide valve position has reached
100.0%, (The point of time that SLIDE VALVE Location
value does not rise anymore.), touch
NEXT switch to
set SLIDE VALUE MINIMUM at H Port value.
(Display showing the current settings for the unloader

slide valve)
NOTE : The processing does not advance to the next

step unless the SLIDE VALVE Location value at
2.
At the end of a fixed 5-second period taken for
this time is larger than the value at the time of the
confirming the rise in oil supply differential pressure,
SLIDE VALVE MINIMUM(0%) value in the above
MYPRO TOUCH allows you to keep the below status
step.
to bring the Vi slide valve position to the H port.

DO-18(Y11) : [MPUL] output turns ON
DO-23(Y16) : [LHLD] output turns ON
(Screen for setting SLIDE VALVE MAXIMUM at H PORT)
Wait for 60 seconds.

(The Vi port is brought into the H port in this period).
5.

adjust the slide valve position to M port.
DO-17(Y10) : [MPLD] output turns ON
DO-24(Y17) : [LHUL] output turns ON
(Adjustment is in progress to bring Vi port into H port)
Wait for 60 seconds

(the Vi port is brought into the M port during this period).
3.

completely set the slide valve position to the unload
position (0%) at the H port.
DO-18(Y11) : [MPUL] output turns OFF
DO-23(Y16) : [LHLD] output turns OFF
(Adjustment is in progress to bring Vi port into M port)
When the capacity and the slide valve position have

6.
move the capacity slide valve to the 100% position at M
port.
DO-17(Y10) : [MPLD] output turns OFF
DO-24(Y17) : [LHUL] output turns OFF

When the slide valve position has reached 100.0%,
(The point of time that SLIDE VALVE Location value
does not rise anymore.), touch
NEXT switch to set
SLIDE VALUE MINIMUM at M Port value.

(Screen for setting SLIDE VALVE MINIMUM (0 %))
4.
step unless the SLIDE VALVE Location
move the capacity slide valve position to the 100%
value at this time is larger than the value at
position.
the time of the H port value in the above step.
- 75 -
QT1101-16
9.

set back the slide valve position to the full unload
position.
(Screen for setting SLIDE VALVE MAXIMUM at M PORT)

7.
adjust the slide valve position to L port.
reached 5.0% or less, the out puts of the DO-04(Y03)
and the DO-02(Y01) automatically turn off.
DO-18(Y11) : [MPUL] output turns ON

DO-24(Y17) : [LHUL] output turns ON
Wait for 60 seconds (the Vi port is brought into the L
port during this period).
(Screen showing the status of automatic movement of
the slide valve for unloading.)
NOTE:
Depending
(Adjustment is in progress to bring Vi port into L port)
on
the
CONFIGURATION
8.
setting
(SYSTEM
made
in
DETAILS
the
SYSTEM
screen),
the
assignments for digital outputs may change to the following:
move the capacity slide valve to the 100% position at L
[MPLD] output
DO-26(Y19)
port.
[MPUL] output
DO-27(Y1A)
DO-18(Y11) : [MPUL] output turns OFF
Vi slide bypass solenoid valve output
DO-28(Y1B)
DO-24(Y17) : [LHUL] output turns OFF
[LHLD] output
DO-29(Y1C)
[LHUL] output
DO-30(Y1D)
When the capacity and slide valve positions have

Location value does not rise anymore.), touch NEXT
switch to set SLIDE VALUE MINIMUM (100%).
step unless the SLIDE VALVE Location value
at this time is larger than the value at the time
of the M port value in the above step.
(Screen for setting SLIDE VALVE MAXIMUM 100 % value)
NOTE: Pressing the HOME icon at any time can cancel the setup procedure halfway.
Reference
In UD-V, there is no Vi positional sensor.
Therefore, the Vi position is decided by "Opening and shutting time of Vi slide Solenoid Valve".
The movement is required to be completed to each port at 60 seconds or less (fixation) in MYPRO TOUCH, and do an
appropriate oil pressure adjustment of each Vi slide Solenoid Valve, please.
- 76 -
QT1101-16
d
J Series compressors
(when SINGLE J, SINGLE J ECONOMIZER W/O SENSOR, or SINGLE J ECONOMIZER W/ SENSOR has been selected for
COMPRESSOR in the SYSTEM SETUP screen)
1.
Touch
NEXT switch to activate the SLIDE VALVE
4.
CALIBRATION.

move the capacity slide valve to the 100% position at H
port.
DO-08(Y07) : [L->H] output turns ON
DO-09(Y08) : [H->L] output turns OFF
(Display showing the current settings for unloader slide valve)

2.
MYPRO TOUCH allows you to keep below status for
100%, (The point of time that SLIDE VALVE Location
60 seconds to adjust the following output states in
value does not rise anymore.), touch NEXT switch to
order to adjust the position of the solenoid valve for Vi
set SLIDE VALUE MINIMUM .
port to H port.
SLIDE VALVE MINIMUM( 0%) value in the above
step.
Wait until the display changes at the end of 60 seconds.
(Screen for setting SLIDE VALVE MAXIMUM at H PORT)
(Adjustment is in progress to bring Vi port into H port)

5.
3.
MYPRO TOUCH retains the following output states for
60 seconds in order to adjust the position of the
completely set back the capacity slide valve position to
solenoid valve for Vi port to L port
the unload position (0%) at the H port again after
switching the display.
DO-08(Y07) : [L->H] output turns OFF
DO-09(Y08) : [H->L] output turns ON
Wait until the display changes at the end of 60
seconds.

0.0% (The point of time that SLIDE VALVE Location
value does not come down anymore.) and the Vi port
has reached H port (The point of time that Vi Location
value does not rise anymore.), touch NEXT switch to
set SLIDE VALUE MINIMUM (0%) value and H port
Location.
(Screen for the settings SLIDE VALVE MINIMUN (0%))
- 77 -
(Adjustment is in progress to bring Vi port into L port)
QT1101-16
6.

move the capacity slide valve position to the 100%
7.
position at the L port after switching the display .

set back the slide valve position to the complete unload
position.
DO-09(Y08) : [H->L] output turns ON
100.0% (The point of time that SLIDE VALVE Location
value does not rise anymore.) and the Vi port has
reached 5.0% or less, all of the out puts automatically
reached L port (The point of time that Vi Location
turn off.
value does not come down anymore.), touch
NEXT
switch to set SLIDE VALUE MAXIMUM (100%) and L

port Location.
(Screen showing the unloader slide valve being
brought to the fully unloaded position automatically.)
capacity slide valve 100% at the H port and also less

than Vi Location value at the H port.
In the following cases, the adjustment is not completed.
-
100% position at H-port < 100% position at L-port
Vi position at H-port > Vi position at L-port

(The difference of 20%(819) or more is necessary. )
(Screen for setting SLIDE VALVE MAXIMUM)
M port cannot be adjusted.

The position of "44.88%" is made M port by 'Vi Location' value
adjusted according to the above-mentioned procedure as
100% in H port 0% L port.
NOTE: Pressing the HOME icon at any time can cancel the setup procedure halfway.
Exit screen
Above screen will be displayed when SLIDE VALVE CALIBRATION is terminated.

Touch HOME icon to go back to TOP SCREEN.
- 78 -
QT1101-16
3.4.3.5 ANALOG INPUT ADJUSTMENT Screen

This window allows you to adjust the offset and filter coefficient
values that are required for proper indication and processing of each
analog input data.
Item Headings in ANALOG INPUT ADJUSTMENT Screen

Item Heading
Description
CH. DESCRIPTION
Under this heading, the display shows a list of the items assigned to the individual analog input
channels.
OFFSET
If you enter positive or negative values in the brackets which are corresponding LOW and HIGH
under this heading, MYPRO TOUCH makes scaling after adding these values to actual analog input
data and use them as process value. (see NOTE below) LOW and HIGH values may be up to
50 % of full scale.
FILTER
COEFFICIENT
If you decrease this value, the processing responses more quickly to change in process values but
has more influence of noise and other interferences. The reverse is true when you increase this
value. Any number between 0.00 and 0.99 can be entered.
CHANEL SELECT
Select CH. 1 - 16 or CH. 17 - 32; the items for 16 channels are displayed for each selection.
PROCESS VALUE
Under this heading, values represented in industrial units are indicated. These values reflect the
offset calculation made to the filter coefficient values and scaling.
NOTE:
Displayed process value
The left diagram shows the case in which the

Maximum value in
sensor range
displayed values are too small in the entire

OFFSET
HIGH
measurement
range.
To
make
the
values
appropriate for display, positive numbers should

be entered in both LOW and HIGH brackets.
If the displayed values are too large over the entire
range, negative numbers must be entered.
Minimum value in
sensor range
OFFSET LOW
0%
Actual process value

100%
- 79 -
QT1101-16
3.4.3.6 DI/O STATUS Screen

Using the DI/O SATATUS screen, you can monitor the ON/OFF state of each digital input/output. This screen can also be used
for testing the condition of digital ON/OFF outputs by manually turning them ON/OFF.
Both monitoring and testing using this screen is possible when the following conditions are all met:
-
LOCAL is selected for the OPERATION item in the OPERATION MODE screen.
The compressor is in a stopped state (the state of operation confirmation input (MSRB) at DI-12 (X0B) is OFF).
NO (disapproval of auto start/stop) is selected for the COMPRESSOR AUTO START/STOP item in the OPERATION
MODE screen.
YES (approval of manual operating) is selected for the D/O TEST OPERATION item in the OPERATION MODE
screen.
(When 'START'(drive of OIL.P operation) has been selected by 'OIL.P MANUAL' item of 'OPERATION MODE' screen, the
lubricating oil pump is driven in the automatic operation.)
Monitoring of digital outputs/inputs

The round shape lamps, which are in the mock picture of Digital
input/output board, show the status of the digital input status. (ON:
lighting, OFF: no right)
The square shape lamps, which are in the mock picture of Digital
input/output board, show the status of the digital output status. (ON:
lighting, OFF: no right)
Manually turning ON/OFF of the digital outputs
Press P switch or T switch of that you need to manual operate
its digital output channel.
-
Whenever you touch
(PERMANENT) switch, the
corresponding digital outputs alternately turn ON/OFF.

(Alternate outputs)
-
While you are touching T (TEMPORARY) switch, the

corresponding digital outputs turn on.
(Momentary outputs)
NOTE:
When this D/O TEST OPERATION screen is closed, all the states you have changed in this screen are cleared (all digital
outputs are set to OFF).
CAUTION
For the sake of safety, the following design considerations are incorporated:
Only the momentary turning ON of output by the use of the T (TEMPORARY)switch is enable for the
compressor operation command (COMP) output at DO-01 (Y00). (Alternating output with the P
(PARMANENT) switch is impossible.)
If the operation confirmation input (MSRB) at DI-12 (X0B) turns ON while the compressor operation
command output at DO-01 (Y00) is being momentarily turned ON by pressing the T (TEMPORARY)
switch , the compressor operation command output at DO-01 (Y00) automatically turns OFF.
- 80 -
QT1101-16
3.5
Alarm/Failure of the system (Alarm/Failure setting method for security
of devices)
(Alarm/Failure ICON)
Below icons, mainly show the Alarm/Failure setting method for security of devises.
(1) ALARM LOG
It allows you to check Alarm history.
(2) FAILURE LOG
It allows you to check Failure history.
(3) EVENT LOG
It allows you to check variety of event histories.
(4) LIMITS
It allows you to set each Alarm/Failure set points. (OEM LIMITS is only for checking.)
It allows you to set the Alarm/Failure set points of OPTION ANALOG INPUT.
It allows you to set the Alarm/Failure set points of sensor RANGE OVER
- 81 -
QT1101-16
3.5.1
ALARM LOG Screen
3.5.2
FAILURE LOG Screen
This screen allows you to check the past 100 alarms/failure records,
their names, the dates and times of their issuance.
Both ALARM and FAILURE are logged and displayed.
The alarms/failure history is displayed from latest at the top to the
oldest at the bottom.
The display is overwritten the alarms/failure record beginning with
the chronologically oldest the alarms/failure record, when it
surpasses 100 records.
Whether the alarm has been cleared or is currently active is shown
by different colors.
Display part
Clear Alarm Switch
EMERGENCY STOP
Clear All Log
Cursor display Switch
A FAILURE that was issued in the past and

has not been cleared
EMERGENCY STOP
An ALARM that was issued in the past and

has not been cleared
EMERGENCY STOP
An ALARM/FAILURE that was issued in the

past and has been cleared
(Blank)
No alarm is logged for the number.
Up to 16 logged alarms/failures can be displayed at a time.

The display can be changed by touching CURSOR OFF switch and
displaying cursor for the cursor motion with below cursor moving
switches.
: moving to 10 newer logs
: moving to one before log
: moving to previous log
: moving to 10 older logs
Trouble content and troubleshooting of the alarm/failure will be displayed if you touch any one of the records in the 16 displayed
logs.
If it meets the warning release requirement, and it touches the warning release switch ( Clear Alarm switch), warning is released,
and the display becomes light blue.
Please touch warning log deletion switch ( Clear All Recovery switch) when you want to delete the warning log.
(* All logs are deleted.)
The name, type and judgment condition of a detectable alarm/failure on MYPRO TOUCH system will be described in 4.4. Type
and judgment condition of an alarm/failure.
- 82 -
QT1101-16
3.5.3
EVENT LOG Screen
This screen displays the past 100 operation events and digital
input/output change events (event log).
You can track the operations of the compressor and that what types
of control were made in the past.
The event log covers 100 past events such as operation of the
CLEAR ALARM switch and the dates/times of changes of digital
input/output.
Every time a new event occurs when 100 events have been expired,
the previous events will be overwritten with the newly occurring
events.
Mark
Function
DO-01
DO-02
Compressor Start
Oil Pump Start
DI-10
Emergency Stop Input
DI-16
Remote Start/Stop Input
DO-19
Chiller Pump Start
DO-21
Oil Pump #2 Start
switch
START
switch
STOP
switch
Clear Alarm
Power supply
Power-on
- 83 -
QT1101-16
3.5.4
This
LIMITS (ALARM/FAILURE 1/10 to 6/10) Screen
Screen
allows
you
to
set
alarm/failure
set
points
(ALARM/FAILURE). (As for the items, refer the next page, and refer
to "4.3 Type of Alarm/Failure and judgment condition" for the
alarm/failure judgment condition.)
Each alarm/failure set points should be set within the number range
of OEM LIMITS.
There are two sets of alarm/failure set points (#1 and #2).
You can switch for each set that has been preset without changing
each alarm/failure set points.
NOTE :
No ALARM is issued if you set the same value for both FAILURE
Switching of #1 and #2
and ALARM.
NOTE :
The items, which are in parentheses on the next table, can be
displayed or set by option setting.
3.5.5
LIMITS (ALARM/FAILURE 7/10 to 8/10) Screen
(Setting of OPTION ANALOG INPUT ALARM/FAILURE)

This LIMITS 7/10 to 8/10 screen allows you to input a HIGH or LOW
threshold of ALARM/FAILURE alarm of each optional analog input.
The threshold has been assigned at 3.4.3.3 OPTIONAL ANALOG
INPUT.
(As for the items, refer to the next page.)
An ALARM/FAILURE alarm is issued with the preset delay if the
optional analog input value exceeds the HIGH or LOW limit set here
at the end of the specified masking time from starting of the
compressor.
This screen cannot be selected for display from the menu if no
ALARM/FAILURE is assigned to any analog input in the OPTION
ANALOG INPUT screen.
Unlike the alarms for standard analog input items handled in windows LIMITS 1/10 to LIMITS 6/10 where two values (#1 and
#2) are preset for each of the items, only one value is set for each ALARM/FAILURE alarm item in the case of optional analog
inputs. Another difference of ALARM/FAILURE alarms for optional analog inputs is that they are issued even when you set the
same value for both FAILURE and ALARM.
NOTE:
No OEM LIMITS setting is possible with optional analog inputs for ALARM/FAILURE.
The items, which are in parentheses on the next table, can be enabled by SYSTEM CONFIGURATION setting.
- 84 -
QT1101-16
Items in ALARM/FAILURE 1/10 to 6/10 Screen
Items
Description
RE-START/TIMEOUT
Set a period of judgment time of "RE-START" and "START FAIL".
HIGH MA
Set COMPRESSOR MOTOR CURRENT HIGH alarm set point.
LOW SP
Set SUCTION PRESSURE LOW alarm set point.
DELAY
Set delay before SP LOW alarm is issued.
MASK TIME
Set the mask time until SP LOW alarm is issued after start of compressor. (ALARM and FAILURE common)
HIGH SP
DELAY
Set SUCTION PRESSURE HIGH alarm set point. (MASK TIME is common with "LOW SP")
Set delay before SP HIGH alarm is issued. (ALARM/FAILURE is invalid by 0 seconds setting.)
(HIGH IP)
Set INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE HIGH alarm set point.
(LOW OP2)
Set point at which dOP2 (= [SVOP] [DP]) LOW alarm is issued.
HIGH DP
Set DISCHARGE PRESSURE HIGH alarm set point.
LOW dOP
Set point at which dOP (= [OP] [DP]) LOW alarm is issued.
(LOW dOP (OP - SP))
Set point at which dOP (= [OP] [SP]) LOW alarm is issued.
LOW dP
MASK TIME
HIGH dFP
DELAY
(HIGH dFFP)
(DELAY)
HIGH ST
Set dP LOW alarm point. dP is as defined below:

Single-stage compressor: dP = [AFP] [SP] , Two-stage compressor: dP = [AFP] [IP]
Set a period of time during which dP LOW alarm is to be masked after start of compressor.
(ALARM and FAILURE common)
Set point at which OIL FILTER alarm is issued. (dFP = [DP] [AFP])
Set delay before OIL FILTER alarm is issued. (ALARM and FAILURE common)
Set point at which FINE FILTER alarm is issued. (dFFP = [DP] [AFP])
Set delay before FINE FILTER alarm is issued.
(ALARM and FAILURE common) (ALARM/FAILURE is invalid by 0 seconds setting.)
Set point at which SUCTION TEMPERATURE HIGH alarm is issued.
DELAY
Set delay before ST HIGH alarm is issued. (ALARM and FAILURE common)
MASK TIME
Set period during which ST HIGH alarm is masked after start of compressor. (ALARM and FAILURE common)
HIGH DT
Set point at which DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE HIGH alarm is issued.
HIGH OT
Set point at which OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH alarm is issued.
(LOW OS)
Set point at which OIL SEPARATOR TEMPERATURE LOW alarm (ALARM) is issued.
(MASK TIME is common with "LOW dP")
(MASK TIME)
(LOW EBT)
Set period during which OS LOW alarm (ALARM) is masked after start of compressor.
Set point at which CHILLER ENTERING TEMPERATURE LOW alarm (ALARM) is issued.
(LOW LBT)
Set point at which CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE LOW alarm is issued.
LOW SSH
Set point at which SUCTION SUPERHEAT LOW alarm is issued. (CANCEL > ALARM/FAILURE)
CANCEL
Set point at which SSH LOW ALARM is cancelled. (Cancellation occurs with a fixed delay of 15 seconds).
DELAY
Set delay before SSH LOW FAILURE is issued. (In the case of ALARM, the delay time is fixed at 30 seconds.)
(LOW SSH2)
Set point at which SUCTION SUPERHEAT2 (SSH2) LOW alarm is issued. (CANCEL > ALAMR/FAILURE)
(CANCEL)
Set point at which SSH2 LOW ALARM is cancelled. (Cancellation occurs with delay fixed at 15 seconds.)
(DELAY)
Set delay before SSH2 LOW FAILURE is issued. (In the case of ALARM delay time is fixed at 30 seconds.)
(LOW ISH)
Set point at which INTERMEDIATE SUPERHEAT LOW alarm is issued.
LOW DSH
Set point at which DISCHARGE SUPERHEAT LOW alarm is issued.
DELAY
Set delay before DISCHARGE SUPERHEAT LOW alarm is issued.
MASK TIME
Set period during which DISCHARGE SUPERHEAT LOW ALARM is masked after start of compressor.
(ALARM/FAILURE is invalid by 0 seconds setting.)
(LOW CHILLER LEVEL)
Set point at which LIQUID LEVEL LOW ALARM is issued.
DELAY
Set delay before LIQUID LEVEL LOW ALARM is issued.
MASK TIME
Set period during which LIQUID LEVEL LOW ALARM is masked after start of compressor.
LOW ST
DELAY
Set point at which SUCTION TEMPERATURE LOW ALARM is issued. (MASK TIME is common with "LOW SP")
Set delay before SUCTION TEMPERATURE LOW ALARM is issued.
Set a period of judgment time of

"EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN LEVEL SWITCH" ALARM/FAILURE. (It is invalid by 0 seconds setting.)
(EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN Set a period of judgment time of
MV)
"EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN MV" ALARM/FAILURE. (It is invalid by 0 seconds setting.)
(EVPR OIL RETURN
LEVEL SWITCH)
- 85 -
QT1101-16
Items ALARM/FAILURE 4/4 (OPTION ANALOG INPUT ALARM/FAILURE)Screen

Item
Description
LOW/HIGH OPT#
DELAY/
/MASK TIME
3.5.6
Set point at which OPTION ANALOG INPUT# LOW/HIGH alarm is issued.

Set delay before OPTION ANALOG INPUT# LOW/HIGH alarm is issued.
Set period during which OPT#AI# LOW/HIGH alarm is masked after start of compressor.
(both ALARM and FAILURE.)
RANGE OVER (ALARM/FAILURE 9/10 to 10/10) Screen
This screen allows you to set the period of the time during which an
over-range / under-range alarm condition is to be detected and the
mask time during which a failure condition is not detected for each
sensor also.
If settings are made for the individual sensors listed in this screen,
you can identify a sensor to be faulty if it is sending data showing a
value above the upper limit (99.5% or more of the full scale) or below
the lower limit (0.5 % or less of the full scale).
If zero (0) is entered in the [ 0 ] SEC space for a sensor under the
FAILURE DELAY item, no alarm is issued for the sensor.
(Inputting 0 is valid and it is possible to input from the sensor.)
Items in RANGE OVER Screen

Item
FAILURE MASK TIME
Description
No sensor alarm conditions are detected during this period of time after the
start of compressor operation.
PRESSURE SENSOR
Set the failure mask time for the pressure sensor.
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Set the failure mask time for the temperature sensor.
FAILURE DELAY (VALUE 0 INVALIDATES)
Set the delay before output of alarm for each sensor.

(If it is set to 0, no alarm state is detected of the sensor.)
*SUCTION PRESSURE OVER / UNDER
Upper/Lower limit alarm of suction pressure sensor at AI-01
DISCHARGE PRESSURE UNDER
Lower limit alarm of discharge pressure sensor at AI-02
OIL SUPPLY PRESSURE OVER
Upper limit alarm of oil supply pressure sensor at AI-03
OIL FILTER PRESSURE OVER
Upper limit alarm of after-oil-filter pressure sensor at AI-04
SUCTION TEMPERATURE OVER/UNDER
Upper/ lower limit alarm of suction temperature sensor at AI-06
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE UNDER
Lower limit alarm of discharge temperature sensor at AI-07
OIL SUPPLY TEMPERATURE UNDER
Lower limit alarm of oil supply temperature sensor at AI-08
(INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE UNDER)
Lower limit alarm of intermediate pressure sensor at AI-09
(INTERMEDIATE TEMPERATURE UNDER)
Lower limit alarm of intermediate temperature sensor at AI-10
COMPRESSOR MOTOR CURRENT UNDER
Lower limit alarm of compressor motor current sensor at AI-12
*(CHILLER ENTERING TEMPERATURE OVER / UNDER)
Upper/Lower limit alarm of Chiller Entering Temperature sensor at AI-14
*(CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE OVER / UNDER)
Upper/Lower limit alarm of Chiller Leaving Temperature sensor at AI-14
LOW STAGE SLIDE VALVE POSITION OVER/UNDER
Upper/lower limit alarm of low stage slide valve position sensor at AI-15
(HIGH STAGE SLIDE VALVE POSITION OVER/UNDER)
Upper/ lower limit alarm of high stage slide valve position sensor at AI-16
(CHILLER GAS TEMPERATURE 1 & 2 OVER/UNDER)
Lower limit alarm of chiller gas temperature sensor at AI-18 or AI-24
(CHILLER GAS PRESSURE 1 & 2 OVER / UNDER)
Lower limit alarm of chiller gas pressure sensor at AI-17 or AI-23
*(SYSTEM SUCTION PRESSURE OVER / UNDER)
Upper/Lower limit alarm of System Suction Pressure sensor at AI-16 or AI-19
The over-range / under-range alarm condition judgment is always effective to the sensor that controls the compressor.
NOTE : Display and setting of each parenthesized item above is enabled according the option settings.
- 86 -
QT1101-16
3.6
System Operations (Setting Method for Normal Operation)
(Control Summary ICON)
3.6.1
CONTROL SUMMARY (1/3) Screen

(1)SETPOINTS
((2)SCHEDULER)
(3)CAPACITY CONTROL (PRESS.)
(3)CAPACITY CONTROL (LBT)
(6)OTHER SETPOINTS
(ANTI CYCLE)
(7)HIGH STAGE CAPACITY CONTROL
(8)ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER SV
(4)VFD COMPRESSOR (PRESS.)
(4)VFD COMPRESSOR (LBT)
(5)AUTO Vi
The setting method for the normal operation will be described.

Control Summary (1/3) allows you to summarize , check and set below main set points.
(1) SET POINTS
It allows you to set the set points about the operations of each compressor.
(2) SCHEDULER
It allows you to set the operation schedule.
(3) CAPACITY CONTROL
It allows you to set the parameter of the controller that controls capacity of the
compressor by the solenoid valve outputs.
(4) VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL
It allows you to set the parameter of the controller that controls rotational speed of the
compressor by the analog outputs.
(5) AUTO Vi
It allows you to set the parameter of the controller which controls capacity of the
compressor by the auto Vi control function.
(6) OTHER SETPOINTS
It allows to set values for the restarting timer, the bypass control and the oil heater.
(7) HIGH STAGE CAPACITY CONTROL It allows you to set the parameter of the controller that controls the high stage
capacity of the two-stage compressor.
(8) ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER SV
It allows you to set the parameter of the controller that controls the
economizer/intercooler.
- 87 -
QT1101-16
Items in OPERATION MODE Screen

Item
Description
Select the operation control mode of the compressor unit(s) from the following options:
LOCAL:
OPERATION
COMPRESSOR
AUTO START/STOP
D/O TEST
OPERATION
OIL.P MANUAL
Start/stop control of the compressor unit is performed using the

START/STOP switch on the touch panel.
REMOTE:
Start/stop control of the compressor unit is performed by ON/OFF of
external command through DI-16 (X0F).
COMM:
Start/stop control of the compressor unit(s) is performed by ON/OFF
commands (000513:Comm.Comp.Start Input) from an external control
device through communications.
AUTO STAGE:
Start/stop control of the compressor units is performed according the
commands sent from the master station for the AUTO STAGE. This mode is
selectable only when the AUTO STAGE control (option) is provided.
AUTO STAGE COMM: Start/stop control of the compressor units is performed according the
commands(X140) sent by communication to the master station for the
AUTO STAGE.
AUTO STAGE REMOTE: Start/stop control of the compressor units is performed according the
remote-start input (DI-16) to the master station for the AUTO STAGE.
(See 3.6.2.7 AUTO STAGE Screen)
The setting for this item is necessary to enable or disable the automatic start/stop (CUT IN/CUT OUT)
control that takes place according to the settings made in the SET POINTS screen (See 3.6.1.1 SET
POINTS Screen).
YES:
Automatic CUT IN/CUT OUT control is enabled.
NO :
Automatic CUT IN/CUT OUT control is disabled.
The setting for this item is necessary to enable or disable manual operation on the digital ON/OFF
outputs for testing purposes. To be able to select YES, you must have selected LOCAL for the
OPERATION item and NO for the COMPRESSOR AUTO START/STOP item in the above.
YES:
Manual operation is enabled.
NO :
Manual operation is disabled.
NOTE:
About the manual ON/OFF control of the compressor, see 3.4.3.6 DI/ STATUS screen
When D/O TEST OPERATION ' -> ' YES 'is selected, this item is displayed.
'STOP' :
Lubricating oil pump (DO-02 OILP) is not output by the operation here.
'START :
Lubricating oil pump (DO-02 OILP) is output by the operation here.
When it returns to 'STOP' or D/O TEST OPERATION -> "NO", the OIL PUMP output is turned off.
CAUTION
According to the selection for the OPERATION item in the OPERATION MODE screen, the following conditions
are automatically executed when the STOP switch is pressed on the touch panel of MYPRO TOUCH.
-
When the LOCAL, REMOTE, or COMM mode (except the AUTO STAGE mode) has been selected,
pressing the STOP switch causes no change to the operation control mode in the case of the LOCAL
mode. On the other hand, the mode automatically changes to LOCAL in the case of the REMOTE and
COMM modes. The compressor, if operating, will then stop after the pump-out sequence. (It remains
stopped thereafter.)
To restart the compressor, simply touch the START switch if you need not change the mode from LOCAL
to another, or turn ON the relevant operation control command after changing the mode from LOCAL to the
desired mode.
When the AUTO STAGE mode has been selected, pressing the STOP switch does not cause any change
to the setting for the OPERATION item in the OPERATION MODE screen, but the selection of ENABLE
you made for the CONTROL item in the AUTO STAGE screen automatically changes to DISABLE.
will then stop after completing the pump-out sequence.
STAGE screen is consequently changed to DISABLE, the AUTO SATAGE control continues to work on all
the other stations (slave stations).
To recover the AUTO STAGE mode control after pressing the STOP switch, it is necessary (for the case of
the master station and the case of a slave station) to perform the steps below. (Simply pressing the START
switch on the station does not recover the AUTO SATGE control.)
1. From the CONTROL SUMMARY, open the AUTO STAGE screen.
2. Select ENABLE for the CONTROL item in the screen.
- 88 -
QT1101-16
3.6.1.1 SET POINTS Screen

This window includes four sections (four sub-screens), entitled
SYSTEM START, MISCELLANEOUS, PUMP OUT, and SET
POINTS.
These sections allow you to make settings of parameters related to
compressor operation.
[ SCHEDULE ] icon
Items in SET POINTS Screen

Sub-screen title
Items
Description
SYSTEM START
SYSTEM
START DELAY
Set the delay time before start of the system after turning ON of the operation
command for each of the operation control mode.
CUT IN DELAY
CUT OUT DELAY
MISCELLANEOUS
(Setting for startup)
MISCELLANEOUS
(Setting for startup)
Set the delay before the CUT IN control is actually performed after a rise
exceeding the CUT IN value for the CUT IN/OUT control target.
Set the delay before the CUT OUT control is actually performed after a drop
exceeding the CUT OUT value for the CUT IN/OUT control target.
By one of the compressor stop conditions, set the low-stage capacity at which
compressor operation command at DO-01 (Y00) turns OFF.
Note:
Because the above-mentioned stop condition is not satisfied when this set
CUT OUT LSV%
value is set to MVL% or less of CAPACITY CONTROL, it is likely not to stop.
Moreover, CAPACITY CONTROL -> OPERATION MODE also includes
"REMOTE CAPACITY CONTROL" etc.
Therefore, the low steps capacity might been decided as not only the control by
this controller but also a system, and note the above-mentioned stop condition
enough, please.
OIL P.
Set the delay before turning ON of oil pump start command at DO-02 (Y01) after
START DELAY
system startup.
Set the delay before turning ON of compressor operation command at DO-01
(Y00) after turning ON of oil pump start command at DO-02 (Y01).
COMP.
However, please note that the amount of oil not anticipated enters by early
START DELAY
driving about the lubricating oil pump in the compressor, and there is a
possibility of causing the oil compression, too in the case oil -supplied before
the compressor is driven in other conditions.
COMP.
When the slide valve position cannot be started more than 5% position, delay time
RE-START DELAY until the "START FAIL" judgment begins is set.
Driving continuance, and after it stops of the lubricating oil pump, it doesn't start
OVER LUBE
the compressor during the INTERVAL time when the lubricating oil pump drives
CONFIRM
continuously during the time of the OVER LUBE CONFIRM setting value when the
compressor is stopping.
The function to unload the capacity of the compressor by the automatic operation
AUTO UNLOAD
when Alarm is cleared becomes effective for I/O PLATFORM -> EUROPE,AUTO
MAXIMUM TIME UNLOAD ON CLEAR ALARM -> USE.
The maximum is set.
When READY TO START is turned on, it maintains once, and the slide valve
CLEAR READY TO position exceeds this set value or when driving confirmation (DI-12) is turned on,
START CAPACITY the maintenance is released for I/O PLATFORM -> EUROPE,AUTO UNLOAD ON
CLEAR ALARM -> USE.
After turning on turning on or DI-12 MSRB, DO-02 OILP :.
DO-09 OILF : to turning on for 'OIL FEED TYPE' -> and 'FULL LUBE'.
OIL FEED DELAY
DO-09 OILF : to turning off for 'OIL FEED TYPE' -> and 'PRE LUBE'.
The delay time to becoming is set.
If 2-OIL PUMP is selected,
LAG OIL P.
the lagging oil pump starts after 3 seconds of that oil differential pressure
START dOP
becomes lower than the LAG OIL P. START dOP set points.
If 2-OIL PUMP is selected
LAG OIL P.
the lagging oil pump starts after the oil differential pressure becomes lower
STOP DELAY
than the LAG OIL P. START dOP set points and the end of LAG OIL P. STOP
DELAY also.
- 89 -
QT1101-16
Sub-screen title
Items
CAPACITY
0% STOP
MINIMUM DELAY
MAXIMUM DELAY
Description
YES: Enables a stop only when the low-stage capacity is 0% after pump-out
sequence.
NO: Enables a stop even when the low-stage capacity is not 0% after
pump-out sequence.
Set the minimum delay before pump-out sequence terminates for when suction
pressure drops below the pump-out termination suction pressure set for PUMP
OUT PRESS below.
It should be under the condition, MINIMUM DELAY <= MAXIMUM DELAY.
Set the maximum delay before pump-out sequence terminates for when suction
pressure remains above the pump-out termination suction pressure.
It should be under the condition, MAXIMUM DELAY >= MINIMUM DELAY .
PUMP OUT PRESS Set the suction pressure at which the pump-out sequence terminates.
Set the low-stage capacity(SVP) or rotational speed of the compressor during
PERCENTAGE
the pump-out sequence.
CAPACITY
Set the delay time from start of pump-out sequence to fix capacity or rotational
LOCK DELAY
speed of compressor to PUMP OUT -> PERCENTAGE.
when "PUMP OUT" -> "CAPACITY 0% STOP" is "NO";
It is residual operation time of oil pump.
The oil pump is running in the maximum only at this set time at running
PUMP OUT
confirmation of compressor : OFF, and the capacity decrease operates.
(Settings for
This set time passes or the oil pump is stopped by 5% or less at the slide valve
pump-out sequence)
position. (INTERVAL TIME >= RESIDUAL OPERATION)
RESIDUAL
OPERATION
when "PUMP OUT" -> "CAPACITY 0% STOP" is "YES";
It is residual operation time of compressor.
The compressor running is continued in the maximum only at this set time when
PUMP OUT ends, and the capacity decrease operates.
This set time passes or the compressor is stopped by 5% or less at the slide
valve position. (INTERVAL TIME >= RESIDUAL OPERATION)
(remote running order OFF and CUT OUT setting value)
Delay time (residual run time) until the oil pump running order is turned off is set
from the compressor stop (DI-12 MSRB OFF).
When [0]sec is set, the stop is not delayed.
OIL P. STOP DELAY
Note : If PUMP OUT -> CAPACITY 0% STOP = NO,

The residual driving is done at the time of long one either OIL P. STOP
DELAY or RESIDUAL OPERATION.
If PUMP OUT -> CAPACITY 0% STOP = YES,
After the time of the residual driving of the compressor, the residual driving
is done only with the lubricating oil pump.
If OIL FEED TYPE = PARTIAL LUBE, the residual driving is not done.
CUT IN SETPOINT
SET POINTS
Set an operation starting value during automatic operation (a pressure or

temperature value according to the selection made for the CONTROL TARGET
(CUT IN/OUT) item in the SYSTEM DETAILS screen.)
Set a value for capacity control during operation (a pressure or temperature

value according to the selection made for the CONTROL TARGET (CAPACITY
CONTROL PRESS. CONTROL) item in the SYSTEM DETAILS screen.)
NOTE : The setting for this item is valid when the capacity control is set to
AUTO. (It is invalid for excluding AUTO capacity control.)
CUT OUT
SETPOINT
Set an operation stopping value during automatic operation (a pressure or

temperature value according to the selection made for the CONTROL TARGET
(CUT IN/OUT) item in the SYSTEM DETAILS screen.)
NOTE:
The SET POINT setting value is a pressure / temperature value according to 'CONTROL TARGET' selecting items of 'SYSTEM DETAILS'.
In the SET POINTS section, you can enter a specific value under each of the SET POINT numbers 1 to 4 (indicated as SETPT #1 to SETPT
#4 on the screen). The entered values are associated with each SETPT numbers and the numbers can be used for setting in the
SCHEDULER screen.
(The values under COMM are the set values (400259:Capacity Control Pressure Setpoint / 400260:Capacity Control Temperature Setpoint)
written from the remote station through communications. These values become valid when COMM is selected for the OPERATION item in
the CONTROL SUMMARY screen. These values cannot be changed by the operation of the touch panel.)
In the SCHEDULER screen, you specify any of numbers SETPT #1 to #4 in combination with the schedule patterns to program a schedule for
automatic operation control of the compressor so that the compressor can be operated at different settings depending on the day of week and
time zone in a day.
- 90 -
QT1101-16
3.6.1.2 SCHEDULER Screen

The SCHEDULER screen includes a total of eight sub-screens:
SCHEDULER (ASSIGN DAYS) and SCHEDULE 1, SCHEDULE
2, SCHEDULE 3, SCHEDULE 4, SCHEDULE 5, SCHEDULE 6,
and SCHEDULE 7.
(The last seven sub-screens present schedule patterns.)
By making entries in these sub-screens, you can program a
compressor operation schedule according which operation of the
compressor is controlled automatically.
During the programming, you select an appropriate one of the
numbers (SETPT #1 to #4) to which different pressure or
temperature settings are associated in the SET POINTS screens
for both automatic starting/stopping (CUT IN / CUT OUT) control and
automatic capacity control. After this, you allot the selected number
Schedule pattern
to each day of the week and each time of the day.
Items in SCHEDULER Screen

Sub-screen title
Item
Description
SUNDAY
to SATURDAY
(Schedule number
assignment)
Assign one of the schedule pattern numbers (SCHEDULE1 to SCHEDULE7) to each

day of the week.
If YES is selected for the COMPRESSOR AUTO START/STOP item in the
OPERATION MODE screen, MYPRO TOUCH makes automatic start/stop (CUT IN /
CUT OUT) control according to your selection from the following options:
CUT IN / CUT OUT

(CUT IN / CUT OUT
number selection)
SCHEDULER
(ASSIGN
DAYS)
SET POINT #1:

SET POINT #2:
SET POINT #3:
SET POINT #4:
SCHEDULER:
COMM:
Setting for SETPT #1 in SET POINTS screen is always used.

SETPT #1 to SETPT #4 settings are used as you have
programmed for a scheduled automatic control.
Settings written by the remote computer through communications
are used.
MYPRO TOUCH makes automatic capacity control of the compressor according to

your selection from the following options:
CONTROL TARGET
(Capacity control
number selection)
SET POINT #1:

SET POINT #2:
SET POINT #3:
SET POINT #4:
SCHEDULER:
COMM:

SET POINT #1 to SETPT #4 settings are used as you have
programmed for a scheduled automatic control.
Settings written by the remote computer through communications
are used.
- 91 -
QT1101-16
Items in SCHEDULER Screen (continued)

Sub-screen title
SCHEDULE 1 to 7
(Schedule patterns)
Item
Description
Assign one of the SETPT #1 to SETPT #4 settings (made in the SET

POINTS screen) to each of the schedule patterns SCHEDULE 1 to
SCHEDULE 7. If YES is selected for the COMPRESSOR AUTO
SET#
START/STOP item in the OPERATION MODE screen, MYPRO TOUCH
(SET POINT# selection) makes both automatic start/stop (CUT IN / CUT OUT) and automatic
capacity control. MYPRO TOUCH controls them from the first START time
to the START time of the time segment (time span) specified below it
according to your set point assignment by a number (one of #1 to #4).
START
(Start time setting)
Divide a day into 8 time segments and enter the start time of each time
segment in hours and minutes to program a schedule for a day of the week.
(The end of the time segment is the START time entered on the bottom
line.) If YES is selected for the COMPRESSOR AUTO START/STOP item
in the OPERATION MODE screen, MYPRO TOUCH makes both automatic
start/stop (CUT IN / CUT OUT) and automatic capacity control from the first
START time according to your set point assignment by a number (one of #1
to #4).
NOTE:
- You cannot specify the same time for different START times within the same SCHEDULE number.
- If you divide a day into segments of smaller number than eight, set the same number in SET # of two or more time segments.
(The same number is set for all SET # by default.)
- Any set time must be earlier than that on the next lower line. Otherwise, time entries are not accepted.
- 92 -
QT1101-16
3.6.1.3 CAPACITY CONTROL Screen

This CAPACITY CONTROL screen allows you to control of the
compressor capacity by the capacity control solenoid valve using
[SP] or [SSP] or [DP] or [SDP] as the control target.
(Use PID 01/16)
The process value is displayed by touching [ PV MONITOR ] icon at
the top right corner of the window. You are allowed to set them while
checking the process value.
This window can be switched to right and left by using right and left
switches of the PV MONITOR.
(the process value and the arithmetic value Actual are displayed in
gray)
Items in CAPACITY CONTROL Screen

Sub-screen title
Item
Description
CONTROL TARGET
Process value of the control target
CONTROL SET POINT
PID OUT(MV)%
SV PARCENTAGE
Manipulating Value (MV) of the PID controller (Direct-Action in SP, SSP)

(Reverse-Action in DP, SDP)
Current position of (low stage) capacity slide valve
Control action type
MANUAL
CAPACITY
CONTROL
(MONITOR)
OPERATION
: It allows to operate the capacity control solenoid valve by switching

operation of touch panel.(Switches are displayed)
AUTO
: MYPRO TOUCH decides the capacity depending on above control
targets.
REMOTE DIGITAL : Capacity increase/decrees solenoid valve turns ON/OFF by turning
ON/OFF of the related digital inputs.
REMOTE ANALOG : It allows to use the related analog inputs value as the MV of
capacity.
COMM
: It allows to use the related communication value as the MV of
capacity.
CAUTION
[MANUAL] has been selected with OPERTION, and when CPU is reset
(Or, power supply OFF -> ON), it changes to [AUTO] automatically.
MVL%
STEP-1 to STEP-8
CAPACITY RAMP
CONTROL
MVH%
REMOTE MVH%
Manipulating Value Lower limit

Capacity control steps
Manipulating Value Upper limit
The set point of this item is the upper limit while the recordable (on the communication)
related coil (000516:Comm. Comp. Load Limit Input) is turning on.
MVL%/MVH% BY COMM Enable/disable of the set points writing on the communication
CAPACITY
CONTROL
(SET POINTS)
DEAD BAND
Control target dead band

It allows to set the dead band to avoid high-frequency adjustment (ON/OFF of a solenoid
valves and etc.) The adjustment is invalid if the process value is in the range of SET
POINT DEAD BAND.
PROPORTIONAL BAND
Controller proportional band set points

If you set it smaller, the adjustment is performed earlier and the convergence takes time.
If you set it bigger, the adjustment is performed slowly and the convergence takes time.
INTEGRAL TIME
Controller integral time set points

If you set it shorter, the adjustment is performed earlier and it becomes difficult to
converge.
If you set it longer, the adjustment is performed slowly and the convergence takes time.
- 93 -
QT1101-16
Sub-screen title
Item
Description
DERIVATIVE TIME
Controller derivative time set points

If you set it shorter, the manipulating variable becomes smaller and the convergence
takes time. If you set it longer, the manipulating variable becomes bigger and it becomes
difficult to converge
MANUAL RESET
Controller manual reset set points

(the manipulating variable for 0.0% of the deflection)
Set the input/output as "0" for I and D, the set point enables as the proportional action.
dMV LIMIT
The control set points for the changing rate (%/second) of the controller manipulating value.
HI MA UNLOAD
Forced unloading command outputs set points on the compressor motor current increasing.
Issues unloading command if the compressor motor current >= the set points.
HI MA LOAD FORBID
Prohibited loading command outputs set points on the compressor motor current
increasing.
Not issue loading command if the compressor motor current >= the set points.
HI DP UNLOAD
Forced unloading command outputs set points on the discharge pressure raising.
Issues unloading command if the discharge pressure >= the set points.
Prohibited loading command outputs set points on the discharge pressure raising.
Not issue loading command if the discharge pressure >= the set points.
HI DP LOAD FORBID
CAPACITY
CONTROL
(SET POINTS)
Limiter function
(mainly for overload
protection)
HI IP UNLOAD
Forced unloading command outputs set points on the intermediate pressure raising.
Issues unloading command if the intermediate pressure >= the set points.
(Depending on SYSTEM CONFIGURATION setting, it will not be displayed.)
HI IP LOAD FORBID
Prohibited loading command outputs set points on the intermediate pressure raising.
Not issue loading command if the intermediate pressure >= the set points.
LO SP UNLOAD
Forced unloading command outputs set points on the suction pressure drop.
Issues unloading command if the suction pressure <= the set points.
(It is not for overload protection, is for suction pressure drop prevention.)
LO SP LOAD FORBID
Prohibited loading command outputs set points on the suction pressure drop.
Not issue loading command if the suction pressure <= the set points.
CONTROL START
DELAY
CAPACITY
CONTROL
(SET POINTS)
Delay time from the compressor start to start of capacity control.

(To secure retention time of capacity 0%)
MV(LSV) DEAD BAND
Manipulating value ((low stage)capacity)dead band

The response of the slide valve position to change in manipulating value improves if you
set a relatively small value for MV (LSV) DEAD BAND. However, the life of the digital
output device becomes shorter since the number of ON/OFF times to energize and
de-energize the solenoid valves becomes greater.
In addition, if the slide valve must move quickly to meet the setting, not only the number
of the ON/OFF times to drive the loading and unloading solenoid valves increases, but
also these two valves alternately turn ON and OFF. As a result, it takes too long time
before their positions settle. In the worst case, their positions would never settle.
FORCE LOAD
Set the capacity loading ratio for Forced capacity loading by the comm. or 100% LOCK.
If the control target is set as the Chiller leaving temperature (LBT),

the screen is right figure. (Use PID 02/16)
(CHILLER CONTROL option is needed)
The sub-screen of the CAPACITY CONTROL screen allows you to

make the following settings and displaying related to the capacity
control of the compressor.
- Setting for the basic capacity control items
- Setting for the unloader slide valve positioner
- Setting for the capacity control limiters
- displaying and setting of the upper limit at the start of the capacity control (CAPACITY RAMP CONTROL)
- 94 -
QT1101-16
Setting in the CAPACITY CONTROL (MONITOR) sub-screen

For the OPERATION item, select appropriate one concerning determination of the capacity from the following options:
MANUAL
The loading solenoid valve turns ON and OFF when you select [LOAD] using touch panel switches.
The unloading solenoid valve turns ON and OFF when you select [UNLOAD] .
AUTO
MYPRO TOUCH automatically determines an appropriate compressor capacity according to the

pressures or temperatures of the control target.
REMOTE DIGITAL
The loading and unloading solenoid valves turn ON/OFF as the relevant digital input turns ON/OFF.
* However, when VFD COMPRESSOR:USE is selected, The compressor rotational speed is fixed to
MVL% of VFD between slide valve position < MVH% when compressor starting.
When the slide valve position is corresponding to MVH% once, the slide valve position is fixed.
ON/OFF of the corresponding digital input acts only on the rotational speed increase and decrease of
the compressor.
Moreover, the rotational speed is fixed when the compressor rotational speed decreases to MVL% of
VFD, and the loading and unloading solenoid valves are turned on and off again.
REMOTE ANALOG
The value of the relevant analog input (AI-20:Remote Capacity Control Input) is used as the MV of
capacity value.
COMM
The value of the corresponding address by communication (400261:Capacity Setpoint) is used as
the MV of capacity value.
Setting in the CAPACITY CONTROL (SETPOINTS) sub-screen

Enter an appropriate value for the MV (LSV) DEAD BAND item to adjust the positioner function of the low-stage slide valve.
If the difference between the setting for the capacity controllers manipulating value PID OUT (MV)% in the CAPACITY
CONTROL (MONITOR) sub-screen and the current low-stage slide valve position SV PARCENTAGE exceeds the value for
MV (LSV) DEAD BAND, MYPRO TOUCH issues an loading and unloading command to drive each corresponding solenoid
valves.
In general, the response of the slide valve position to change in manipulating value improves if you set a relatively small value for
MV (LSV) DEAD BAND. However, the life of the digital output device becomes shorter since the number of ON/OFF times to
energize and de-energize the solenoid valves becomes greater. In addition, if the slide valve must move quickly to meet the
setting, not only the number of the ON/OFF times to drive the increase and decrease solenoid valves increases, but also
these two valves alternately turn ON and OFF. As a result, it takes too long time before their positions settle. In the worst case,
their positions would never settle.
MYPRO TOUCH uses the setting you make for the CTRL START DELAY item in this sub-screen to allow the time for to keep
the capacity at 0 % for the period from the start of compressor operation to the time when the capacity control is started.
The setting for the FORCE LOAD item is used to adjust the time until a 100 % load is reached during the forced 100 %
operation implemented through communications.
The manipulating value of the capacity controller displayed in PID OUT (MV) % starts increasing by the amount set for the
FORCE LOAD item every second beginning with the value at the ON time of the corresponding coil (000515:Comm.Comp Full
Load Input) (in which data are written through communications).
Settings in the CAPACITY RAMP CONTROL sub-screen

MYPRO TOUCH uses time vales as well as capacity values (expressed in manipulating values (MV)) you have entered in
SEC and % for each of the capacity control steps (STEP-1 to STEP-8) in this sub-window in order to prevent the capacity
from going beyond the upper limit during the initial period of capacity control.
STEP-1
The lower limit of the capacity changes over the time you set for this STEP along the line connecting the
0.0 % point and the MVL % point. (MVL stands for manipulating value low limit.)
The upper limit of the capacity changes over the time you set for this STEP along the line connecting the
0.0 % point and the percentage point you set for STEP-1.
STEP-2 to STEP-8 The capacity lower limit remains at the MVL %.

The capacity upper limit changes over the time you set for each STEP along the line connecting the
percentage point of the preceding STEP and the percentage point of each STEP.
After STEP-8
The capacity lower limit remains at the MVL % for normal operation.
- 95 -
QT1101-16
The capacity upper limit remains at the MVH % (the same percentage as the one set for STEP-8) for normal
operation. (MVH stands for manipulating value high limit.)
Controller manipulating value
100.0%
MVH%:%-8
%-7
%-6
%-5
%-4
%-3
%-2
%-1
MVL%
0.0%
CTRL START SEC-1 SEC-2 SEC-3

DELAY
Start of capacity control
Compressor operation
SEC-4
SEC-5
SEC-6
SEC-7
SEC-8
Time
Normal operation
confirmation (OFF -> ON)
You can set any percentage between 0.0 % and 100.0 % for all STEPs from STEP-1 to STEP-7. However, if you set percentages
smaller than MVL % for these STEPs, the ramp formed by the capacity upper limit may go below the MVL % line for a certain
period. The capacity lower limit in this period becomes 0.0 %, and MYPRO TOUCH confines the manipulating value (MV) of the
capacity controller within the shaded areas shown in the following diagram during this period.
Controller MV
Set %-( n+1)
Set %-( n-1)
MVL%
Set%-n
Time
0.0%
SEC-(n-1)
SEC-n
SEC-(n+1)
SEC-(n+2)
Even during STEP-1 to STEP-8, however, either the capacity control limiter may work in the same manner as for the normal
operation or the manipulating value (PID OUT (MV)) may go beyond the shaded area while the compressor is in the
limited-capacity operation, 100 %-capacity operation, or pump-out operation.
REMOTE MVH%
The value set for this item is used as the capacity upper limit while the relevant communication-writable coil (000516:Comm.
Comp. Load Limit Input) is in the ON state. However, this function is invalid when any of the following conditions is met.
- ENABLE is selected for MVL%/MVH% BY COMM
- AUTO STAGE is selected for OPERATION.
- REMOTE CAPACITY CONTROL is enabled.
- pump-out sequence is in progress in the compressor.
- REMOTE MVH% >= MVH%

MVL%/MVH% BY COMM
Select either DISABLE or ENABLE to make valid or invalid the function that allows using the two values (each stored in
the relevant two communication-writable registers) as MVL% (capacity lower limit) and MVH% (capacity upper limit),
respectively.
Please refer to "5.2.3 Change of set value by communication" also.
CAUTION
When "Overload prevention limiter function" works, "Overload prevention limiter function" is effective
than remote control because of the equipment protection. (Excluding 'MANUAL'.)
- 96 -
QT1101-16
3.6.1.4 VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL Screen

VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL screen allows you to control the
compressor rotational speed on VFD by analog outputs using [SP] or
[SSP] or [DP] or [SDP] as the control target.
(Use PID 11/16)
(VFD COMPRESSOR option is required.)
The process value window is displayed by touching [ PV MONITOR ]
icon at the top right corner of the window. You are allowed to set
them while checking the process value.
This screen can be switched to right and left by using right and left
(the process value and the arithmetic value are displayed in gray)
Items in VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL Screen

Sub-screen title
Item
CONTROL TARGET
Description
CONTROL SET POINT Set point of the control target

PID OUT(MV)%
SV PARCENTAGE
VFD
COMPRESSOR
(MONITOR)
OPERATION
Manipulating value of the controller
(Direct-Action in SP, SSP)

(Reverse-Action in DP, SDP)
Current position of (low stage) capacity slide valve
Control action method
MANUAL
: It allows to operate the rotational speed by switching operation of the
touch panel.(Switches will be displayed)
AUTO
: MYPRO TOUCH decides the rotational speed depending on above
control targets.
REMOTE DIGITAL : Rotational speed increase/decrees by turning ON/OFF of the related
digital inputs.
REMOTE ANALOG : Corresponding analog inputs value is used as the rotational speed.
COMM
: It allows to use the related communication value as the rotational speed.
CAUTION
MVL%
STEP-1 to STEP-8
RAMP CONTROL
MVH%
REMOTE MVH%
Manipulating Value Lower limit

(However, when OUTPUT LIMIT is effective, MVL% <= OUTPUT LIMIT LOW.)
Capacity control steps
Manipulating Value Upper limit
(However, when OUTPUT LIMIT is effective, MVH-F% >= OUTPUT LIMIT HIGH.)
The set point of this item is the upper limit of the rotational speed control while the recordable
related coil (000516:Comm. Comp. Load Limit Input) is turning on.
MVL/MVH% BY COMM Enable/disable of the set points writing on the communication

OUTPUT
OUTPUT LIMIT
VFD
COMPRESSOR
(SET POINTS)
ZONE-1 to ZONE-3
Process value monitor of actual analog output percentage

Output prohibition band (the maximum is 3 points)
Control revolutions output band to avoid the operation on the specific revolutions.
MVL% <= LOW, HIGH <= MVH-F%, ZONE-1 < ZONE-2 < ZONE-3
It becomes the function invalid for "LOW = HIGH".
DEAD BAND

It allows to set the dead band to avoid high-frequency adjustment (ON/OFF of a solenoid
valves and etc.)
The adjustment is invalid if the process value is in the range of SET POINT DEAD BAND.
PROPORTIONAL
BAND

If you set it smaller, the adjustment is performed earlier and it becomes difficult to converge.
If you set it bigger, the adjustment is performed slowly and the convergence takes time.
INTEGRAL TIME

If you set it shorter, the adjustment is performed earlier and it becomes difficult to converge.
If you set it longer, the adjustment is performed slowly and the convergence takes time.
- 97 -
QT1101-16
Sub-screen title
Item
Description
DERIVATIVE TIME

If you set it shorter, the manipulating value becomes smaller and the convergence takes time.
If you set it longer, the manipulating value becomes bigger and it becomes difficult to
converge
MANUAL RESET
dMV LIMIT
VFD
COMPRESSOR
(SET POINTS)
Limiter function
(mainly for
overload
protection)

(the manipulating value for 0.0% of the deflection)
Set the input/output as "0" for I and D, the set point enables as the proportional action.
The control set points for the changing rate (%/second) of the controller manipulating value.
HI DP UNLOAD
Forced unloading command outputs set points on the discharge pressure raising.
It issues unloading command if the discharge pressure >= the set points.
HI DP LOAD FORBID
Prohibited loading command outputs set points on the discharge pressure raising.
It does not issue loading command if the discharge pressure >= the set points.
HI IP UNLOAD
Forced unloading command outputs set points on the intermediate pressure raising.
It issues unloading command if the intermediate pressure >= the set points.
(Depends on SYSTEM CONFIGURATION setting, it will not be displayed.)
HI IP LOAD FORBID
Prohibited loading command outputs set points on the intermediate pressure raising.
It does not issue loading command if the intermediate pressure >= the set points.
LO SP UNLOAD
Forced unloading command outputs set points on the suction pressure drop.
It issues unloading command if the suction pressure <= the set points.
LO SP LOAD FORBID
Prohibited loading command outputs set points on the suction pressure drop.
It does not issue loading command if the suction pressure <= the set points.
CTRL START DELAY
With SVP >= MVH-F%(SVP), Delay time of moving from slide value position control to
revolutions control.
CTRL STOP DELAY
With VFD <= MVL%(VFD), Delay time of moving from revolutions control to slide value position
control.
FORCE LOAD
Except when OPERATION is REMOTE DIGITAL, The ratio of "Compulsion rotational speed
increase" by the communication is set.
When OPERATION is REMOTE DIGITAL, Ratio is set the increase of "Compressor rotational
speed" by the corresponding digital input (DI-31).
FORCE UNLOAD
Except when OPERATION is REMOTE DIGITAL, The ratio of "Compulsion rotational speed
decrease" by the limiter function.
When OPERATION is REMOTE DIGITAL, Ratio is set the decrease of "Compressor rotational
speed" by the corresponding digital input (DI-32).
The right figure will be displayed if you set the control target as
Chiller leaving temperature(LBT).
(USE PID 12/16 )
(VFD COMPRESSOR + CHILLER CONTROL option is required)
Select and inputs as following instructed on VFD COMPRESSOR
CONTROL screen to perform the capacity control properly by
variable frequency drive (VFD).
CAUTION
Please set a setpoint appropriately on the inverter side
at the lowest rotational speed, the maximum speed, the
start frequency, the acceleration time, the deceleration
time, and analog input filter time constant, when the VFD
function is used.
- 98 -
QT1101-16
Settings in VFD COMPRESSOR (MONITOR) sub-screen

On OPERATION, select an appropriate rotational speed control method from the following options:
MANUAL
The rotational speed increases or decreases as you select MANUAL [INC] or MANUAL [DEC] .
AUTO
MYPRO TOUCH automatically determines appropriate rotational speed according to the pressure or temperature of
the control target.
REMOTE DIGITAL
The rotational speed increase/decrease as the relevant digital input turns ON/OFF.
*
By ON/OFF of the corresponding contact input,

When the rotational speed is controlled, The rotational speed of the compressor increases and decreases
according to the FORCE LOAD/UNLOAD setting.
REMOTE ANALOG The value of the relevant analog input (AI-20:Remote Capacity Control Input) is used as the MV of rotational speed.
COMM
The value of the corresponding address by communication (400261:Capacity Setpoint) is used as the MV of
rotational speed.
Settings in VFD COMPRESSOR (SETPOINTS) sub-screen

As to the limiter functions to prevent overloading, the same method of setting as with the CAPACITY CONTROL screen
applies, except that the value set for FORCE UNLOAD is used when a forced decrease condition occurs depending on the
UNLOAD set value. The manipulating value PID OUT (MV) % of the revolution control regulator starts decreasing from the
time when the forced decrease condition is reached by the value set for FORCE UNLOAD every second. This means that
the larger the set value, the shorter the time taken for reducing the manipulating value of the evolution control regulator.
The value set for VFD START DELAY is used as the allowance period for confirming the transfer of control from the slide
valve position control to the revolutions control after the unloader slide valve has reached the MVH% position. On the other
hand, the value set for VFD STOP DELAY is used when transferring the capacity control by the slide valve position control
after reaching to MVL% of the manipulating value of the revolution control regulator PID OUT (MV) % .
As to the settings for FORCE LOAD and CAPACITY RAMP CONTROL, it is the same explanation as with the CAPACITY
CONTROL screen.
Settings for OUTPUT LIMIT sub-screen
Analog output
MYPRO TOUCH uses the LOW and HIGH values of the output
100%
prohibition zones ZONE-1 to ZONE-3 for the purpose of limiting the

revolutions output zones.
HIGH
ZONE-3
LOW
The revolution output zone limiting function works to make the analog
HIGH
ZONE-2
LOW
output corresponding to the VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL PID

OUT output change following the paths shown right.
Path followed
when increasing
the speed
Path followed
when decreasing
the speed
HIGH
ZONE-1
LOW
If the LOW and HIGH values are different in the same zone, a
step-like path results. If they are the same, a linear path results.
0%
0%
100%
LOW HIGH
ZONE-1
(This function is defaulted as disabled.)
LOW HIGH LOW HIGH

ZONE-2
ZONE-3
PID OUT (MV) %
[ Outline of starting operation ~ VFD control ~ Stopping operation ]

The compressor starts under the condition of that the pressure >= operation pressure set points.
The position of the slide valve changes to MVL% from 0%, revolutions outputs change to MVL% from 0%.
During the operation, slide valve control (position control by the pressure) is performed first with fixing revolutions output as MVL% under the
condition that pressure > the target set point. Then manipulating value is fixed at MVH% when it becomes the value from MVL% to MVH%
after slide valve control. After the period of VFD START DELAY, revolutions control (revolutions output by the pressure) is performed
between the range of MVL% and MVH%.
If the pressure < the target pressure set point,
revolutions control is performed first with fixing revolutions as MVH%. Then manipulating value is fixed as MVL% when it becomes the value
MVL%. After the period of VFD START DELAY, slide valve control is performed between the range of MVL% and MVH%.
If the pressure <= the stop pressure set point,
slide valve decrease its capacity with fixing revolutions output as MVL%. After making sure the slide valve position is less than 5%, it is
stopped.
(When the liquid is collected, it depends on setting of liquid collection operation setting such as pump-out capacity (PUMP OUT ->
PERCENTAGE).)
You are allowed to operate it again (continue) before dead stop and with satisfied condition (again), even above stop conditions are met once.
- 99 -
QT1101-16
About using of 'Capacity control' and 'Rotational speed control' of the compressor together
In MYPRO TOUCH, about the capacity control and the rotational speed control of the compressor, it controls as follows.
-
'Slide valve position control' -> setting of 'CAPACITY CONTROL'
'Rotational speed control' -> setting of 'VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL'
Combination of 'CAPACITY CONTROL' 'VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL'

'MANUAL'
CAPACITY
CONTROL
VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL

REMOTE REMOTE
DIGITAL ANALOG
MANUAL
AUTO
MANUAL
(2)
AUTO
REMOTE
DIGITAL
REMOTE
ANALOG
(3)
(1)
(4)
(4)
(5)
COMM
(Attention)
"Manual Operation" by the switch on the touch panel
screen
COMM
'AUTO'
"Automatic Control" by the set value of the

controller
'REMOTE DIGITAL'
"Remote Control" by the Digital input
'REMOTE ANALOG'
"Remote Control" by the Analog input
'COMM'
"Remote Control" by the set value via

communication
"X" cannot be selected.

'OPERATION' of 'CAPACITY CONTROL' cannot be changed to 'REMOTE ANALOG' or 'COMM'.
On the other hand, when 'REMOTE DIGITAL' is selected by 'OPERATION' of 'CAPACITY CONTROL' or 'VFD COMPRESSOR
COTROL', it is changed to 'REMOTE DIGITAL'. At this time, when either is changed, it becomes AUTO on the other hand.
When "X" is selected when the case is other, it is changed to 'AUTO' to select it previously.
Operation at combination of 'CAPACITY CONTROL' 'VFD COMRESSOR CONTROL'

(1) 'AUTO' 'AUTO'
When the slide valve position becomes MVH% or more by 'Slide valve control', it shifts to 'Rotational speed control'.
When the rotational speed output becomes MVL% or less by 'Rotational speed control', it shifts to 'Slide valve control'.
(2) 'MANUAL' 'AUTO'
'Slide valve control' : Capacity "Increase"/"Decrease" solenoid valves can be operated with the touch panel.
When the slide valve position becomes MVH% or more, 'Rotational speed control' is begun.
(The solenoid valve operation is effective while it is 'VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL'.)
(3) 'AUTO' 'MANUAL'
The slide valve position is controlled by 'Slide valve control'.
The rotational speed output can be increased and decreased with the touch panel.
(The rotational speed operation is effective while it is 'Slide valve control'.)
(4) 'AUTO' 'REMOTE ANALOG' or 'COMM'
The slide valve position increases according to FORCE LOAD setting value of 'CAPACITY CONTROL' side, and
becomes MVH%. (Operation is different from usual 'AUTO'.)
When the slide valve position becomes MVH% or more, it shifts to 'Rotational speed control'.
('Rotational speed control' is continued at the following.
The analog input (AI-20:Remote Capacity Control Input) or the setting according to the communication
(400261:Capacity Setpoint) are effective even to the beginning of pump out.)
(5) 'REMOTE DIGITAL' 'REMOTE DIGITAL'
During 'Slide valve control',
When DI-31 is turned on, a capacity "Increase" solenoid valve is turned on.
When DI-32 is turned on, a capacity "Decrease" solenoid valve is turned on.
When the slide valve position becomes MVH% or more, it shifts to 'Rotational speed control'.
On 'Rotational speed control', it The rotational speed output :
When DI-31 is turned on, it increases by FORCE LOAD setting value of 'VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL' side.
When DI-32 is turned on, it decreases by FORCE UNLOAD setting value of 'VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL' side.
When the rotational speed output becomes MVL% or less, it shifts to 'Slide valve control'.
CAUTION
When "Overload prevention limiter function" works, "Overload prevention limiter function" is effective
than remote control because of the equipment protection. (Excluding 'MANUAL'.)
- 100 -
QT1101-16
3.6.1.5 AUTO Vi Screen

AUTO Vi screen allows you to control the compressor capacity on the auto Vi control function.
(VARIABLE Vi or SINGLE J option is required.)
This is brief description of Auto-Vi.
- Vi control consists of a combination of below 7 solenoid valves.
MPLD (Vi M-Port Load SV),
MPUL (Vi M-Port Unload SV)
ViBP (Vi Bypass SV),
L->H (Vi L->H SV),
H->L (Vi H->L SV),
LOAD (low stage capacity loading SV), UNLD (low stage capacity unloading SV)
Above 7 solenoid valves control the Vi slide valve position at 3 stages (2.63(L port), 3.65(M port), 5.80(H port)
- Vi slide valve moves to Vi position that is set on Initial Vi Position when the compressor starts.
- Vi slide valve moves to new position by set Move Delay time with operating of the required solenoid valves.
- Capacity slide valve is fixed its movement by capacity slide bypass slide valve during Vi slide valve operation.
- Vi slide valve does not work during the operation of capacity limit control, such as HI MA UNLOAD, HI DP UNLOAD.,.
- Required variable for Vi control are suction pressure, discharge pressure and k value of the selected refrigerant (adiabatic
exponent).
- Pressure ratio of suction pressure and discharge pressure is calculated by the set time on Sample Delay. Vi position is
moved when Sample count reaches to Sample Quantity according to comparison with k-th power of Vi and the calculated
pressure ration and discriminant of following paragraph.
(Comparison with calculation value of (DP/IP) ^ (1/k) * 1.375 in case of J Economizer W/ Sensor)
- There are Vi fixed mode and Vi variable mode.
- Capacity slide valve needs analog adjustment of slid valve on Calibration after selecting Auto-Vi Control on System
Configuration. (there are 0% calibration and 100% calibrations on the three positions(H,M,L port).)
(J series adjusts 0% and 100% per two position of L and H.)
(1) H port: 0%
(4) L port: 100%
(Movement range of capacity slide valve is small
(Movement range of capacity slide valve is big
pressure ratio is big.)
pressure ratio is small.)
(5) L port: 0%
(2)H port: 100%

(Movement range of capacity slid valve is small
(Movement range of capacity slid valve is big
pressure ratio is big.)
(3)H port: 100%

(Movement range of capacity slid valve is middle
pressure ratio is middle also.)
(J series cannot be adjusted.)
- 101 -
pressure ratio is small.)
QT1101-16
This screen (consists of two sub-screens) allows you to set parameter which is relevant to auto Vi control function (option).
Depending on the selection on SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen, optional extension digital input/output board is required to
use the auto Vi control function.(Extension DI/O board is required when USE D/O17, 18, 19, 23, 24 (UD-V) or USE D/O26, 27,
28, 29, 30(UD-V) is selected on AUTO Vi CONTROL item of the same screen.)
These sub-screens are displayed when one of SINGLE J, SINGLE
J ECONOMIZER W/O SENSOR, SINGLE J ECONOMIZER W/
SENSOR, and SINGLE UD-V (VARIABLE Vi) is selected for
COMPRESSOR items in SYSTEM SETUP screens.
Items in AUTO Vi Screen

Screen title
Item
Description
AUTO Vi CONTROL
(MONITOR)
CURRENT Vi
It indicates the Vi value of the unloader slide valve in currently selected

port position. O is displayed during stoppage of the compressor.
It indicates the current calculated Vi value
Select one of the following as the port from which automatic Vi control is
started.
CALCULATED Vi
INITIAL Vi
*
AUTO Vi CONTROL
(SETPOINT)
(Displaying
set points)
V Series
2.63(L) or
3.65(M) or
5.80(H) or
J Series
2.50(L) *: L port
3.50(M) *: M port
5.00(H) *: H port
SAMPLE DELAY
Set the frequency (time) at which sampling is made to determine the

need for port switching.
SAMPLE QUANTITY
Set the number of samples for determining the need for port switching.
CONFIRM DELAY
MOVE DELAY
CONTROL
Set the delay before confirmation of the port position.

When 100% or more continues for ten minutes in M and H port., After
this time passes, Vi slide L->H electromagnetic valve is turned on for
three seconds for positioning.
Set the delay before switching of port.
Select Vi mode as fixed or Auto.
V Series
J Series
* 2.63(L) or 2.50(L) *: L port fixed
3.65(M) or 3.50(M) *: M port fixed
5.80(H) or 5.00(H) *: H port fixed
AUTO-Vi : Auto Vi control(Auto Vi mode)
The control begins from L port position when starting even if it is a fixed
mode.
NOTE:
The items and options marked * are displayed when SINGLE J, SINGLE J ECONOMIZER W/O SENSOR, or SINGLE J
ECONOMIZER W/ SENSOR is selected for the COMPRESSOR item on the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen. They are
not displayed if SINGLE UD-V (VARIABLE Vi) is selected.
- 102 -
QT1101-16
3.6.1.6 OTHER SETPOINTS Screen

This screen consists of these three sub-screens ANTI CYCLE, OIL
HEATER and OIL DRAIN SV. They allow you to set the anti-cycle
timer and other parameters for optional functions.
The process value window is displayed by touching [ PV MONITOR ]
items while checking the process value.
(the process value and the arithmetic value Actual are displayed in
gray)
NOTE : The displayed items may be different from those shown
above depending on the setting.
Items in OTHER SETPOINT Screen

Sub-screen title
Item
ANTI CYCLE TIME
Description
Set the time after start of the compressor operation during which the
start for the next operation is prohibited. (This limits the number of
start/stop times in a unit time.)
Set the time from the end of a compressor operation to the start of the
next operation. (This limits the stop-to-start interval.)
ANTI CYCLE
*1
INTERVAL TIME
When the oil pump runs continuously during the time of the COMP.
RE-START DELAY setting value when the compressor is stopping,
the compressor is not run during the INTERVAL time during the oil
pump continuously running and after the compressor stops.
When it begins to run the compressor,
when capacity doesn't become 5% or less even if DO-02 OILP is
turned on, and COMP. RE-START DELAY has passed since dOP
was confirmed but capacity becomes 5% or less while ALARM ->
RE-START/TIMEOUT is passing,
it doesn't begin to run the compressor during the INTERVAL time
after it becomes 5% or less and the oil pump stops.
OIL HEATER
*2
OIL DRAIN SV
*3
STARTING BYPASS SV
HOT GAS BYPASS SV
Set an oil separator temperature at which OIL HEATER output at

DO-07 (Y06) turns ON/OFF.
Set the delay before OIL DRAIN SV signal at DO-09 (Y08) turns OFF
SV OFF DELAY
after turning OFF of compressor operation command at DO-01 (Y00).
Set the delay before the start bypass solenoid valve is ON/OFF after
SV ON/OFF DELAY
operation confirmation input at DI-12 (XOB) turns ON.
Set the low-stage capacity at which the hot gas bypass solenoid valve
SV ON/OFF LSV%
turns ON/OFF.
SV ON DELAY (LSV%) Set the delay before the hot gas bypass solenoid valve turns ON after
the low-stage capacity has reached the set value.
Set the suction pressure at which the hot gas bypass solenoid valve
SV ON SP
turns ON.
Set the delay before the hot gas bypass solenoid valve turns ON after
SV ON DELAY (SP)
the suction pressure has reached the set value.
HEATER ON/OFF OS
*5
*6
START/STOP SP
when AUTO LUBE is selected on OIL FEED TYPE
Stop delay is 5min. (fixed) The oil pump starts if the suction pressure >= START SP (fixed value).
Start delay is 6sec. (fixed) The oil pump stops if the suction pressure <= STOP SP (fixed value)
OIL PUMP START dP
OIL RETURN SV
OPEN DELAY
START/STOP dP
(differential pressure) When AUTO LUBE is selected on OIL FEED TYPE,
Stop delay is 5min. (fixed) The oil pump starts if the differential pressure <= START dP.
Start delay is 6sec. (fixed) The oil pump stops if the differential pressure >= STOP dP.
START
Set the delay before the oil return solenoid valve is ON after operation
(delay time of SV-open) confirmation input at DI-12 (XOB) turns ON.
STOP
Set the delay before the start bypass solenoid valve is OFF after
(delay time of SV-close) operation confirmation input at DI-12 (XOB) turns OFF.
- 103 -
QT1101-16
Sub-screen title
SEAL PROTECTION
Item
Description
INTERVAL
Select either of the following options concerning intermittent

operation of the oil pump.
DISABLE (Intermittent operation disabled)
ENABLE (Intermittent operation enabled)
START PERIOD
Set the interval of the oil pump intermittent operation.

(The intermittent operation takes place when the count of compressor
non-operation time is longer than the time set here.)
NOTE: Setting for this item is valid only when ENABLE is selected
for the INTERVAL item.
PUMP RUN
Set the length of running time for each intermittent operation of the
oil pump.
NOTE: Setting for this item is valid only when ENABLE is selected
for the INTERVAL item in the above.
*4
COMP. STOP
Select either of the following options to determine whether to allow or

not a delay before start of the oil pump after "auto stopping" of the
compressor.
DISABLE: Delay is not allowed.
ENABLE: Delay is allowed.
After DI-12 MSRB is turned off, DO-01 OILP is turned on during SEAL
PROTECTION -> OIL PUMP DELAY [sec]
(After 15 sec (fixation), AUX is turned off after DI-12 MSRB is turned
off.)
OIL PUMP DELAY DO-01 OILP is started again at OIL FEED TYPE -> PARTIAL LUBE,
and the residual operation is done.
NOTE : Setting for this item is valid only when ENABLE is selected for
the COMP. STOP item in the above.
EVAPORATOR
OIL RETURN
EVPR OIL RETURN

MASK TIME
Set the mask time of the Evaporator oil return control beginning after
DI-12 MSRB is turned on.
EVPR OIL RETURN

LEVEL SW DELAY
Set the Delay time from turning on (oil return at on) or turning off (oil
return at off) DI-31 EORL to turning on EVOR1.
EVPR OIL RETURN

INTERVAL
Set the interval time of Evaporator oil return control.
EVPR OIL RETURN TIME Set the control time of Evaporator oil return.
NOTE:
*1
Any settings for ANTI CYCLE are invalid if, in the CONTROL SUMMARY screen, LOCAL is selected for the
OPERATION item and NO is selected for the COMPRESSOR AUTO START/STOP item.
*2
Display of and setting for the items in the OIL HEATER sub-screen is possible only when NORTH AMERICA is selected
for the I/O PLATFORM item in the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen.
*3
Display of and setting for the item in the OIL DRAIN SV sub-screen is possible only when NORTH AMERICA is selected
for the I/O PLATFORM item and COMPOUND-2 (2016 & HIGHER) is selected for the COMPRESSOR item, both in the
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen.
*4
Display of and setting for the items in the SEAL PROTECTION sub-screen possible only when USE is selected for the
COMPRESSOR OIL SEAL PROTECTION item in the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen.
*5
Display of and setting for the item in the STARTING BYPASS SV sub-screen is possible only when USE is selected for the
STARTING BYPASS CONTROL item in the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen.
*6
Display of and setting for the items in the HOT GAS BYPASS SV sub-screen is possible only when USE is selected for the
HOT GAS BYPASS CONTROL item in the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen.
The hot gas bypass solenoid valve turns ON when the following conditions are concurrently met during operation of the
compressor:
-
The capacity <= the value set for SV ON LSV% is kept for the period set for SV ON DELAY (LSV %).
The suction pressure <= the value set for SV ON SP is kept for the period set for SV ON DELAY (SP).
The hot gas bypass solenoid valve turns OFF when the capacity becomes equal to or larger than the value set for SV OFF
LSV%.
- 104 -
QT1101-16
3.6.1.7 HIGH STAGE CAPACITY CONTROL Screen

HIGH STAGE CAPACITY CONTROL screen allows you to control
the compressor high-stage capacity by the capacity control solenoid
valve outputs, as intermediate pressure (IP) is target control.
(Use PID 10/16) (Direct-Action)
(HIGH STAGE CAPACITY CONTROL option is required.)
The process value screen is displayed by touching [ PV MONITOR ]
Items in HIGH STAGE CAPACITY CONTROL Screen

Sub screen title
Item
Description
INTERMEDIATE PRESS. Process Value(PV) of the intermediate pressure (control target)

PID OUT(MV)%
Manipulating value(MV) of the PID controller
H.SLIDE VALVE
Current position of (high stage) capacity slide valve

MANUAL : It allows to operate the high stage capacity control solenoid
valve by switching operation of touch panel. (LOAD, UNLOAD)
AUTO
: MYPRO TOUCH decides the high stage capacity depending on
above control targets.
HIGH STAGE
CAPACITY
CONTROL
(MONITOR)
OPERATION
CAUTION
DEAD BAND

It allows to set the dead band to avoid high-frequency adjustment (ON/OFF of a
solenoid valves and etc.)
The adjustment is invalid if the PV is in the range of SET POINT DEAD BAND.

If you set it smaller, the adjustment is performed earlier and it becomes difficult to
converge.
PROPORTIONAL BAND
If you set it bigger, the adjustment is performed slowly and the convergence takes
time.
HIGH STAGE
CAPACITY
CONTROL
(SET POINTS)
INTEGRAL TIME
DERIVATIVE TIME

If you set it shorter, the adjustment is performed earlier and it becomes difficult to
converge.
If you set it longer, the adjustment is performed slowly and the convergence takes
time.
If you set it shorter, the MV becomes smaller and the convergence takes time.
If you set it longer, the MV becomes bigger and it becomes difficult to converge
MANUAL RESET
Controller manual reset set points (the MV for 0.0% of the deflection)
Set the input/output as "0", the set point enables as the proportional action.
dMV LIMIT
The control set points for the changing rate (%/second) of the controller MV.
MVL %
Manipulating Value lower limit
MVH %
Manipulating Value upper limit
MV(HSV) DEAD BAND
Manipulating Value(high stage capacity) dead band

See Capacity control controller for the detail.
* In the high side capacity control, the limiter function is not provided.
- 105 -
QT1101-16
3.6.1.8 ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER SV Screen

ECNOMIZER/ INTERCOOLER SV screen allows you to control the
expansion valve opening position by economizer/ intercooler
YOSAKU expansion valve outputs or analog outputs using
intermediate superheat (ISH) as the target control.
(ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER EXPANSION VALVE CONTROL
option is required.)
switches of the PV MONITOR. (The process value and the arithmetic value are displayed in gray.)
Items in ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER CONTROL Screen

Sub-title
Item
INTER. SUPERHEAT
CONTROL SET POINT
PID OUT(MV)%
Description
Process value of the intermediate superheat (control target)
Set point of the control target
Manipulating value of the PID controller
(Control beginning of Liquid supply SV on opening)
MANUAL : It allows to operate the expansion valve opening position by
switching operation of touch panel.
AUTO
: MYPRO TOUCH decides the expansion valve opening position
depending on above control targets.
ECONO.
EXP.VALVE
CONTROL
(MONITOR)
OPERATION
CAUTION
DEAD BAND
PROPORTIONAL BAND Controller proportional band set points

INTEGRAL TIME
DERIVATIVE TIME
ECONO.
EXP.VALVE
CONTROL
(SET POINTS)

MANUAL RESET
dMV LIMIT
MVL %, MVH %
SLOW OPEN
CONTROL CYCLE
Manipulating Value Lower limit , Upper limit

A positive value : The minimum is set.
A negative value : Time to maintain 100%(not MVH%) when beginning to
control is set.
YOSAKU Control cycle
SV ON LSV% or HSV%
LSV% or HSV% for economizer/intercooler liquid supply SV turning on (open).

ECONOMIZER
SV OFF LSV% or HSV% LSV% or HSV% for economizer/intercooler liquid supply SV turning off (close).
/INTERCOOLER
SV ON SP or IP
SP or IP for economizer/intercooler liquid supply SV turning on (open).
SV
SV OFF SP or IP
SP or IP for economizer/intercooler liquid supply SV turning off (close).
The right screen is display if you select no-sensor for Economize
specification, because it only controls liquid supply solenoid valves.
(Expansion valve control is not performed.)
- 106 -
QT1101-16
3.6.2
CONTROL SUMMARY (2/3) Screen

(1)LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL
(2)CONDENSER CONTROL
(3)EXPANSION VALVE(SSH) CONTROL
(EXPANSION VALVE(SSH2) CONTROL)
(4)EXPPANSION VALVE(SP) CONTROL
(EXPANSION VALVE(CGP2) CONTROL)
(5)EXPANSION VALVE(LBT) CONTROL
OTHER SETPOINTS (refer to preceding section)
(HOT GAS BYPASS)
(STARTING BYPASS)
(SEAL PROTECTION)

Control Summary (2/3)
allows you to summarize, check and set below main set points.
(1) LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL
It allows you to set the parameter of the controller that controls the liquid
injection oil cooling.
(2) CONDENSER CONTROL
It allows you to set parameter of the controller, which controls condenser fan
revolutions.
(3) EXPANSION VALVE (SSH) CONTROL It allows you to set the controller (suction superheat), which controls
evaporator YOSAKU expansion valve-1.
EXPANSION VALVE (SSH2) CONTROL
It allows you to set the controller (suction superheat 2), which controls
evaporator YOSAKU expansion valve-2.

(4) EXPANSION VALVE (SP) CONTROL
It allows you to set the controller (suction pressure), which controls evaporator
YOSAKU expansion valve-1.
EXPANSION VALVE (CGP2) CONTROL
It allows you to set the controller (chiller gas outlet pressure 2), which
controls evaporator YOSAKU expansion valve-2.

(5) EXPANSION VALVE (LBT) CONTROL It allows you to set the controller (chiller leaving temperature), which controls
evaporator YOSAKU expansion valve.
- 107 -
QT1101-16
3.6.2.1 LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL Screen

LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL screen allows you to control the oil
cooler by liquid injection YOSAKU expansion valve outputs or
analog outputs using discharge temperature (DT) or discharge
superheat (DSH) as the target control.
(LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL option is required.)
(The process value and the arithmetic value are displayed in gray.)
Items in LIQUID INJECTION OIL COOLING Screen

Sub-screen title
Item
DT or DSH
CONTROL SET POINT
PID OUT(MV)%
LIQUID
INJECTION
CONTROL
(MONITOR)
Description
Process values of discharge temperature or discharge superheat temperature
(control target).
(Control beginning of Liquid supply SV on opening)
MANUAL : It allows to operate the expansion valve opening position by
AUTO
: MYPRO TOUCH decides the expansion valve opening position
OPERATION
CAUTION
DEAD BAND

INTEGRAL TIME
DERIVATIVE TIME
MVL %
MVH %
dMV LIMIT
SLOW OPEN
CONTROL CYCLE

control is set.
SV ON OT

The control of YOSAKU expansion valve-2 begins when the manipulating
value of YOSAKU expansion valve-1 is more than this set value.
The control of YOSAKU expansion valve-2 begins when the manipulating
value of YOSAKU expansion valve-1 is below this set value.
Oil feed temperature for liquid injection liquid supply SV turning on (open).
SV OFF OT
Oil feed temperature for liquid injection liquid supply SV turning off (close).
2ND YOSAKU START

2ND YOSAKU STOP
LIQUID
INJECTION SV *

The control set points for the changing rate (%/second) of the controller
manipulating value.
MANUAL RESET
LIQUID
INJECTION
CONTROL
(SET POINTS)
* When EXPANSION VALVE -> NONE/THERMAL EXPANSION is set, only this item can be set.
- 108 -
QT1101-16
3.6.2.1 CONDENSER CONTROL Screen

CONDENSER CONTROL screen allows you to control the
revolutions or stage of the condenser fan by the fan operating
outputs or analog outputs using local discharge pressure (DP) or
system discharge pressure (SDP) as the target control.
(Use PID 09/16 ) (Direct-Action)
(CONDENSOR VFD or STEPS CONTROL option is required.)
Items in CONDENSER CONTROL Screen

Sub-screen title
Item
Description
LOCAL DIS. PRESS.

SYSTEM DIS. PRESS.
Process value of Local discharge pressure or system discharge pressure

(control target)
SET POINT SELECT

CONTROL SET POINT
PID OUT(MV)%
Select set point#1 or #2.

(Control beginning more than START setting value)
Manipulating value of the controller (Direct-Action)
MANUAL : It allows to operate the revolutions of the condenser fan by
AUTO
: MYPRO TOUCH decides the revolutions or stage of the
condenser fan depending on above control targets.
CONDENSER
CONTROL
(MONITOR)
OPERATION
CAUTION
DEAD BAND

INTEGRAL TIME
DERIVATIVE TIME
CONDENSER
CONTROL
(SET POINTS)

dMV LIMIT
The control set points for the changing rate (%/second)of the controller MV.
MVL %
MVH %

control is set.
START #1
Starting pressure set point for the first condenser.
STOP
Stopping pressure set point for the first condenser
START #2
Starting pressure set point for the first and second condensers.
STOP
Stopping pressure set point for the first and second condensers.
START #3
Starting pressure set point for three condensers from first to third.
STOP
*1
MANUAL RESET
SLOW OPEN
CONDENSER
CONTROL
(SET POINTS)*1
Stopping pressure set point for three condensers from first to third..
You are allowed to set the set points of stage of the condenser on SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen.
- 109 -
QT1101-16
MYPRO TOUCH makes the number and revolutions controls on the condenser fans or pumps using the Discharge Pressure or
System Discharge Pressure as the control target. Then MYPRO TOUCH displays the states on the screen of this sub-screen.
(However, this function does not work unless one of the following factory options is enabled CONDENSER VFD CONTROL
(VFD ONLY, VFD + 2 STEPS, VFD + 3 STEPS, or VFD + 5 STEPS), CONDENSER 3 STEPS CONTROL, and CONDENSER
6 STEPS CONTROL.)
This control works when you make selections for the three items in the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen as follows.
- Select USE for the CONDENSER CONTROL item to enable this control.
- Select LOCAL or SYSTEM DISCHARGE PRESSURE for the CONDENSER CONTROL TARGET item as the control
target.
- Select ON/OFF SINGLE SET or ON/OFF MULTI SET for the CONDENSER CONTROL METHOD item as the control
method. (When ON/OFF SINGLE SET is selected, the start/stop control is made using one set of start and stop values to
control the number of operating condenser fans or pumps. Selection of ON/OFF MULTI SET allows using different start/stop
values for individual fans or pumps. If VFD ONLY is selected as the factory option, the number control of operating fans or
pumps is not implemented, so ON/OFF MULTI SET is selected invariably.) (The control cycle is two seconds (fixation) for
MULTI SET.)
The following examples show the CONDENSER CONTROL screen displays appearing under different conditions.
When VFD CONTROL ONLY is selected.
START
Set target for control start.
STOP
Set target for control stop.
When ON/OFF SINGLE SET is selected on the option VFD + # STEPS CONTROL.
VFD LAG/VFD LEAD
Select VFD LAG (last ON) or LEAD (first

ON) for DO 25:Y18 channel.
Different control set value can also be
used for LAG and LEAD.
START
STOP
CYCLE TIME
Set cycle for checking whether to

increase or decrease the number of units.
(+ inc./dec. Confirmation time (5sec
fixed))
- 110 -
QT1101-16
When ON/OFF MULTI SET is selected on the VFD + # STEPS CONTROL.
SET POINT SELECT
Select SET POINT #1 or SET POINT

#2 when using a pair of two different set
points (one pair associated to #1 and the
other associated to #2) by switching
between them.
START #1 to #6
Operating set pressure for each of digital

outputs DO 25 (Y18) to DO 30(Y1D).
STOP
Stopping set pressure for each of digital

NOTE:
Depending on the enabled factory option, the START and STOP
set pressures displayed are different as follows:
Factory option
START and STOP set pressures displayed
VFD ONLY
#1
VFD + 2 STEPS
#1 to #3
VFD + 3 STEPS
#1 to #4
When ON/OFF SINGLE SET is selected on the 3 STEPS or 6 STEPS CONTROL.

START
STOP
CYCLE TIME
Set cycle for checking whether to

increase or decrease the number of units.
(+ inc./dec. Confirmation time (5sec
fixed))
When ON/OFF MULTI SET is selected on the 6 STEPS CONTROL.

START #1 to #6
Operating set pressure for each of digital

STOP
Stopping set pressure for each of digital

NOTE:
When factory option is VFD 3 STEPS CONTROL,
START and STOP set points are displayed from #1 to #3.
- 111 -
QT1101-16
3.6.2.3 EXPANSION VALVE (SSH) CONTROL Screen

EXPANSION VALVE (Superheat) CONTROL screen allows you to control
the expansion valve opening position by evaporator YOSAKU expansion
valve outputs or analog outputs using suction superheat temperature(SSH),
suction pressure(SP) or Chiller gas outlet pressure1(CGP1), (Chiller
leaving temperature (LBT)) as the target control (on the minimum value of
the three controller outputs).
(Use PID 03/16) (Direct-Action) (CHILLER CONTROL option is required.)
The process value screen is displayed by touching [ PV MONITOR ] icon at
the top right corner of the window. You are allowed to set items while
This screen can be switched to right and left by using right and left switches
Expansion valve output (the first)
of the PV MONITOR. (the process value and the arithmetic value are displayed in gray)
Expansion valve output (the second)
The right screen is displayed when you select "2 MOTERIZED CONTROL VALVE ".
You are allowed to control the expansion valve opening position by evaporator YOSAKU expansion valve outputs 2 or analog
outputs 2 using suction superheat temperature 2(SSH2) (CGT2 CGP2 saturation temperature) as the target control.
(Use PID 13/16) (Direct-Action) (CHILLER CONTROL (2 MOTERIZED CONTROL VALVE) option is required)
Items in EXPANSION VALVE (SSH) CONTROL Screen

Sub-screen title
Item
Description
SUC. PRESS. or SUC. S.H. Process value of suction pressure or suction superheat (control target)

PID OUT(MV)%
Manipulating value of the controller (Direct-Action)
SP LIMIT(MV)%
Manipulating value (limiter) of the controller on SP or CGP1 (Reverse-Action)
LBT LIMIT(MV)%
MV (limiter) of the controller on chiller leaving temperature (Direct-Action)

MANUAL
: It allows to operate the expansion valve output by switching
operation of touch panel.
AUTO
: MYPRO TOUCH decides the expansion valve outputs
EXP. VALVE(SSH)
CONTROL
(MONITOR)
OPERATION
CAUTION
DEAD BAND

INTEGRAL TIME
DERIVATIVE TIME
EXP. VALVE(SSH)
CONTROL
(SET POINTS)
MANUAL RESET
dMV LIMIT
MVL % , MVH %
SLOW OPEN
CONTROL CYCLE

Manipulating Value lower limit , upper limit

control is set.
2ND LIQ. SUPPLY OFF LSV% Set point of the low stage slide valve % turning off the 2
nd
liquid supply SV.

LIQUID SUPPLY 2ND LIQ. SUPPLY ON LSV% Set point of the low stage slide valve % turning on the 2nd liquid supply SV.
CONTROL
rd
RD
(SET POINTS) 3 LIQ. SUPPLY OFF LSV% Set point of the low stage slide valve % turning off the 3 liquid supply SV.
rd
3RD LIQ. SUPPLY ON LSV% Set point of the low stage slide valve % turning on the 3 liquid supply SV.
- 112 -
QT1101-16
LIQUID SUPPLY CONTROL
A set value of 2ND and 3RD is displayed by the number of LIQUID
SUPPLY SV.
It displays it only for NONE/THERMAL EXPANSION.
It becomes operation of turning off by driving because of turning
on and the stop, except for NONE/THERMAL EXPANSION.
(A set value is not displayed.)
3.6.2.4 EXPANSION VALVE (SP) CONTROL Screen

EXPANSION VALVE (Suction pressure) CONTROL screen allows you to
control the expansion valve opening position by evaporator YOSAKU
expansion valve outputs or analog outputs using SSH and SP or chiller gas
outlet pressure1(CGP1) as the target control.
(Use PID 04/16) (Reverse-Action)
(CHILLER CONTROL option
+ EXPANSION VALVE CONTROL SSH w/ SP Limit setting is required.)
the top right corner of the window. You are allowed to set items while
This screen can be switched to right and left by using right and left switches of the PV MONITOR.
The right screen is displayed when you select "2 MOTERIZED CONTROL
VALVE". You are allowed to control the expansion valve opening position
by evaporator YOSAKU expansion valve outputs 2 or analog outputs 2
using chiller gas outlet pressure 2 (CGP2) as the target control.
(CHILLER CONTROL(2 MOTERIZED CONTROL VALVE) option is
required)
Refer to describing the controller section for each setting items.
3.6.2.5 EXPANSION VALVE (LBT) CONTROL Screen

EXPANSION VALVE (Chiller Leaving temperature) CONTROL screen
allows you to control the expansion valve opening position by evaporator
YOSAKU expansion valve outputs or analog outputs using SSH and LBT
as the target on the minimum value of the controller outputs.
(CHILLER CONTROL option
+ EXPANSION VALVE CONTROL SSH w/ LBT Limit setting is required.)
the top right corner of the window.
You are allowed to set items while checking the process value.
This screen can be switched to right and left by using right and left switches of the PV MONITOR.
See the previous describing of the controller section for each setting items.
- 113 -
QT1101-16
3.6.3
CONTROL SUMMARY (3/3) screen
(5)VFD SETUP
(1)CHILLER LBT CONTROL
(2)LEVEL CONTROL
(3)AUTO STAGE
(4)COMMUNICATION

Control Summary (3/3)
allows you to summarize, check and set below main set points.
(1) CHILLER LBT CONTROL
It allows you to set parameter of the controller, which controls chiller flowing.
(2) LEVEL CONTROL
It allows you to set parameter of the controller, which controls the chiller liquid
level.
(3) AUTO STAGE
It allows you to set the parameter that controls the AUTO STAGE (number
control).
(4) COMMUNICATION SETUP
It allows you to set the communication port.
(5) VFD SETUP
It allows you to set the number of revolution display of the VFD.
- 114 -
QT1101-16
3.6.3.1 CHILLER LEAVING TEMP. CONTROL Screen

CHILLER LBT CONTROL screen allows you to control the chiller
flow by analog outputs using chiller leaving temperature as the target
control.
(CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATUE CONTROL option is required.)
Items in CHILLER LBT CONTROL Screen

Sub-screen title
Item
CONTROL SET POINT

PID OUT(MV)%
Description
Process value of chiller leaving temperature (control target)
Manipulating value of the controller (Reverse-Action)
MANUAL
: It allows to operate the chiller flow by switching operation of
touch panel.
AUTO
: MYPRO TOUCH decides the chiller flow depending on
LBT CONTROL
(MONITOR)
OPERATION
CAUTION
DEAD BAND

INTEGRAL TIME
DERIVATIVE TIME
MANUAL RESET
dMV LIMIT
LBT CONTROL
(SET POINTS)

The control set points for the changing rate (%/second) of the controller
manipulating value.
MVL %
MVH %
SLOW OPEN

control is set.
100% LOAD ON MV
The compressor begins the FULL LOAD driving when the PID OUT(MV) % is
below this set value.
(ON MV setting value <= OFF MV setting value)
100% LOAD OFF MV
The compressor stops the FULL LOAD driving when the PID OUT(MV) % is
more than this set value.
(ON MV setting value <= OFF MV setting value)
- 115 -
QT1101-16
3.6.3.2 LEVEL CONTROL Screen

LEVEL CONTROL screen allows you to control the chiller
liquid level by analog outputs using chiller liquid level (LVL) as
the target control.
(Use PID 15/16)
(LEVEL CONTROL option is required.)
The movement of the PID controller is selected the Direct-Action
or the Reverse-Action in SYSTEM CONFIG. .
Items in LEVEL COUNTROL Screen

Sub-screen title
Item
LEVEL
CONTROL SET POINT
PID OUT(MV)%
Description
Process value of chiller level (control target)
MANUAL : It allows to operate the chiller liquid level by switching operation
of touch panel.
AUTO
: MYPRO TOUCH decides the chiller liquid level depending on
LEVEL CONTROL
(MONITOR)
OPERATION
CAUTION
DEAD BAND

INTEGRAL TIME
DERIVATIVE TIME
LEVEL CONTROL
(SET POINTS)

MANUAL RESET
dMV LIMIT
The control set points for the changing rate (%/second)of the controller MV.
MVL %
Manipulating value lower limit
MVH %
Manipulating value upper limit
SLOW OPEN

control is set.
- 116 -
QT1101-16
3.6.3.3 AUTO STAGE Screen

This screen (consisting of two sub-screens) allows you to make parameter settings concerning the 'AUTO STAGE' control (an
optional function that automatically increase or decrease the number of working screw compressor units in the system according
to load and other conditions).
MYPRO TOUCH Configuration for 'AUTO STAGE' Control
The 'AUTO STAGE' control involves multiple MYPRO TOUCH that are inter-connected through the standard feature
communication port (CPU-COM2) on each MYPRO TOUCH. One of these MYPRO TOUCH is assigned to the master station
and the others to the slave stations.
Master station determines compressor units to be operated in the below 2 modes (Auto mode and MANUAL mode).
AUTO mode is the mode where the priority is determined according to the operation time (the station having the shortest
running time is given the top priority). The operation time is taken account of its operating/stopping set points and their
corresponding pressure or temperature. MANUAL mode is the mode where the priority is determined according to the
pre-established listing of station addresses. The master station then sends start operation and capacity-fixing commands to
the slave stations that control the corresponding compressor units one after another.
Starting Control
The master station issues a start/operation command to the slave station of the highest priority if a pressure or temperature in
its own compressor unit exceeds the corresponding target setting.
Control to Increase the Number of Operating Units
The slave station that has received the operation command from the master station starts operating its compressor unit. The
slave station then uses the master stations capacity control values and the pressure/temperature data. The slave station
receives them continuously from the master station as its own capacity control values and process values to make capacity
control (normal capacity control) of its compressor unit.
When the capacity of the compressor unit in operation under the control of the slave station has reached its setting for capacity
control upper limit (manipulating value high limit (MVH%)), the master station sends a command for fixing the capacity to the
slave station and then issues a start command to the slave station of the next lower priority.
Likewise, the number of working compressor units is increased as conditions are met one by one subsequently.
Consequently, only the slave station that has last received a start command continues the capacity control according to the
varying value data from the master station, while the capacity control values of all the other slave stations of working
compressor units are fixed to the preset maximum values of the stations.
Control to Decrease the Number of Operating Units
When the capacity of the compressor unit in operation under control of the last-started (or the lowest-priority) slave station
reaches its setting for capacity control lower limit (manipulating value low limit (MVL%)), the master station cancels the
capacity-fixing command being sent until then to the slave station of the next higher priority. Then the master station instead
permits it making the normal capacity control.
When the second lowest-priority station that has received the normal capacity control permission goes below the setting for its
stoppage threshold (SV HOLD PREVIOUS), the master station cancels the operation command for the next lower priority
station (the lowest-priority station), thus stopping the compressor unit under the control of the last-priority station.
Likewise, the number of working compressor units is decreased
one by one subsequently as conditions are met.
Control for Stopping All Units
The master station sends a stop command to all slave stations
When any of the pressure or temperature inputs indicates a value
exceeding the present value.
The right screen is displayed when you have selected USE for
the AUTO STAGER item in the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
screen.
- 117 -
QT1101-16
NOTE : In the following table, *M, *S, and *A indicate the following:
*M:
Selection or setting is enabled only on the master station. On a slave station, the relevant item is only displayed.
*S:
Selection or setting is enabled only on a slave station. On the master station, the relevant item is only displayed.
*A:
Selection or setting is enabled on both the master and slave stations.
Items in AUTO STAGE Screen

Sub-screen
title
Item
Description
ADDRESS
(Communications address)
Set the communication address of the master/slave station. (This setting can be changed when
DISABLE is selected for the CONTROL item below.)
0:
No AUTO STAGE control is implemented at any station (Also no communications ).
1:
The station with address 1 assigned becomes the master station.
2 to 99: The station with any of these numbers assigned becomes a slave station.
CONTROL *A
(AUTO STAGE control)
DISABLE : AUTO STAGE control is disabled.

ENABLE : AUTO SATGE control is enabled. (When this option is selected, the settings for some
of the related items become unchangeable.)
LEAD LISTING *M
(Starting priorities)
Select either of the following options as the mode used for determining the starting priorities of
compressor units.
MANUAL:
Priority is fixed to the setting for the LIST ADDRESS on the line below
the priority numbers on the LIST (MANUAL) line.
AUTO (VFD LAG): Different priorities are automatically given to different stations according
to their operation times . However, the VFD compressor starts at the
end.
AUTO (VFD PRIOR): Different priorities are automatically given to different stations according
to their operation times. However, the VFD compressor starts at the first.
*A
LIST (MANUAL)
This line displays the starting priority numbers used when MANUAL is selected for the LEAD
(Display of starting priorities) LISTING item in the above.
LIST ADDRESS *M
(Setting starting priorities)
When MANUAL is selected for the LEAD LISTING item in the above, this line will enter the
station address numbers under the appropriate starting priority numbers each.
CUT IN SET POINT

(Setting starting values)
This item normally displays the start (CUT IN) set point of the compressor unit controlled by the
master station. (Either a pressure or temperature value is displayed according to the setting for
the CONTROL TARGET (CUT IN / CUT OUT) item in the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
screen.
The set point displayed here is the one set on the master station using the SETPOINT screen
and the SCHEDULER screen. Displayed for this item on a slave station is the data sent from the
master station through communications.
DELAY *M
(Delay before start of an
additional compressor unit)
Set the delay before one additional slave station compressor is started after the CUT IN / CUT
OUT control target has exceeded the CUT IN set point. Displayed on a slave station for this item
is only the data sent from the master station through communications.
AUTO
STAGE
This item normally displays the capacity control setting of the compressor unit controlled by the
master station. (Either a pressure or a temperature value is displayed according to the setting for
CONTROL SETPOINT
the CONTROL TARGET (CUT IN/CUT OUT) item in the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen.
(Capacity control set values) The set point displayed here is the one set on the master station using the SETPOINT screen
and the SCHEDULER screen. Displayed on a slave station for this item is the data sent from the
TARGET
(Process value of control
target)
This item shows the Process value of pressure or temperature according to the control target
selected on the master station for the CONTROL TARGET (CAPACITY CONTROL) item in the
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen.
This item normally displays the stopping (CUT OUT) set point of the compressor unit controlled
by the master station. (Either a pressure or a temperature value is displayed according to the
setting for the CONTROL TARGET (CUT IN / CUT OUT) item in the SYSTEM
CUT OUT SET POINT 1
CONFIGURATION screen).
(Displaying stop set values)
The set point displayed here is the one set on the master station using the SETPOINT screen
and the SCHEDULER screen. Displayed on a slave station for this item is the data sent from the
CUT OUT SET POINT 2d A set value of the compressor unit that the mastering station is controlling is set.
(Decreasing unit set values) A set value becomes a negative value. (-20.0-0.0% within the range)
DELAY 1 *M
(Setting stop delay time)
Set the delay before determining stoppage of all slave station compressors after dropping of
CUT IN / CUT OUT control target value to or below "the CUT OUT set point 1".
DELAY 2d *M
Set the delay before determining decrease compressors after dropping of CUT IN / CUT OUT
(Decreasing unit delay time) control target value to or below "the CUT OUT set point 1 + CUT OUT set point 2d".
- 118 -
QT1101-16
Items in AUTO STAGE Screen (continued)

Sub-screen
title
AUTO
STAGE
(continued)
Item
Description
INTERVAL *M
(Decreasing unit interval)
The time of the number decrease when the mode of operation of the mastering station is 'AUTO
STAGE COMM' or 'AUTO STAGE REMOTE' of the interval is set.
CUT IN/OUT & CONTROL *S

(Start-stop
Pressure/temperature
display and selection for
CUT IN and CUT OUT
values)
Either PRESSURE or TEMPERATURE is displayed (master station) or selected (slave

stations).
The display on the master station for this item shows PRESSURE or TEMPERATURE
according the selection made in the CONTROL TARGET (CUT IN / OUT) item in the SYSTEM
CONFIGURATION screen.
On slave stations, select PRESSURE or TEMPERATURE whichever is the same as the
selection the display on the master station. If the selection made on a slave station is different
from (that) on the master station, incorrect CUT IN and CUT OUT set points will be displayed.
CUT IN/OUT & CONTROL

*S
(Pressure/temperature
display and selection for
compressor capacity control
values)
This item is valid when TEMPERATURE is selected for the CONTROL TARGET (CAPACITY
CONTROL) item in the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen. An appropriate negative value is
set on slave stations.
APPROACH dT *S
SV HOLD PREVIOUS
*A
LEAD
(Starting priority)
Set the capacity of the compressor for own station using which the stoppage of the compressor
of the next- lower- priority station is determined.
Any setting is unacceptable if it exceeds the valve of the percentage set for MVH%-5.0% in
CAPACITY RAMP CONTROL.
This item displays the starting priority in an ascending order, beginning with 1 at the top.
LIST
(Comm. address list)
This item displays the communication addresses of the stations corresponding to the starting
priority numbers assigned.
LOAD%
(compressor capacity)
This item displays the current capacity of the compressor controlled by each station both
numerically and in the form of a bar graph.
REQUEST
MONITOR
(state
display)
Either PRESSURE or TEMPERATURE is displayed (master station) or selected (slave

station).
On the master station, the display for this item shows PRESSURE or TEMPERATURE
according to the selection made in the CONTROL TARGET (CAPACITY CONTROL) item in
the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen.
On slave stations, select PRESSURE or TEMPERATURE whichever is the same as the
selection on the master station. If the selection made on a slave station is different from that on
the master station, incorrect capacity control set points will be displayed. If USER DEFINED is
selected for the REFRIGERANT item in the SYSTERM CONFIGURATION screen, any
selection for this item is only displayed. You cannot set them.
*M
This item displays the request of each station using the following words.
STOP : compressor stop,
PID : capacity control
MVH : keep MVH%,
MVL : keep MVL%
STATE
This item displays the current state of each station using the following words.
UNKNOWN
: Slave station which is not registered or does not respond to master station
STOPPED
: Stopped
ANTI CYCLE : Stopped with restart restricted
AUTO STOP
: Automatically stopped
PRE CUT IN
: Compressor in preparation for start
PRE SYSTEM : System in preparation for start
PRE START
: In preparation for start
START
: Started
RUN
: Running
PRE CUT OUT : Compressor in preparation for stopping
PUMP OUT
: pump-out in progress
RUN MVH
: Running with capacity at upper limit
RUN MVL
: Running with capacity at lower limit
RUN UNDER HOLD
: Below stop determination capacity
READY TO RUN : Preparing for operation
READY TO STOP : Preparing for stop
FAILURE
: FAILURE (serious alarm) occurred
MODE
(Operation command)
Displays the current operation control mode of each station.

UNKNOWN
: Slave station which is not registered or does not respond to the master
station
STAGE-OFF
: Operation command from master station is OFF
STAGE-ON
: Operation command from master station is ON
RUN TIME HRS

(Operation time count)
It displays the integrated operating time of the compressor unit controlled by each station.
- 119 -
QT1101-16
Selection of Pressure or Temperature Values as Control Targets for Start/Stop Control (CUT IN/OUT
& CONTROL) and Capacity Control (CUT IN/OUT & CONTROL)
To implement the AUTO STAGE control, you should use either pressure values or temperature values as the control targets
for both start/stop (CUT IN / CUT OUT) control and capacity (CONTROL) control. Using pressure or temperature values as the
target values is determined depending on the combination of the selections you make for the following four items in both the
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen and the AUTO STAGE screen. (this section):
- Selection for the CONTROL TARGET (CUT IN/OUT) item in the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen.
- Selection for the CONTROL TARGET (CAPACITY CONTROL) item in the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen.
- On slave stations, selection of the CUT IN/OUT side for the CUT IN/OUT & CONTROL item in the AUTO STAGE screen.
- On slave stations, selection of the CONTROL side for the CUT IN/OUT & CONTROL item in the AUTO STAGE screen.
a.
When pressure values are used for the start/stop (CUT IN/OUT) control:
Select LOCAL SUCTION PRESSURE or SYSTEM SUCTION PRESSURE on the master station as follows.
Selection Item
b.
Selection on Master Station
Selection on Slave Station
The CONTROL TARGET (CUT IN/OUT)

LOCAL SUCTION PRESSURE
item
or SYSTEM SUCTION PRESSURE
in the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen
LOCAL SUCTION PRESSURE (See AUTO

STAGING)
(When DISABLE is selected for LOCAL
SUCTION PRESSURE, the compressor unit
automatically starts/stops upon reach to the
LOCAL SUCTION PRESSURE value.)
The CUT IN/OUT side of the CUT IN/OUT &

PRESSURE is automatically selected.
CONTROL item
PRESSURE must be selected to match with

the selection on the master station.
APPROACH dT in the AUTO STAGE

Unchangeable
screen (refer to the NOTE)
Not used for control
When temperature values are used for the start/stop (CUT IN/OUT) control:
Select CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE or CHILLER ENTERING TEMPERATURE on the master station. (Slave
stations have no CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE and CHILLER ENTERING TEMPERATURE sensors.)
Selection Item

STAGING)
The CONTROL TARGET (CUT IN/OUT)
(When DISABLE is selected for LOCAL
item
or CHILLER ENTERING TEMPERATURE SUCTION PRESSURE, the compressor unit
automatically starts/stops upon reach to the
The CUT IN/OUT side of the CUT IN/OUT &
TEMPERATURE must be selected to match
TEMPERATURE is automatically selected.
CONTROL item
with the selection on the master station.
Unchangeable
screen (See NOTE)
Any temperature value (negative value)
NOTE:
If the automatic staging control on a slave station becomes invalid due to interferences or other communication disturbances, the
automatic start/stop control is continued using the saturation pressure value derived from the following two equations as the set
value for the LOCAL SUCTION PRESSURE.
[CUT IN SET POINT temperature setting written last by the master station] + [APPROACH dT value]
and [Set temperature for CUT OUT SET POINT] + [APPROACH dT value]
Therefore, you should enter an appropriate negative value. Any negative value can be input if it is within 20 % of the range.
The range here means the measurable range of the temperature sensor selected for the CONTROL TARGET (CUT IN/OUT)
item in the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen. (Normally, a temperature sensor measurable of temperatures between -50.0
and +50.0 C (i.e. 100 C in range) is used. So a temperature between -20 to +20.0 C can be set as the APPROACH dT value.)
- 120 -
QT1101-16
c.
When pressure values are used for the capacity control:

Select LOCAL SUCTION PRESSURE or SYSTEM SUCTION PRESSURE on the master station as follows.
Selection Item

STAGING)
The CONTROL TARGET (CAPACITY

LOCAL SUCTION PRESSURE
CONTROL) item
or SYSTEM SUCTION PRESSURE
d.
(When DISABLE is selected on LOCAL

SUCTION PRESSURE, the capacity of the
compressor unit is controlled using the
The CONTROL side

of the CUT IN/OUT & CONTROL item
PRESSURE is automatically selected.
PRESSURE must be selected match with

the selection on the master station.
APPROACH dT
Unchangeable
Not used for the control.
When temperature values are used for the capacity control:

Select CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE. (Slave stations have no chiller leaving temperature sensors.)
Selection Item

STAGING)
The CONTROL TARGET (CAPACITY

CONTROL) item
The CONTROL side

of the CUT IN/OUT & CONTROL item
in the AUTO STAGE window.
TEMPERATURE is automatically selected.

Unchangeable
window (see NOTE)
When DISABLE is selected on LOCAL

SUCTION PRESSURE, the capacity of the
compressor unit is controlled using the
TEMPERATURE must be selected to match
with the selection on the master station.
Any temperature (negative value)
NOTE:
If the automatic staging control on a slave station becomes invalid due to interferences or other communication disturbances, the
capacity control is performed using the saturation pressure value derived from the following equation as the set values for the
LOCAL SUCTION PRESSURE.
[CONTROL SET POINT temperature setting written last by the master station] + [APPROACH dT value]
Therefore, you should enter an appropriate negative value. Any negative value can be input if it is within 20% of the range.
The range here means the measurable range of the temperature sensor selected for the CONTROL TARGET (CAPACITY
CONTROL) item in the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen. (Normally, a temperature sensor of a measurable range of
between -50.0 to +50.0 C (i.e. the range is in 100 C) is used. So a temperature between -20 to +20.0 C can be set as the
APPROACH dT value.)
Refer to 5.4 AUTO STAGE control. There is explanation of AUTO STAGE.
- 121 -
QT1101-16
3.6.3.4 COMMUNICATION SETUP Screen

COMMUNICATION SETUP screen allows you to make all
necessary settings for each communication port.
Items in COMMUNICATION SETUP MYPRO TOUCH CPU COM2 Screen

Item
Description
COMMUNICATION
Select START to make communications active for the port being set. Select STOP to deactivate communications
for the port.
ADDRESS
Enter different one of the numbers from 0 to 99 as the station number for each MYPRO TOUCH constituting a
communication control network.
RATE
(Data transmission
speed)
Select a baud rate from among the options

: 300, 600, 1,200, 2,400, 4,800, 9,600, 19,200, 38,400, 57,600, and 115,200 bps
NOTE : Determine the baud rate so that the total of the baud rates for all communication ports of one MYPRO
TOUCH does not exceed 192,000 bps.
FORMAT
(Communication
character format)
Select a desired combination of character format specifications to apply to the communications established.
You can select a one from a total of 12 combination options:
Data length: 7 or 8 bits,
Parity check: None, Odd, or Even,
Stop bit: 1 or 2 bits
MODBUS RTU
PROTOCOL
MODBUS ASCII
AUTO STAGE
Selecting this protocol allows the external communication device to read/write data
from/into the devices of MYPRO TOUCH using MODBUS RTU (binary data) protocol.
Selecting this protocol allows the external communication device to read/write data
from/into the devices of MYPRO TOUCH using MODBUS ASCII (ASCII data) protocol.
The communication protocol specially used for the optional automatic staging control
(AUTO STAGE).
RESPONSE
(Response delay)
This item is for setting the delay time until a response is sent from MYPRO TOUCH after it has received a
command from the communication master station (remote PC).
(You can see any delay time between 0 and 100 at 10 millisecond increments.)
ERROR COUNT
Error count set points of master station communications

The slave station, which continually fails in communication over the error count, is regarded as communication
error.
Setting range 20 to 1800, Initial value 20
Items in COMMUNICATION SETUP MYPRO TOUCH HMI COM1 & ETHERNET PORT Screen
Item
Description
NONE
DEVICE
(Communication Protocol) MODBUS RTU / MODBUS TCP
COMMUNICATION
(Comm. Status)
Not Use
MODBUS RTU / MODBUS TCP Protocol
When 'START' is stopped when the communication of the port to be set is started, 'STOP' is selected.
MYPRO TOUCH AREA
The arrangement of the register is the one of original MYPRO TOUCH.

(403001~403192(some writeable), 403257~403266(Read Only))
CP4 AREA
The arrangement of the register conforms to MYPRO-CP4.

(400129 ~ 402200(some writeable))
COMMUNICATION
AREA
- 122 -
QT1101-16
3.6.3.5 VFD SETUP

This setup is for the display translating from control outputs to
revolutions during compressor revolutions control or condenser or
pump revolutions control.
(VFD COMPRESSOR option
or CONDENSER VFD CONTROL option is required .)
You are allowed to set the scaling used for the display of the
revolutions control outputs on the right figure part of CONTROL
SUMMARY.
For the COMPRESSOR VFD CONTROL or CONDENSER VFD CONTROL item, select REVOLUTION (rpm) or
FREQUENCY (Hz) to decide the revolutions scaling or the frequency scaling, respectively.
Under MV0% - 100%, set the revolutions or frequency values that correspond to the 0 % and 100 % revolutions control outputs
(MV = manipulating value).
Items in VFD SETUP screen

Sub-screen title
COMPRESSOR
VFD CONTROL
or
CONDENSER
VFD CONTROL
Item
REVOLUTION
Description
Display contents
REVOLUTION : [rpm]
FREQUENCY : [Hz]
The display on other screens is displayed by the above-mentioned setting.
MV 0%
MV 100%
Numerical value displayed to MV 0% (minimum rotational speed etc.)

Numerical value displayed to MV 100% (Maximum rotational speed etc.)
- 123 -
QT1101-16
3.7
Check of System (Graph ICON, Monitor ICON)
(Graph ICON)
(Monitor ICON)
Setting methods mainly for test run adjustment or readjustment are described as below.
Graph ICON
(1) TREND GRAPH
It allows to check current movements of each data.
(2) HISTRICAL TREND GRAPH
It allows to check histories of each data.
(3) TREND DATA EXPORT
It allows to copy stored data to external USD flash drive.
Monitor ICON
(1) VERSION
It allows to check the version of the program.
(2) DEVICE MONITOR
It allows to check internal device value.
(3) SYSTEM DETAILS
It allows to check the system setting. (Not allow to change it.)
(4) SYSTEM OVERVIEW
It allows to monitor peripheral systems depends on the system setting.
(5) COUNTER
It allows to check operation hours and YOSAKU expansion valve operation frequency.
(6) ASSIGNMENT
It allows to check the assignment (title) of current inputs/outputs.
- 124 -
QT1101-16
3.7.1
GRAPH Icon
(Graph ICON)
Below two kinds of graphs can be displayed.

Real time trend, which allows checking above data current movement
Historical trend, which allows checking past data trend
Moreover, it allows copying stored data in internal SD cards, which are sold separately, to external USB storage device
(memory).So you can verify and analyze the data with external personal computers.
3.7.1.1 TREND GRAPH Screen

3.7.1.2 HISTORICAL TREND GRAPH Screen
(Real time trend graph)
TREND GRAPH screen allows to check current operating
data in graph form (real time trend graph).
It can show 600 data.
Switch to Historical Trend Graph
Select CH
Trend Data Export
Wide Range/Normal Range switching
Sampling interval
(Historical trend Graph)
HISTORICAL TREND GRAPH screen allows to check past
operating data in graph form (historical trend graph).
1,500,000 past data can be recorded.
(The display is overwritten the past data record beginning with
the chronologically oldest record, when it surpasses 1,500,000
data.)
Switch to Trend Graph
- 125 -
QT1101-16
CAUTION
When time (year, hour, minute) is changed when data is collected, data might not be able to be collected
normally.
When a historical trend is displayed, the cursor cannot be displayed if data cannot collect normally.
SWITCH DATA DISPLAY switch

This switch allows to switch graphs of real time trend graph and historical trend graph.
On real time trend graph, the screen is updated every time getting the latest data. You are allowed to check current status in
Graph form.
On historical trend graph, stored data in SD cards that are sold separately, can be displayed.
[ LOGGING PREIOD ] (Sampling interval)
Sampling interval of logging can be set any period from 1 to 43,200 seconds (12 hours) or zero.
(About 17 days data can be stored when you set the sampling interval as 1 second.)
(Data logging is not performed when you set the sampling interval as 0 second.)
SELECT CH switch
The data logging of MYPRO TOUCH system can record below 49 types of data.
AI-01 SP
AI-11 SDP
AI-20 RLD
AI-74 CAP
AI-02 DP
AI-11 LVL
AI-23 CGP2
AI-75 SVP
AI-03 OP
AI-12 MA
AI-24 CGT2
AI-76 ATP
AI-04 AFP
AI-13 EBT
AI-65 dOP
AI-77 dOP2
AI-04 BFP
AI-14 LBT
AI-66 dFP
AI-78 SSH2
AI-05 ST
AI-15 LSV
AI-67 dP
AI-79 dFFP
AI-06 DT
AI-16 HSV
AI-68 SSH
AI-80 ATT
AI-07 OT
AI-16 SSP
AI-69 ISH
CMPS
AI-08 OS
AI-16 SVOP
AI-70 DSH
CNDS
AI-08 AFFP
AI-16 PSV
AI-71 D/S
OPT1
AI-09 IP
AI-17 CGP1
AI-72 Vi
OPT2
AI-10 IT
AI-18 CGT1
AI-73 CRVi
OPT3
OPT4
The selection item is the same as the item that can be displayed in MAIN PV screen of Top Screen.
Please refer to 3.1.3 Main Status Screen (Top screen) for the item.
CAUTION
When the collection item is changed, it becomes continuous data that not is to collect data different
(Changed) since that time.
Be careful when you change.
TREND DATA EXPORT switch

This switch allows to copy stored data in internal SD cards, which are sold separately, to external USB storage device (memory).
(See next page)
NORMAL RANGE switch <-> WIDE RANGE switch
Normal range: Displays sampling data one by one. (It allows to check short term data change.)
Wide range: Displays only every 72nd data. (It allows to get the picture of wide-term data trend.)
- 126 -
QT1101-16
3.7.1.3 TREND DATA EXPORT Screen

TREND DATA EXPORT screen allows to export (output)
stored data (log data) in MYPRO TOUCH system to the SD
card.
Moreover, data in the SD card can be copied onto the USB
storage device (memory).
TRANSFER CSV switch
FILE MANAGER switch
CSV fail indicator display area
(Exporting to SD card)
1.
Please install the SD card in the touch panel.
2.
It is correctly installed, and when TRANSFER CSV switch is pushed when the sampling data exists in the MYPRO TOUCH
system, the sampling data is output to the SD card as CSV file.
The output file (100 files of SA.0#00.CSV-SA0#99.CSV to 000# folder) becomes it. (# is 0-4.)
Please note an overwrite when this name has already been filed.
(Data copy from SD card to USB storage device, and Display of CSV file)
1.
Please confirm the USB storage device (memory) is installed.
2.
When copying of the CSV file and confirming it, the FILE MANAGER switch is started, and it touches, and the file manager
is started.
'CSV file indicator' is displayed by choosing the file that wants to be confirmed by the file manager, and it operates with right
side UP, DOWN, R, and L switch, and it is possible to confirm it.
(4) Delete-fail
(5) Select all
(1) Scroll up
(6) Displaying of selected item
(7) Paste
(2) Scroll down
(8) Copy
(9) Cut
Device manager
3.
When the file is copied, the file of the copy origin is selected by the file manager touching.
4.
It touches COPY with the file selected.
5.
It touches, and it touches PASTE switch at the destination of the copy of the file.
6.
It touches OK or Cancel according to the message.
- 127 -
(3) Return to previous folder
QT1101-16
3.7.2
MONITOR Icon
(Monitor ICON)
3.7.2.1 PROGRAM VERSION Screen

PROGRAM VERSION screen allows to check the current program
version (Changing of the display is impossible.).
It is necessary information for your inquiries regarding questions or
troubles of its operation.
(The content etc. of the change can be confirmed because in the end
of a manual, there is a program change history. )
- 128 -
QT1101-16
3.7.2.2 DEVICE MONITOR Screen

DEVICE MONITOR screen is only for maintenance by a service
member.
3.7.2.3 SYSTEM DETAILS Screen

This screen is same as 3.3.2 SYSTEM DETAILS screen, however,
it does not allow to change settings.
- 129 -
QT1101-16
3.7.2.4 SYSTEM OVER VIEW Screen

Not only compressor control, but also peripheral system controls are
possible, such as condenser control, chiller control and level control,
on MYPRO TOUCH system.
Touch a picture of right figure, the screen is changed corresponding

item screen for each control.
3.7.2.5 COUNTER Screen

This window displays the accumulated operation hours of the
compressor and the operation counts of the YOSAKU expansion
valves. (This screen does not arrow to change the setting.)
These data help determine the replacement time and overhaul time
of each device.
Items in DEVICE COUNTER MONITOR Screen

Item
Description
COMPRESSOR START/STOP
(Compressor operation frequency)
Displays the number of times the compressor was started (from the
non-operating state).
COMPRESSOR RUN TIME

COMPRESSOR TOTAL RUN TIME
CHILLER YOSAKU
(Chiller YOSAKU actuation frequency)
Displays the operating hours of the compressor

Displays the total operating hours of the compressor
Displays the number of times the chiller YOSAKU expansion valve was
operated. (Option)
ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER YOSAKU
Displays the number of times the economizer/intercooler YOSAKU expansion
(Economizer/intercooler YOSAKU
valve was operated. (Option)
actuation frequency)
LIQUID INJECTION YOSAKU-1
(Liquid injection YOSAKU-1
Displays the number of times the liquid injection YOSAKU-1 expansion valve
was operated. (Option)
LIQUID INJECTION YOSAKU-2

(Liquid injection YOSAKU-2
Displays the number of times the liquid injection YOSAKU-2 expansion valve
was operated. (Option)
Displays the number of times the Evaporator oil return was operated. (Option)
- 130 -
QT1101-16
3.7.2.6 ASSIGNMENT Screen

I/O ASSIGNMENT screen allows to check the assignment of
inputs/outputs on now using MYPRO TOUCH system.
In addition, as for digital inputs/outputs, it allows to check current
status.
Analog outputs
name display switch
Analog outputs are displayed by numbers.

Touch [HELP] icon to show corresponding list of numbers and
names.
- 131 -
QT1101-16
Chapter 4 : Operation
4.1
Compressor unit operation control
4.1.1
Start/Stop Control in Different Operation Control Modes
The start/stop control of the compressor unit is different according to the selection you make for the OPERATION item in the
OPERATION MODE screen.
LOCAL:
The START / STOP switch on the touch panel is used to make start/stop control of the compressor unit.
REMOTE:
Start/stop of the compressor unit is controlled by ON/OFF command inputs at DI-16 by an external device.
COMM:
Start/stop of the compressor unit takes place according to ON/OFF commands (000513:Comm.Comp Start
Input) transmitted from a remote controlling device through communications.
AUTO STAGE: Each of the multiple compressor units operating under automatic staging control (AUTO STAGE; option) is
started and stopped according to commands sent from the master station.
a. Start/stop control in LOCAL mode
Start:
- Touch the START switch on the touch panel of MYPRO TOUCH one second or more longer.
When the START switch is touched with the compressor in a non-operating condition and without any alarm issued, the
system will be activated after a lapse of the SYSTEM START DELAY time.
- The system starts operating after a lapse of the CUT IN DELAY time following its activation.
- (If there is an oil pump.)The oil pump operation command at DO-02 turns ON at the end of a delay of the OIL P. START
DELAY time, causing the oil pump to start.
(At PARTIAL LUBE) The oil pump will stop in one minute after turning on the DI-12 MSRB.
- After the start of the oil pump, the following two points are confirmed in the order of mention within the COMP. START
*1
DELAY time :
- The process value of the supply oil differential pressure is larger than the setting for LOW dOP alarm (for the LOW
dOP MASK TIME).
- The compressors capacity does not exceed 5 %.
- The compressor motor operation command at DO-01 (Y00) turns ON.
- The compressor motor starts and the compressor operation confirmation input at DI-12 (X0B) turns ON to complete the
compressor start sequence.
Stop:
- Touch the STOP switch on the touch panel of MYPRO TOUCH.
Pump-out sequence starts as soon as the STOP switch is touched while the compressor is in operation. The compressor
capacity (or rotational speed) set for PUMP OUT > PERCENTAGE is maintained during the pump-out operation.
*
- After a delay of the PUMP OUT MINIMUM DELAY time , the compressor completes the pump-out sequence either after
*
a lapse of the PUMP OUT MAXIMUM DELAY time or after the suction pressure has dropped to the PUMP OUT PRESS
*
pressure .
- After the pump out ends,
If CAPACITY 0% STOP = YES,
The capacity decrease operation is done while the compressor motor operation command DO-01 (Y00) turning on,
because the capacity of the compressor is adjusted to 5% or less.
The compressor motor operation command DO-01(Y00) is turned off by the passage of 'RESIDUAL OPERATION'
time or 5% or less in capacity.
If CAPACITY 0% STOP = NO,
The capacity of the compressor maintains the state, and turns off the compressor motor operation command
DO-01(Y00).
- 132 -
QT1101-16
- The compressor operation command at DO-01(Y00) is turned OFF to complete the compressor stop control sequence.
At this time, the following three kinds of oil pump residual operation is done by the setting.
1.
Residual operation for capacity decrease operation by RESIDUAL OPERATION
2.
Residual operation for inertia rotation protection by PUMP OUT ->OIL P. STOP DELAY
3.
Residual operation for seal protection by SEAL PROTECTION
When the residual operation is not done or the residual operation ends, the oil pump operation command DO-02(Y01) is
turned off.
Condition of oil pump residual operation
-
SYSTEM CONFIG. -> OIL FEED TYPE = FULL LUBE / PRE LUBE / PARTIAL LUBE / AUTO LUBE
SETPOINTS -> PUMP OUT -> RESIDUAL OPERATION[sec] (The residual operation is not done for 0[sec].)
SETPOINTS -> PUMP OUT -> CAPACITY 0% STOP = YES / NO
SETPOINTS -> PUMP OUT -> OIL P. STOP[sec] (The residual operation is not done for 0[sec].)
OTHER SETPOINTS -> SEAL PROTECTION -> COMP. STOP = ENABLE / DISABLE
OTHER SETPOINTS -> SEAL PROTECTION -> OIL PUMP DELAY[sec]

(The residual operation is not done for 0[sec].)
OIL FEED TYPE
SEAL
CAPAITY
PROTECTION
0%
-> COMP. STOP STOP
FULL LUBE
PRE LUBE
PARTIAL LUBE
(only at start)
AUTO LUBE
(on dP judgment)
OIL P.STOP DELAY
OIL P. STOP DELAY
OIL P. STOP DELAY
OIL P. STOP DELAY
Not 0[sec]
*1
YES
ENABLE
Residual
Operation
*2
0[sec]
Not 0[sec]
0[sec]
Not 0[sec]
0[sec]
*1
for Seal
Protection
---
---
Residual
for Seal
Operation Protection
Not 0[sec]
0[sec]
*1
Residual for Seal

NO
Residual
Operation
for Capacity
Decrease
---
---
Residual for Capacity *2 Residual for Capacity

Operation Decrease Operation Decrease
YES
for inertia
rotation
Protection
Not Work
---
---
Not Work
for Capacity
Decrease
---
---
DISABLE
*2
NO
Residual
Operation
*2
Not Work
*2
Residual
for Seal
Not Work
Not Work
*2
Residual for Capacity

Operation Decrease
When the oil pump has stopped for PARTIAL LUBE or AUTO LUBE,
the residual operation is done after the OILP DO-02(Y01) is turned on.
*1
According to set time, Residual operation is done "for Seal protection" or "for Inertia rotation protection".
In case of 'OIL PUMP DELAY > OIL P. STOP', for Seal protection
In case of 'OIL PUMP DELAY < OIL P. STOP', for Inertia rotation protection
*2
According to set time, Residual operation is done "for Capacity decrease operation" or "for Inertia rotation
protection".
In case of 'RESIDUAL OPERATION > OIL P. STOP', for Capacity decrease operation
In case of 'RESIDUAL OPERATION < OIL P. STOP', for Inertia rotation protection
* Each time set value can set 0sec. In that case, Residual operation does not work.
* When the compressor stop by FAILURE, Residual operation does not work.
* Therefore, at OIL PUMP -> W/ 2-OIL PUMPS, it becomes only FULL LUBE, and the residual operation is done with the
oil pump driven when the compressor stops. (It is common to 'Capacity Decrease Operation', 'Inertia rotation protection',
and 'Seal Protection'.)
- 133 -
QT1101-16
b. Start/stop control in REMOTE mode
- The compressor is started and stopped according to ON/OFF commands at DI-16 (X0F) from an external device.
c. Start/stop control in COMM mode
- The compressor is started and stopped according to ON/OFF commands (000513 : Comm. Comp. Start Input)
transmitted from a remote computer transmitted through communications.
d. Start/stop control in AUTO STAGE mode

- The master station issues commands to start and stop the compressor units under the control of itself and the individual
slave stations to achieve the automatic staging control. The commands are transmitted to each slave station through
communications.
CAUTION
According to the selection for the OPERATION item in the OPERATION MODE screen, the following
conditions automatically take place when the STOP switch is touched on the touch panel of MYPRO TOUCH.
-
When the LOCAL, REMOTE, or COM mode (except AUTO STAGE mode) has been selected, pressing
the STOP switch causes no change to the operation control mode in the case of the LOCAL mode, but
the mode automatically changes to LOCAL in the case of the REMOTE and COMM modes. The
compressor, if operating, will then stop after the pump-out sequence. (It remains stopped thereafter.)
To restart the compressor, simply press the START switch if you need not change the mode from LOCAL
to another, or turn ON the relevant operation control command after changing the mode from LOCAL to the
desired mode.
When the AUTO STAGE mode has been selected, pressing the STOP switch does not cause any change
to the setting for the OPERATION item in the OPERATION MODE screen, but the selection of ENABLE
you made for the CONTROL item in the AUTO STAGE screen automatically changes to DISABLE.
will then stop after completing the pump-out sequence.
STAGE screen is consequently changed to DISABLE, the automatic staging control continues to work on
all the other stations (slave stations).
To recover the AUTO STAGE mode control after pressing the STOP switch , it is necessary (for the case
of the master station and the case of a slave station) to perform the steps below. (Simply pressing the
START switch on the station does not recover the automatic staging control.)
1.
2.
From the CONTROL SUMMARYS , open the AUTO STAGE screen.

Select ENABLE for the CONTROL item in the screen.
- 134 -
QT1101-16
4.2
4.2.1
Input/Output
Analog Input
STANDARD ANALOG INPUT BOARD

MT-AI-02
Channel No.
AI-01
SP
AI-02
DP
AI-03
OP
AFP
AI-04
BFP
AI-05
ST
AI-06
DT
AI-07
OT
OS
AI-08
AFFP
Suction Pressure
Always
Discharge Pressure
Always
Oil Supply Pressure
Always
After Filter Pressure
It allocates, when dFP Calculation = DP AFP is selected.
Before Filter Pressure
It allocates, when dFP Calculation = BFP OP is selected.
Suction Temperature
Always
Discharge Temperature
Always
Oil Temperature
Always
Oil Separator Temperature
It allocates, when I/O PLATFORM -> NORTH AMERICA, Oil Separator Temperature -> Yes is selected.
After Fine Filter Pressure
It allocates, when I/O PLATFORM -> EUROPE, After Fine Filter Pressure -> Yes is selected.
AI-09
IP
Intermediate Pressure
It allocates,
When Compressor -> SINGLE Economizer w/ Sensor or SINGLE J Economizer w/ Sensor
or FM160 Economizer w/ Sensor or Compound-1 or Compound-2 is selected.
AI-10
IT
Intermediate Temperature
It allocates,
When Compressor -> SINGLE Economizer w/ Sensor or SINGLE J Economizer w/ Sensor
or FM160 Economizer w/ Sensor or Compound-1 or Compound-2 is selected.
SDP
AI-11
STANDARD ANALOG INPUT BOARD
MT-AI-02
Analog Input Item Name
Symbol
LVL
AI-12
MA
AI-13
EBT
AI-14
LBT
AI-15
LSV
HSV
SVOP
AI-16
PSV
SSP
System Discharge Pressure

It allocates, When Level Control -> Not Use,
Condenser Control -> Use, Condenser Control Target -> System Discharge Pressure
or Control Target(Capacity) -> System Discharge Pressure is selected.
Chiller Level
It allocates, when Level Control -> Use is selected.
Motor Ampere
Always
Chiller Entering Temperature
It allocates, when Chiller Entering Temperature Sensor -> Yes is selected.
Chiller Leaving Temperature
It allocates, when Chiller Leaving Temperature Sensor -> Yes is selected.
Low Stage Slide Valve Position
Always
High Stage Slide Valve Position
It allocates, when Compressor -> Compound-2 is selected.
Slide Valve Oil Pressure
It allocates, when Compressor -> 400 Series is selected.
Vi Port Slide Valve Position
It allocates, when Compressor -> SINGLE J or SINGLE J w/o Sensor or SINGLE J w/ Sensor is selected.
System Suction Pressure
It allocates, Excluding the above-mentioned,
Control Target (Capacity) -> System Suction Pressure or Combined System SP/LBT
or Control Target (Cut In/Out) -> System Suction Pressure is selected.
- 135 -
QT1101-16
Channel No.
AI-17
AI-18
Analog Input Item Name
Symbol
CGP1
CGT1
Chiller Gas Pressure-1

It allocates, when Chiller Gas Pressure Sensor -> Yes is selected.
Chiller Gas Temperature-1
It allocates, when Chiller Gas Temperature Sensor -> Yes is selected.
Ext. ANALOG INPUT BOARD

MT-AI-02
System Suction Pressure
AI-19
SSP
AI-20
RLD
AI-21
---
It allocates,
When Compressor -> Compound-2 or 400 Series
or SINGLE J or SINGLE J w/o Sensor or SINGLE J w/ Sensor is selected,
Control Target (Cut In/Out) -> System Suction Pressure
or
Control Target (Capacity) -> System Suction Pressure or Combined System SP/LBT is selected.
Remote Capacity Control Command Input
It allocates,
When Remote Capacity Control -> Remote Analog is selected.
It is an input in the range of the capacity instruction 0-100%. (It is not a range of MVL-MVH%.)
----System Discharge Pressure
AI-22
SDP
AI-23
CGP2
AI-24
CGT2
AI-25
----
AI-26
---
AI-27
---
AI-28
---
It allocates, when Level Control -> Use,

Condenser Control -> Use
Condenser Control Target -> System Discharge Pressure
or
Control Target(Capacity) -> System Discharge Pressure is selected.
Chiller Gas Pressure-2
It allocates, when Chiller Control -> Use,
Chiller Expansion Valve -> 2-Motorized Control Valves is selected.
Chiller Gas Temperature-2
It allocates, when Chiller Control -> Use,
Chiller Expansion Valve -> 2-Motorized Control Valves is selected.
---------
---
---
AI-29
AI-30
AI-31
AI-32
---
---
---
---
-----------------------
- 136 -
QT1101-16
4.2.2
*
*
Digital Input/Output
Items in parentheses of Symbol column are assigned depending on options. (The configuration cant be changed.)
DO-** : Digital output
Channel No.
DI-** : Digital input
Input/Output Item Name
Symbol
Compressor Start command output
DO-01 COMP
Compressor turns on, after turning on DO-02 [OILP] and the end of compressor start delay, when operation
condition has been completed. If OPERATION MODE is set at REMOTE, COMM and AUTO-STAGE, and also
COMPRESSOR AUTO START/STOP is set as YES, it starts/stops automatically depending on either selected
control target of below options.
AI-01 SP Suction pressure
AI-16 or 19 SSP System suction pressure
AI-13 EBT Chiller entering temperature,
AI-14 LBT
Chiller leaving temperature
When it meets the stop conditions, it turns off after pump-out sequence that starts at the end of CUT-OUT DELAY.
Oil Pump Start command output
( OILP )
DO-02
It is assigned depends on the system config. (OIL PUMP LEAD/LAG -> LEAD D/O02 / LAG D/O 21).
When it meets the start conditions, oil pump turns on after OIL P. START DELAY.
Oil pump turns off when the compressor stop after pump-out sequence and then the capacity becomes 5% or
less or after 3 minutes later of the stopping.
(After the OIL PUMP DELAY, it turns off by option (COMPRESSOR OIL SEAL CONTROL).
* It will turn on even the compressor is not running, if AI-12 MA (compressor motor current) is detected as over
about 4.9% or more.
It turns off 1 minute later of starting compressor when J Series with oil pump - PARTIAL LUBE is selected.
Oil Pump2 Start command output
STANDARD DIGITAL INPUT/OUTPUT BOARD

MT-DIOA-01
( O/P2 )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (OIL PUMP LEAD/LAG -> LEAD D/O21 / LAG D/O 02).
It turns on when the set point is dOP <= #2OIL PUMP START dOP,
It turns off when the set point is dOP > #2OIL PUMP START dOP after #2OIL PUMP STOP DELAY.
(Low stage)Capacity "LOAD" Solenoid Valve output
LOAD
DO-03
FMLD
It is assigned depends on the system config. (COMPRESSOR -> except FM160). (It is turning "ON" at increase.)
As for the capacity control, PID control is performed depending on either selected control target of below options.
(including pressure/temperature composition.)
AI-01 SP
Suction pressure
AI-16 or 19 SSP System suction pressure
AI-14 LBT Chiller leaving temperature
AI-02 DP
Discharge Pressure
By option (REMOTE CAPACITY CONTROL), it controls depending on either command input.
ANALOG AI-20 RLD
Remote capacity command
DIGITAL
DI-31 RMLD Remote capacity loading command
DI-32 RMUL Remote capacity unloading command
The limiter functions of LIMIT/UNLOAD are preinstalled by using following inputs.
AI-12 MA(Compressor motor current) rise, AI-02
DP( Discharge pressure) rise
AI-01 SP(Suction pressure) down,
AI-09
IP(intermediate pressure) rise (option)
It is assigned depends on the system config. (COMPRESSOR -> FM160). (It is turning "OFF" at increase.)
(Low stage)Capacity "UNLOAD" Solenoid Valve output
UNLD
DO-04
FMUL
( INJS )
( OILH )
DO-05
It is assigned depends on the system config. (COMPRESSOR -> except FM160). (It is turning "ON" at decrease.)
Refer to (Low stage) capacity loading solenoid valve output DO-03 [LOAD]
It is assigned depends on the system config. (COMPRESSOR -> FM160). (It is turning "OFF" at decrease.)
Liquid Injection Liquid Supply Solenoid Valve output (NA)
It is assigned depends on the system config. (LIQUID INJECTION OIL COOLING CONTROL -> USE).
When DI-12 [MSRB] is ON, if AI-07 OT >= SV ON OT, it turns on,
If AI-07 OT <= SV OFF OT, it turns off. (SV ON OT set point < SV OFF OT set point)
Oil Heater output (SA)
It is assigned depends on the system config. (OIL SEPARATOR TEMP. SENSOR -> YES).
During MYPRO TOUCH system running, if AI-08 OS HEATER ON OS, it turns on,
if AI-08 OS HEATER OFF OS, it turns off. (HEATER ON OS set point < HEATER OFF OS set point)
(High stage)Capacity "LOAD" Solenoid Valve output (exclude EU)
( HILD )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (COMPRESSOR -> COMPOUND-2(2016 & HIGHER)).
For capacity control, PID control is performed as the control target is AI-09 IP (intermediate pressure)
100% Running Output (EU)
( FLLD )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (I/O PLATFORM -> EUROPE).

30 seconds later of that the compressor capacity becomes 100%, it turns on.
- 137 -
QT1101-16
Channel No.
Symbol
Liquid Injection YOSAKU Solenoid Valve output-1 (NA)

( INJY )
PID Control is performed depending on either selected control target of below options.
AI-02 DP
Discharge Pressure,
Discharge superheat calculated value
In addition, when INJECTION VALVES is set as MOTORIZED VALVE, it assigned not digital outputs, but analog
out puts (LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL PID OUT).(Extension Analog outputs board is required.)
(High stage)Capacity "UNLOAD" Solenoid Valve output
DO-06
( HIUL )
( OILR )
Refer to (High stage) capacity loading solenoid valve output DO-05 [HILD].
Oil Return solenoid valve output (J)
It is assigned depends on the system config. (OIL RETURN SV -> USE).
After the OIL RETURN START DELAY - START time has passed since DI-12 MSRB was turned on, it turns it on.
After the OIL RETURN START DELAY - STOP time has passed since DI-12 MSRB was turned off, it turns it off.
Oil Heater output (V,NA)
( OILH )
Refer to oil heater output DO-05 [OILH].
Oil Return solenoid valve output (V)
DO-07 ( OILR )

Refer to oil heater output DO-06 [OILR].
Economizer/Intercooler Liquid Supply Solenoid Valve output (J)
( I/CS )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (COMPRESSOR -> J Series ECONOMIZER).

Refer to "DO-08 [I/CS] Economizer/Intercooler Liquid Supply SV output".
Economizer/Intercooler Liquid Supply Solenoid Valve output (V)
( I/CS )
DO-08
( L->H )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (COMPRESSOR -> SINGLE ECONOMIZER or FM160
ECONOMIZER or 400 Series or COMPOUND-1 or COMPOUND-2).
When DI-12 [MSRB] is ON,
if AI-15 LSV >= SV ON LSV%, it turns on. if AI-15 LSV <= SV OFF LSV%, it turns off.
if AI-01 SP <= SV ON SP, it turns on. if AI-01 SP >= SV OFF SP, it turns off.
(SV ON LSV% set point > SV OFF LSV% set point) (SV ON SP set point < SV OFF SP set point)
J Vi slide L->H Solenoid Valve output
It is assigned depends on the option (AUTO Vi CONTROL -> USE J SEREIS).
Oil Feed Solenoid Valve output
( OILF )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (OIL FEED TYPE -> FULL LUBE or PRE LUBE).
When DI-12 [MSRB] is ON or DO-02 [OILP] is ON, it turns ON. After the OIL FEED OFF DELAY or 10 seconds
later of differential pressure verification, it turns off.
OIL Return Solenoid Valve output (FM)
STANDARD DIGITAL INPUT/OUTPUT BOARD

MT-DIOA-01
( OILR )
DO-09

Refer to oil heater output DO-06 [OILR] (J)
Oil Drain Solenoid Valve output (except EU)
( OILD )
( H->L )
It turns on at the time DI-12 [MSRB] turns OFF. After that, it turns off after OIL DRAIN SV - SV OFF DELAY.
(It also turns on at the time MYPRO TOUCH system starts. It also turns off at the end of SV OFF DELAY.)
J Vi slide H->L Solenoid Valve output
It is assigned depending on the options (AUTO Vi CONTROL -> USE J SEREIS).
Common Alarm (FAILURE and ALARM) output
DO-10
FAIL
DI-11
EMGC
DI-12
MSRB
It is batch alarm (FAILURE) output. (Normal Close and Normal Open, the options are available)
Alarm (non-critical alarm) is also out puts, when YES is set as ALARM OUTPUT.
Emergency Stop input
It is emergency stop input (non-voltage contact)
The digit is input with emergency stop bottom and so on.
One second OFF status of this input triggers "EMERRGENCY STOP" alarm.
Main motor Starter Read Back input
It is compressor motor operation confirming inputs(non-voltage contact)
- At the time of starting up of the compressor, this input does not turn ON within COMP. MSRB(Starting) setting
period after turning on of DO-01 [COMP]. This situation triggers "START FAIL" alarm.
- When the compressor is running, this input keeps OFF status more than the period of COMP. MSRB (Running)
setting point. It triggers "START FAIL" alarm.
- At the time that the compressor stops, this input status does not become OFF at the end of COMP. MSRB
(Stopping) setting time after DO-01 [COMP] turns off. It triggers "START FAIL" alarm.
- 138 -
QT1101-16
Channel No.
Symbol
Interlock-1 input
DI-13
INT1
It is Interlock-1 input (non-voltage contact) . Interlock of the compressor operation can be unlocked.
(Short-circuit 13A and 13B when this interlock is not used.)
Follow condition triggers "INTERLOCK" alarm. DI-12 [MSRB] is ON or DO-01 [COMP] is ON, also this input keeps
OFF status for more than INTERLOCK setting period.
Interlock-2 input
( INT2 )
DI-14
It is Interlock-2 input (non-voltage contact).

It is assigned depends on the system config. (I/O PLATFORM -> NORTH AMERICA or ASIA or SOUTH
AMERICA).
Interlock of the compressor operation, such as cooling water pressure rise switch, can be unlocked. (Short-circuit
14A and 14B when this interlock is not used.)
At the end of OIL PUMP START DELAY (During the compressor is running.) and also this input keeps the status
OFF for more than INTERLOCK-2 setting period, it triggers "INTERLOCK2" alarm
100% Running Lock command Input (EU)
( LOCK )
This is running command for the compressor capacity 100%.

It is assigned depends on the system config. (I/O PLATFORM -> EUROPE).
It starts with fixed compressor capacity 100% when you make this input ON.
(It can be used for Easy control of number.( sequential operating, sequential stopping))
Interlock-3 input
( INT3 )
It is Interlock-3 input (non-voltage contact).

It is assigned depends on the system config. (DI-15 USE -> INTERLOCK-3).
It is available only when option (CHILLER CONTROL) is selected.
Interlock of the compressor operation, such as process pressure rise switch, can be unlocked.
When Chiller Pump Mode is set as Not Use, It triggers "INTERLOCK-3" alarm, when this input keeps OFF status
more than INTERLOCK-3 setting period after completing the compressor operation condition.
When Chiller Pump Mode is not set as Not Use, It triggers "INTERLOCK-3" alarm, when this input keeps OFF
status more than INTERLOCK-3 setting period after turning ON of DO-19 CHLP.
DI-15
Oil Level High input

( OLVH )
It is oil level switch input (non-voltage contact).

It is assigned depends on the system config. (DI-15 USE -> OIL LEVEL SWITCH).
It triggers "OIL LEVEL LOW", when this input kept OFF status more than 30 second under the operation of the
compressor.
Remote Compressor Start command input
DI-16
RMST
It is remote compressor operating command input (non-voltage contact). It allows to input compressor-operating
command at a distance. It is available only when OPERATION MODE is set as REMOTE.
- 139 -
QT1101-16
Channel No.
Symbol
Chiller Liquid Supply Solenoid Valve output-1

( EVPS )
DO-17
( MPLD )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (CHILLER LIQUID SUPPLY SV -> 1 or 2 or 3).
It turns on when DI-12 [MSRB] is ON, it turns off when pump-out starts.
Vi slide (M-port) "Drain" Solenoid Valve output
It is assigned depending on the options (AUTO Vi CONTROL -> USE D/O17,18,19,23,24(UD-V)).
Chiller YOSAKU Expansion Valve output-1 (except J)
( EVPY )
( MPUL )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (CHILLER EXPANSION VALVE -> YOSAKU 1-VALVE or 2-VALVES
or 3-VALVES).
PID control is performed by selected any follow control targets. The minimum value of their PID control outputs is
controlled as the output value. SSH, AI-01 SP, AI-14 LBT
Vi slide (M-port) "Plug" Solenoid Valve output
Liquid Injection Liquid Supply Solenoid Valve output-1 (EU)
( INJS )
DO-18
Refer to liquid injection liquid supply output DO-05 [INJS].
Extension. DIGITAL INPUT/OUTPUT BOARD

MT-DIO4 -01
Oil Return Solenoid Valve (NA)

( OILR )

Refer to oil heater output DO-06 [OILR] (J).
Oil Heater output (NA)
( OILH )
Refer to oil heater output DO-05 [OILH] (SA).
Auxiliary Machine Start command output
( AUX )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (DO-18 AUX -> YES).

It turns ON after completing the operating condition. It turns off 15 seconds later of the turning off DI-12 [MSRB].
Chiller Pump Start output
( CHLP )
DO-19
( SVBP )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (CHILLER PUMP -> USE).

CONTINUOUS
It operates continuously depending on each operation command of OPERATION MODE.
(Even during ANTI CYCLE.)
AUTO START/STOP It synchronizes the operation of the compressor.(It does not turn on during ANTI CYCLE.)
(Both of them turn off 30 seconds later of turning off DI-12 [MSRB].)
Vi Slide Valve Bypass Solenoid Valve output
It is assigned depending on options (AUTO Vi CONTROL -> USE D/O17,18,19,23,24(UD-V)).
Liquid Injection YOSAKU Expansion Valve output-1 (EU)
( INJY )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (EXPANSION VALVE -> YOSAKU 1-VALVE or 2-VALVES).
Refer to Liquid injection YOSAKU expansion valve output DO-06 [INJY]
Starting Bypass Solenoid Valve output
( SBYP )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (BYPASS -> STARTING BYPASS).

It turns on after DO-01 [COMP] becomes ON. It turns OFF after STARTING BYPASS SV - SV OFF DELAY.
Hot Gas Bypass Solenoid Valve output
DO-20
( HBYP )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (BYPASS -> HOT GAS BYPASS).
It turns on when DI-12 [MSRB] is ON and after SV ON DELAY(LSV%) with set point as AI-15 LSV <= (HOT GAS
SV) SV ON LSV%. Also at the end of SV ON DELAY(SP) with set point as AI-01 SP <= (HOT GAS SV) SV ON SP
It turns off when the setting point is AI-15 LSV > (HOT GAS SV) SV OFF LSV%.
(SV ON LSV% setting point < SV OFF LSV% set point)
- 140 -
QT1101-16
Channel No.
Symbol
Economizer/Intercooler YOSAKU Expansion Valve output
( I/CY )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER EXPANSION VALVE ->

YOSAKU).
For capacity control, PID control is performed as the control target is AI-09 IP (intermediate pressure).
In addition if MOTORIZED VALVE is set as EXPANSION VALVES, it assigned not as digital output but as analog
output (INTERMEDIATE SUPERHEAT CONTROL PID OUT) (Extension analog output board is required.)
Oil Pump operating command output
( OILP )
DO-21
It is assigned depends on the system config. (OIL PUMP LEAD/LAG -> LEAD D/O 21/LAG D/O 02).
It allocates it when setting to W/ 2-OIL PUMPS with OIL PUMP, and setting it to LEAD Y14/LAG Y01 with OIL
PUMP LEAD/LAG. Refer to oil pump operation command output DO-02 [OILP].
Oil Pump2 operating command output
( O/P2 )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (OIL PUMP LEAD/LAG -> LEAD D/O 02/LAG D/O 21).
It allocates it when setting to W/ 2-OIL PUMPS with OIL PUMP, and setting it to LEAD Y01/LAG Y14 with OIL
PUMP LEAD/LAG. Refer to oil pump operation command output DO-02 [O/P2].
Oil Drain Solenoid Valve output
( OILD )
Refer to oil heater output DO-09 [OILD]

MT-DIO4 -01
Batch Alarm(ALARM) output

DO-22 ( ALRM )
It is batch alarm (ALARM) output. (Options, Normal Close and Normal Open, are available.)
When there are both of ALARM and FAILURE ( Expect superheat and OIL FILTER alarm), ALARM is not output
if set points of ALARM and FAILURE are same values.(FAILURE is output)
(High stage)Capacity "LOAD" Solenoid Valve output
( HILD )
For capacity control, PID control is performed as the control target is AI-09 IP (intermediate pressure)
DO-23
( EVS2 )
( LHLD )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (CHILLER LIQUID SUPPLY SV -> 2 or 3).
In case of EXPANSION VALVES -> NONE/THERMAL EXPANSION VALVE,
During turning on DI-12 [MSRB], it turns on when the set point is AI-15 LSV >= 2ND LIQUID SUPPLY ON LSV%,
it turns off when the set point is AI-15 LSV <= 2ND LIQUID SUPPLY OFF LSV%.
(2ND LIQUID SUPPLY ON LSV% set point> 2ND LIQUID SUPPLY OFF LSV% set point.)
In case of except EXPANSION VALVES -> NONE/THERMAL EXPANSION VALVE,
It turns on when DI-12 MSRB is turned on, and it turns off when pump-out start.
Vi slide (L/H port) "Load" Solenoid Valve output
(High stage)Capacity "UNLOAD" Solenoid Valve output
( HIUL )
Refer to (High stage) capacity loading solenoid valve output DO-05 [HILD].
Chiller YOSAKU Expansion Valve output-1(J)
( EVPY )
DO-24
It is assigned depends on the system config. (CHILLER EXPANSION VALVE -> YOSAKU 1-VALVE or 2-VALVES
or 3-VALVES).
Refer to Chiller YOSAKU Expansion Valve output-1 (except J) DO-18 [EVPY].
( EVY2 )
( LHUL )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (CHILLER EXPANSION VALVE -> YOSAKU 2-VALVES or
3-VALVES).
PID control is performed by selected any follow control targets. The minimum value of their PID control outputs is
controlled as the output value.
Suction superheat, AI-01 SP
Suction pressure, AI-14 LBT Chiller leaving temperature.
The difference of the control cycles of the outputs and "EXP. VALVE (**) CONTROL (SETPOINTS)" is half cycle.
Vi slide (L/H port) "Unload" Solenoid Valve output
- 141 -
QT1101-16
Channel No.
Symbol
Condenser operation output-1(VFD)

It is assigned depends on the system config. (CONDENSER CONTROL -> VFD ONLY or VFD+2STEPS +
VFD+3STEPS or VFD+5STEPS or 3STEPS or 6 STEPS).
( CND1 )
In that case control target is set as AI-02 DP (discharge pressure): (START #* set point < STOP #* )
During turning on of DI-12 [MSRB], it turns on when AI-02 DP >= START #*, it turns off when AI-02 DP <= STOP #* .
DO-25
In that case control target is set asAI-11 SDP (system discharge pressure):
During turning on of DI-12 [MSRB], it turns on when AI-11 SDP >= START #*, It turns off when AI-11 SDP <= STOP #*.
The control method is selected from ON-OFF SINGLE SET or ON-OFF MULTI SET
( AUX )
Auxiliary Machine Start command output

It turns ON after completing the operating condition. It turns off 15 seconds later of the turning off DI-12 [MSRB].
Condenser operating output-2
( CND2 )

MT-DIO4 -01
DO-26
It is assigned depends on the system config. (CONDENSER CONTROL -> VFD+2STEPS + VFD+3STEPS or
VFD+5STEPS or 3STEPS or 6 STEPS).
Refer to condenser operating output-1DO-25 [CND1].
Vi slide (M-port) "Drain" Solenoid Valve output
( MPLD )

Condenser operation output-3
( CND3 )
DO-27
( MPUL )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (CONDENSER CONTROL -> VFD+2STEPS + VFD+3STEPS or
VFD+5STEPS or 3STEPS or 6 STEPS).
Refer to condenser operating output-1 DO-25 [CND1].
Vi slide (M-port) "Plug" Solenoid Valve output
Evaporator Oil Return Output 4
( EOR4 )
It is assigned depending on the options (EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN).

This output turns on when DO-30 EOR1 and DI-32 EMVL is turned on
( CND4 )
( SVBP )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (CONDENSER CONTROL -> VFD+3STEPS or VFD+5STEPS or 6
STEPS).
Vi Slide Valve Bypass Solenoid Valve output
It is assigned depending on the options (AUTO-Vi CONTROL -> USE D/O26,27,28,29,30(UD-V)).
Liquid Injection YOSAKU Expansion Valve output-2
DO-28
( IJY2 )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (LIQUID INJECTION EXPANSION VALVE -> YOSAKU 2-VALVES).
PID Control is performed depending on either selected control target of below options.
AI-02 DP Discharge pressure,
discharged superheat calculated value
In addition if MOTORIZED VALVE is set as INJECTION VALVES, it assigned not as digital output but as analog
output (LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL PID OUT) (Extension analog output board is required.)
The difference of the control cycles of the output and "EXP. VALVE (**) CONTROL (SETPOINTS)" is half cycle.
( EOR3 )

This output turns on when DO-30 EOR1 and DI-32 EMVL is turned on
- 142 -
QT1101-16
Channel No.
Symbol

( CND5 )
( LHLD )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (CONDENSER CONTROL -> VFD+5STEPS or 3STEPS or 6
STEPS).
Vi slide (L/H port) "Load" Solenoid Valve output
DO-29
( EVS3 )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (CONDENSER CONTROL -> VFD+3STEPS or VFD+5STEPS or 6
STEPS).
n case of EXPANSION VALVES -> NONE/THERMAL EXPANSION VALVE,
During turning on DI-12 [MSRB], it turns on when the set point is AI-15 LSV >= 3RD LIQUID SUPPLY ON LSV%,
it turns off when the set point is AI-15 LSV <= 3RD LIQUID SUPPLY OFF LSV%.
(3RD LIQUID SUPPLY ON LSV% set point> 3RD LIQUID SUPPLY OFF LSV% set point.)
In case of except EXPANSION VALVES -> NONE/THERMAL EXPANSION VALVE,
It turns on when DI-12 MSRB is turned on, and it turns off when pump-out start.
Ready to Start
( RDY )
( EOR2 )
It allocates when there is not allocating the above-mentioned.

In "Running" or "not anti cycle", when "Warning has not been generated" and "The DI-13 interlock is turned on", it
turns on.
When DO-30 EOR1 is turning off, this output is turned on.
Extension DIGITAL INPUT/OUTPUT BOARD

MT-DIO2 -01

( CND6 )
( LHUL )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (CHILLER LIQUID SUPPLY SV -> 3).
Vi slide (L/H port) "Unload" Solenoid Valve output
Chiller YOSAKU Expansion Valve output-2 (J)

( EVY2 ) It is assigned depends on the system config. (CHILLER EXPANSION VALVE -> YOSAKU 2-VALVES or
3-VALVES).
Refer to Chiller YOSAKU Expansion Valve output-2 DO-24.
DO-30
( EVY3 )
It is assigned depends on the system config. (CHILLER EXPANSION VALVE -> YOSAKU 3-VALVES).
PID control is performed by selected any follow control targets. Their minimum value of PID control output is
controlled as the output value.
Suction superheat, AI-01 SP suction pressure, AI-14 LBT Chiller leaving temperature
In addition if MOTORIZED VALVE is set as EXPANSION VALVES, it assigned not as digital output but as analog
output (SUCTION SUPERHEAT2 CONTROL PID OUT ) (Extension analog output board is required.)
The control cycle of the output is as same cycle as "CONTROL CYCLE" of "EXP. VALVE (**) CONTROL
(SETPOINTS)".
( EOR1 )

This output is controlled according to the level switch input and set time.
Remote Capacity "LOAD" command input
( RMLD )
DI-31
It is assigned depends on the system config. (REMOTE CAPACITY CONTROL -> REMOTE DIGITAL).
Capacity (Or, rotational speed) is "Increased" according to the REMOTE LOAD command of digital input.
Evaporator Oil Return LEVEL SWITCH
( EORL )

This is an input of the oil level of Pod.
The control of the Evaporator oil return can be selected by starting by ON or starting by OFF.
Remote Capacity "UNLOAD" command input
( RMUL )
DI-32
It is assigned depends on the system config. (REMOTE CAPACITY CONTROL -> REMOTE DIGITAL).
Capacity (Or, rotational speed) is "decreased" according to the REMOTE UNLOAD command of digital input.
In case of the input of "REMOTE LOAD INPUT" and "REMOTE UNLOAD INPUT" simultaneously,
"REMOTE UNLOAD" is effective.
in case of the input of "100% LOCK INPUT" and "REMOTE UNLOAD INPUT" simultaneously,
"REMOTE UNLOAD INPUT" is effective.
Evaporator Oil Return MV Limit Switch(Close)
( EMVL )

The input is a close limit switch of the Evaporator oil return motorized valve.
- 143 -
QT1101-16
4.3
Types of Alarm/Failure and Judgment condition
The detectable names and types of Alarm/failure on MYPRO TOUCH system, they are categorized as follow.
The displayed Number on ALARM LOG and FAILURE LOG screens are shown as ALARM/FAILURE CODE No. in the below
table.
[ ALARM : minor ]
ALARM
/FAILURE ALARM Name
CODE No.
Description
47
OP LOW
(Except OIL FEED TYPE is PARTIAL LUBE)
(Oil supply differential pressure (dOP=OP-DP At the time, the alarm set point status keeps 10 seconds as dOP <= LOW dOP
or OP-SP))
(ALARM) after DO-02 [OILP] turns on.
48
(Except OIL FEED TYPE is FULL LUBE)

dP LOW
At the time when the alarm set point status keeps 90 seconds as dP <= LOW dP
(Differential pressure (dP=AFP-SP or AFP-IP)) (ALARM) at the end of LOW dP MASK TIME after turning on DI-12 [MSRB] or
after the confirmation of the differential pressure rising.
49
DISCHARGE PRESSURE HIGH
When the alarm set point status is DP >= HIGH DP (ALARM) during turning on
DI-12 [MSRB], it is issued immediately.
50
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE HIGH
When the alarm set point status is DT >= HIGH DT (ALARM) during turning on
51
OIL SUPPLY TEMPERATURE HIGH
When the alarm set point status is OT >= HIGH OT (ALARM) during turning on
52
COMPRESSOR MOTOR CURRENT HIGH
At the time, 60 seconds later turning on DI-12 [MSRB] and then the alarm set
point status keeps 6 seconds as MA >= HIGH MA (ALARM).
53
INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE HIGH
At the time, 3 minutes later turning on DI-12 [MSRB] and then the alarm set point
status keeps 20 seconds as IP >= HIGH IP (ALARM)
54
SUCTION PRESSURE LOW
At the time, the alarm set point status keeps LOW SP ALARM DELAY period as
SP <= LOW SP (ALARM) at the end of LOW SP MASK TIME after DI-12 [MSRB]
turns on.
55
CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE LOW
When DI-12 [MSRB] is turning on and the alarm set point is LBT <= LOW LBT
(ALARM), it is issued immediately.
56
CAPACITY NO DOWN
At the time, the capacity does not decrees to 5% or less even DO-04 [UNLD]
keeps ON status for 3 minutes after DO-02 [OILP] turns on.
("OVER RANGE" is output ahead of ALARM issuing when the default setting is
60 seconds because the judgment time of "CAPACITY NO DOWN" ALARM is
fixed as 3 minutes.)
For AUTO UNLOAD ON CLEAR ALARM ->USE,
When capacity doesn't become 5% or less even if the state of turning on DO-04
UNLD continues at the AUTO UNLOAD MAXIMUM TIME after turning on DO-02
OILP.
57
SUCTION SUPERHEAT LOW
When the alarm set point keeps its status for 30 seconds as SSH <= LOW SSH
(ALARM) after the liquid supply control starts. In addition, if ALARM auto
cancellation is available, it is canceled when the alarm set point keeps its status
for 15 seconds as SSH >= LOW SSH ALARM CANCEL after issuing ALARM.
58
OIL FILTER
(After filter differential pressure
(dFP=DP-AFP))
When DI-12 [MSRB] turns on and the alarm set point status keeps HIGH dFP
DELAY period as dFP >= HIGH dFP DELAY.
RE-START
At the time, after turning on DO-02 [OILP] and checking dOP, the capacity does
not decrees to 5% or less after the COMP. RE-START DELAY period and then
the capacity decreases to 5% or less during ALARM > RE- START/ TIME.
(At this time, start INTERVAL timer and the timing of next operation is after the
INTERVAL.)
HIGH STAGE
At the time, DO-06 [HIUL] keeps its status ON for 10 minutes when the
compressor is running. In addition, when DO-05 [HILD] keeps its status ON for
10 minutes during running of the compressor.
("OVER RANGE" is output ahead of ALARM issuing when it is set ass the default
(60 seconds) because the judgment time of "HIGH STAGE"ALARM is fixed as 10
minutes.)
59
60
- 144 -
QT1101-16
ALARM
/FAILURE ALARM Name
CODE No.
Description
61
INTERMEDIATE SUPERHEAT LOW
When, 3 minutes later turning DI-12 [MSRB] on and the alarm set point keeps its
status for 30 seconds as ISH <= LOW ISH (ALARM).
62
CHILLER ENTERING TEMPERATURE LOW
When DI-12 [MSRB] turns on and the alarm set point status is EBT <= LOW EBT
(ALARM), alarm is issued immediately.
63
SEPARATOR OIL TEMPERATURE LOW
When the alarm set point status is OS <= LOW OS (ALARM) after DI-12 [MSRB]
is turns on and then after the MASK TIME (common with "LOW dP"), alarm is
issued immediately.
64
dOP2 LOW
(Oil supply differential pressure 2
(dOP2=SVOP-DP))
(Only for 400 Series)

At the time, after DO-02 [OILP] turns on, the alarm set point keeps its status for
10 seconds as dOP2 <= LOW OP2 (ALARM) and then DI-12 [MSRB] still turns
on, alarm is issued.
65
SUCTION SUPERHEAT2 LOW
When the alarm set point keeps its status for 30 seconds as SSH2 <= LOW
SSH2 (ALARM) after liquid supply control starts. In addition, if ALARM auto
cancellation is available, it is automatically canceled when the alarm set point
keeps it status for 15 seconds as SSH2 >= LOW SSH2 ALARM CANCEL after
issuing ALARM.
66
AUTO Vi SLIDE
When Vi slide valve position is not proper position.

(Running when the state that low stage slide valve position (LSV%) continues for
30 seconds by 100% or more occurs three times within about 54 minutes, it is
generated. )
67
FINE FILTER
(Fine filter differential pressure
(dFFP=DP-AFFP))
At the time, 3 minutes later turning on DI-12 [MSRB], the alarm set point keeps its
status as dFFP(DP - AFFP) >=HIGH dFFP (ALARM).
68
DISCHARGE SUPERHEAT LOW
69
SUCTION PRESSURE HIGH
70
SUCTION TEMPERATURE HIGH
71
CHILLER LIQUID LEVEL LOW
When the alarm set point keeps its status for LOW CHILLER LEVEL ALARM
DELAY period as LVL <= LOW CHILLER LEVEL (ALARM) after DI-12 [MSRB]
turns on and at the end of LOW CHILLER LEVEL ALARM MASK TIME.
72
AUTO STAGE NO REQUEST
When the command from MASTER station cannot be received at AUTO STAGE
SLAVE station.
73 to 80
AUTO STAGE LIST* NO RESPONSE
When the responses from SLAVE station address *(1 to 8) cannot be received at
AUTO STAGE MASTER station.
81 to 88
OPTION ANALOG INPUT* LOW/HIGH
The ALARM can be issued depends on a setting.
300
SUCTION TEMPERATURE LOW
304

LEVEL SWITCH ALARM
306
EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN MV ALARM
When the alarm set point keeps its status for LOW DSH ALARM DELAY period
as DSH <= LOW DSH (ALARM) after DI-12 [MSRB] turns on and after LOW DSH
MASK TIME.
When the alarm set point keeps its status for HIGH SP ALARM DELAY period as
SP >=HIGH SP (ALARM) after DI-12 [MSRB] turns on and after the MASK TIME
(common with "LOW SP").
When the alarm set point keeps its status for HIGH ST DELAY period as
ST >=HIGH ST (ALARM) after DI-12 [MSRB] turns on and after HIGH ST MASK
TIME.
In DI-12 MSRB turn on and not pump-out, after the MASK TIME (common with
"LOW SP"), When the state of the ST <= LOW ST ALARM setting value
continues at the LOW ST ALARM DELAY time.
In DI-12 MSRB turn on,
When the state of DI-31 EORL turn ON/OFF continues at EVAPORATOR OIL
RETURN LEVEL SW -> ALARM time after EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN ->
LEVEL SW MASK TIME passes.
When the state of DO-30 EOR1 turn ON and DI-32 EMVL turn OFF continues at
EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN LEVEL SW -> ALARM time.
or
When the state of DO-29 EOR2 turn ON and DI-32 EMVL turn ON continues at
EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN MV -> ALARM time.
(Only for
I/O PLATFORM = EUROPE and AUTO UNLOAD CLEAR ALARM = USE)
At the (Low stage) slide valve position LSV >= 5.0%,
when the state of the READY TO START signal turn OFF continues for five
seconds from the return of the power supply.
308
HIGH LSV POSITION ALARM

Input of [CLEAR ALARM] switch at alarm
The same operation as AUTO UNLOAD ON CLEAR ALARM is done.
(The capacity decrease operates during AUTO UNLOAD MAXIMUM TIME
when the compressor stops.)
However, the input of the switch is invalid at FAILURE.
Moreover, the Compressor run order in AUTO UNLOAD is invalid.
- 145 -
QT1101-16
[ FAILURE : Serious ]
ALARM
/FAILURE FAILURE Name
CODE No.
Description
89
START FAIL
- At the time of compressor starting, DI-12 [MSRB] does not turn on within
COMP. MSRB (Starting) setting time after DO-01 [COMP] turns on.
- When DI-12 [MSRB] keeps the status as OFF over COMP. MSRB (Running)
setting time during compressor operating.
- At the time compressor has stopped, DI-12 [MSRB] does not turn off at the end
of COMP. MSRB(Stopping) setting time after DO-01 [COMP] turns off
- When the capacity does not decrease 5 % or less at the end of COMP.
RE-START DELAY after DO-02 [OILP] turns on also the capacity does not
decrease 5 % or less at the end of RE-START/TIMEOUT.
90
OP LOW
When the alarm setting keeps its status for 30 seconds as dOP <= LOW dOP
(Oil supply differential pressure (dOP=OP-DP (FAILURE), while confirming the oil pressure before the compressor starts or
or OP-SP))
running the compressor.
91
(Except FULL LUBE of OIL FEED TYPE)

dP LOW
When the alarm setting keeps its status for 2 minutes as dP <= LOW dP
(Differential pressure (dP=AFP-SP or AFP-IP)) (FAILURE) after DI-12 [MSRB] turns on at the end of LOW dP MASK TIME or
after checking dP rising.
92
DISCHARGE PRESSURE HIGH
93
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE HIGH
94
OIL SUPPLY TEMPERATURE HIGH
When the alarm setting is OT >= HIGH OT (FAILURE), alarm is issuing

immediately.
95
COMPRESSOR MOTOR CURRENT HIGH
At the time 60 seconds later DI-12 [MSRB] turns on, the alarm setting keeps its
status for 10 seconds as MA >= HIGH MA (FAILURE).
96
OIL FILTER
(After filter differential pressure
(dFP=DP-AFP))
When the alarm setting keeps its status for HIGH dFP FAILURE DELAY period
as dFP >= HIGH dFP (FAILURE) during turning on DI-12 [MSRB].
97
INTERLOCK-2
When DI-14 [INT2] keeps its status OFF for INTERLOCK2 setting time after OIL
PUMP START DELAY period.
98
EMERGENCY STOP
When DI-11 [EMGC] keeps its status OFF for 1 second.
99
OIL LEVEL LOW
100
FINE FILTER
101
INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE HIGH
102
INTERLOCK
103
CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE LOW
104
INTERLOCK-3
105
SUCTION PRESSURE LOW
106
SUCTION PRESSURE
UNDER/OVER RANGE
107
DISCHARGE PRESSURE UNDER RANGE
108
OIL SUPPLY PRESSURE OVER RANGE
109
OIL FILTER PRESSURE OVER RANGE
110
SUCTION TEMPERATURE
UNDER/OVER RANGE
111
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE
UNDER RANGE
112
OIL SUPPLY TEMPERATURE

UNDER RANGE
When the alarm setting is DP >= HIGH DP (FAILURE), alarm is issuing

immediately.
When the alarm setting is DT >= HIGH DT (FAILURE), alarm is issuing
immediately.
When DI-15 [OLVH] keeps its status OFF for 30 seconds during the running of
the compressor.
At the time , 3 minutes later DI-12 [MSRB] turns on, the alarm setting keeps its
status dFFP HIGH dFFP (FAILURE) for HIGH dFFP FAILURE DELAY period.
At the time , 3 minutes later DI-12 [MSRB] turns on, the alarm setting keeps its
status as IP >= HIGH IP (FAILURE) for 30 seconds.
When the DI-13 [INT1] keeps its status OFF for INTERLOCK setting time during
turning on DI-12 [MSRB] or DO-01 [COMP].
When DI-12 [MSRB] turns on and the alarm set point status is LBT <= LOW LBT
(FAILURE), alarm is issued immediately.
When the DI-15 [INT3] keeps its status OFF for INTERLOCK3 setting time after
completing compressor-operating condition (no CHLP) or during "turning on
DO-19 [CHIP] (with CHLP).
When the alarm setting keeps its status as SP <= LOW SP (FAILURE) for LOW
SP FAILURE DELAY setting time at the end of LOW SP MASK TIME after DI-12
[MSRB] turns on.
Regardless of run/stop of the compressor, When the sensor process value keeps
its status as the upper limit (99.5% or more) or lower limit (0.5% or less) for
OVER or UNDER FAILURE DELAY setting time at the end of PRESSURE
SENSOR FAILURE MASK TIME.
When the sensor process value keeps its status as the lower limit (0.5% or less)
for UNDER FAILURE DELAY setting time at the end of PRESSURE SENSOR
FAILURE MASK TIME after DI-12 [MSRB] turns on.
When the sensor process value keeps its status as the upper limit (99.5% or
more) for OVER FAILURE DELAY setting time at the end of PRESSURE
SENSOR FAILURE MASK TIME after DI-12 [MSRB] turns on.
more) for OVER FAILURE DELAY setting time at the end of PRESSURE
more ) or the lower limit (0.5% or less ) for OVER or UNDER FAILURE DELAY
setting time at the end of TEMPERATURE SENSOR FAILURE MASK TIME after
DI-12 [MSRB] turns on.
for UNDER FAILURE DELAY setting time at the end of TEMPERATURE
When the sensor process value keeps its status as the lower limit (0.5% or less )
for UNDER FAILURE DELAY setting time at the end of TEMPERATURE
- 146 -
QT1101-16
ALARM
/FAILURE FAILURE Name
CODE No.
Description
for UNDER FAILURE DELAY setting time at the end of PRESSURE SENSOR
FAILURE MASK TIME after DI-12 [MSRB] turns on.
more) or the lower limit (0.5% or less) for OVER or UNDER FAILURE DELAY
113
INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE
UNDER RANGE
114
INTERMEDIATE TEMPERATURE
UNDER/OVER RANGE
115
COMPRESSOR MOTOR CURRENT

UNDER RANGE
for UNDER FAILURE DELAY setting time after DI-12 [MSRB] turns on.
116

UNDER/OVER RANGE
LOW SLIDE VALVE POSITION

UNDER/OVER RANGE
When the capacity loading command keeps out putting for UNDER FAILURE
DELAY setting time with the condition that capacity is the lower limit (0.5% or
less), "UNDER RANGE" is issued.
When the capacity unloading command keeps out putting for OVER FAILURE
DELAY setting time with the condition that capacity is the upper limit (99.5% or
more),"OVER RANGE" is issued.
118
HIGH SLIDE VALVE POSITION

UNDER/OVER RANGE
When the capacity loading command keeps out putting for UNDER FAILURE
DELAY setting time with the condition that capacity is the lower limit (0.5% or
less), the "UNDER RANGE" is issued.
When the capacity unloading command keeps out putting for OVER FAILURE
DELAY setting time with the condition that capacity is the upper limit (99.5% or
more), "OVER RANGE" is issued.
119
CHILLER GAS TEMPERATURE1&2

UNDER/OVER RANGE
120
CHILLER GAS PRESSURE1&2

UNDER/OVER RANGE FAILURE
setting time at the end of PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE MASK TIME after
121
SUCTION SUPERHEAT LOW
When the alarm set point keeps its status as SSH <= LOW SSH (FAILURE) for
LOW SSH FAILURE DELAY period after starting liquid supply control.
122
SUCTION SUPERHEAT2 LOW
123
SUCTION PRESSURE HIGH
124
SUCTION TEMPERATURE HIGH
117
125 to 132 OPTION ANALOG INPUT* LOW/HIGH
When the alarm set point keeps its status as SSH2 <= LOW SSH2 (FAILURE) for
LOW SSH2 FAILURE DELAY period after starting liquid supply control.
When the alarm set point keeps its status as SP <= HIGH SP (FAILURE) for
HIGH SP FAILURE DELAY period at the end of MASK TIME (common with
"LOW SP") after turning on DI-12 [MSRB].
When the alarm set point keeps its status as ST <= HIGH ST (FAILURE) for
HIGH ST FAILURE DELAY period at the end of HIGH ST MASK TIME after
turning on DI-12 [MSRB].
FAILURE can be output depending on the setting.
In DI-12 MSRB turn on and not pump-out, after the MASK TIME (common with
"LOW SP"), When the state of the ST <= LOW ST FAILURE setting value
continues at the LOW ST FAILURE DELAY time.
OVER or UNDER FAILURE DELAY setting time.
OVER or UNDER FAILURE DELAY setting time.
301
SUCTION TEMPERATURE LOW
302

UNDER/OVER RANGE *
303

UNDER/OVER RANGE *
305

LEVEL SWITCH FAILURE
In DI-12 MSRB turn on,

When the state of DI-31 EORL turn ON/OFF continues at EVAPORATOR OIL
RETURN LEVEL SW -> FAILURE time after EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN ->
LEVEL SW MASK TIME passes.
EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN MV FAILURE
When the state of DO-30 EOR1 turn ON and DI-32 EMVL turn OFF continues at
EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN LEVEL SW -> FAILURE time.
or
When the state of DO-29 EOR2 turn ON and DI-32 EMVL turn ON continues at
EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN MV -> FAILURE time.
307
SP(Suction Pressure), SSP(System Suction Pressure), EBT(Chiller Entering Temperature), and LBT(Chiller Leaving
Temperature) do the sensor warning watch while stopping because it might become the controlled target of compressor
cut-in/cut-out.
- 147 -
QT1101-16
Chapter 5 : Communication
5.1
Outline of Communication on MYPRO TOUCH
MYPRO TOUCH has four communication ports.

Please note system construction and the connection enough, As for each communication port, each role is different.
Hardware
Interface
a name
Use
Touch Panel
COM1(RS-232C port)
COM2(RS-485 port)
TP-COM1
TP-COM2
Communication with External Device

System occupation (Data communication to CPU board)
Ethernet Port
TP-Ether
Remote watch with remote PC etc.
COM1(RS-485 port)
CPU-COM1 System occupation (Data communication to Touch Panel)
COM2(RS-485 port)
CPU-COM2 AUTO STAGE Control or Communication with External Device
CPU Board
CAUTION
"RS-485 port of Touch panel (TP-COM2)" and "RS-485 port of CPU board (CPU-COM1)" cannot be used
for other usages while always using it.
Fig. Communication concept chart (System configuration chart)
[ MYPRO TOUCH ]
* Protocol for Ethernet : MODBUS TCP

or GP-Viewer
PC for remote watch
Ethernet
GP-Viewer etc.
Touch Panel
COM2
RS-485
Cross Cable
for Anybus
COM1
RS-232C
or
Ethernet
RS-232C
RS-422/485
Anybus
Straight
Cable
Level
Terminal
Converter
Block
CPU-TP Cable
External Comm. Device
RS-485 (2 wire or 4 wire)

(Modbus)
Modbus Unit
RS-485 (2 wire or 4wire)

(Modbus)
Modbus Unit
COM1
RS-485
COM2
RS-485
or
RS-485 (2 wire)
(AUTO STAGE)
[MYPRO TOUCH]
CPU Board
MT-CPU-02-A
USB
type-B
USB Communication
- Update Program
PC
([MYPRO TOUCH]
[MYPRO TOUCH]
Support Software)
All are an options or external equipments excluding the main body of MYPRO TOUCH (above figure dotted line part).
"GP-Viewer" is a product of Digital Electronics Corporation.
- 148 -
QT1101-16
5.2
Communication with External Device
MYPRO TOUCH allows to communication (sending/receiving data) with external devices using "TP-COM1" of touch panel side
(RS-232 communication port) or "TP-Ether" of touch panel side (Ethernet port).
Standard support protocol
MODBUS (TP-COM1), MODBUS TCP (TP-Ether), GP-Viewer (TP-Ether)
Option support protocol
Profibus, Device net, Ethernet/IP
5.2.1
Communication System Configuration with External Equipments
MYPRO TOUCH has one RS-232C communication port at the touch panel side for the communication with external
devices.(TP-COM1)
TP-COM1 Communication initial setting
TP-COM1 Connector pin configuration

(ER(DTR/CTS) Connection with no flow control))
5.2.2
Item
Initial setting
Communication system
RS232C
Communication speed
115200[bps]
CD
Data Length
8[bit]
RD(RxD)
RD(RxD)
Parity
Even number
SD(TxD)
SD(TxD)
Stop bit
ER(DTR)
ER(DTR)
MYPRO TOUCH TP-COM1 External connected device
Flow control
None
SG
SG
Transmittal weight
1[msec]
DR(DSR)
Slave machine address
RS(RTS)
CS(CTS)
CS(CTS)
RI
RI
Remote Communication Device and Communication Protocols
When the remote communications device sends a data write or data read command, the MYPRO TOUCH with the specified
address in the command sends an answer. This constitutes one session of communication. (Any MYPRO TOUCH does not
voluntarily start transmission.)
Flow of data on communications line

(1) Write/read
Transmission from remote device
command
Transmission from MYPRO TOUCH
(2) Answer
Time
Answer delay time

(1) A command is sent from remote device to MYPRO TOUCH.
(2) MYPRO TOUCH receives command and check if the command is addressed to the MYPRO TOUCH,
evaluates its content before sending back an answer. (However, when the command has error, the answer
might not be sent back.)
The arrangement between the command and answer used in (1) and (2) above is called protocol. Among multiple
communication protocols, MYPRO TOUCH supports the two of them: MODBUS ASCII protocol and MODBUS RTU protocol.
As both the protocols are standard protocols in industry, communications can easily be implemented without originally
programming yourself if MODBUS-compatible SCADA Software and a PLC communication unit are used.
As for MODBUS protocol that MYPRO TOUCH system supports, see Appendix 2 .
- 149 -
QT1101-16
5.2.3
Change of set value by communication
A recordable set value and the control switch are from the telecommunications equipments as follows.
MODBUS Reference Address
(Holding Resister)
Setting Range
MYPRO TOUCH
CP4 AREA
AREA
SetPoints Name
Cut-In Setpoint (Press./Temp.)
403129
400257
Range min. <= Cut-Out < Cut-In <= Range MAX.
Cut-Out Setpoint (Press./Temp.)
403130
400258
Range min. <= Cut-Out < Cut-In <= Range MAX.
Capacity Control Setpoint (Press.)
403131
400259
Range min. <= Setpoint <= Range MAX.
Capacity Control Setpoint (Temp.)
403132
400260
Range min. <= Setpoint <= Range MAX.
403133
400261
0.0 to 100.0%
(However, the control is MVL%-MVH%.)
MVL% (Press.:PID 01/16)
403145
400667
MVH% (Press.:PID 01/16)
403146
400668
MVL% (Temp.:PID 02/16)
403147
400683
MVH% (Temp.:PID 02/16)
403148
400684
MVL% (Press.:PID 11/16)
403149
400827
VFD COMPRESSOR MVH% (Press.:PID 11/16)

CONTROL
MVL% (Temp.:PID 12/16)
403150
400828
403151
400843
MVH% (Temp.:PID 12//16)
403152
400844
SetPoints
REMOTE CAPACITY
Capacity Set Point
CONTROL (COMM)
Capacity Control
MVL%/MVH% BY COMM (LSV) -> ENABLE

and 0% <= MVL% < MVH% <= 100%
MVL%/MVH% BY COMM (VFD) -> ENABLE

and 0% <= MVL% < MVH% <= 100%
OPERATION Select
403153
401001
(0):LOCAL
1:REMOTE
2:COMM
3:AUTO STAGE
4:Not Use
5:AUTO STAGE REMOTE
6:AUTO STAGE COMM
AUTO START/STOP Select
403154
401002
0:NO
Cut-IN/Cut-Out Setpoint Select
403155
401017
(0):SETPOINT #1
2:SETPOINT #3
4:SCHEDULER
1:SETPOINT #2
3:SETPOINT #4
5:COMM
Control Setpoint Select
403156
401018
(0):SETPOINT #1
2:SETPOINT #3
4:SCHEDULER
1:SETPOINT #2
3:SETPOINT #4
5:COMM
ALARM
ALARM/FAILURE Select
403157
401486
CAPACITY
CONTROL
OPERATION Select
403158
401262
1:SET POINT#2
1:AUTO
3:REMOTE ANALOG
VFD COMPRESSOR
OPERATION Select
CONTROL
403159
401295
(0):SET POINT#1
(0):MANUAL
2:REMOTE DIGITAL
4:COMM
(0):MANUAL
2:REMOTE DIGITAL
4:COMM
CAPACITY
CONTROL
403160
401401
(0):DISABLE
1:ENABLE
OPERATION MODE
(1):YES
SCHEDULE
MVL%/MVH% BY COMM
(LSV / VFD)
- 150 -
1:AUTO
3:REMOTE ANALOG
QT1101-16
Control Switch Name
MODBUS Reference Address

(coil)
Setting Range
Common MYPRO TOUCH AREA
and CP4 AREA
Comm. Comp. Start Input
000513
Remote Comp. Start by COMM (0:OFF, 1:ON)
Comm. Comp. Immediate Stop Input
000514
Comp. Stop w/o pump-out by COMM (0:OFF, 1:ON)
Comm. Comp. Full Load Input
000515
Remote Full Load by COMM (0:OFF, 1:ON)
Comm. Comp. Load Limit input
000516
REMOTE MVH% change by COMM (0:OFF, 1:ON)
Comm. Chill. LBT Cont. 100% Input
000518
CHILLER LBT Control 100% Output by COMM (0:OFF, 1:ON)
[CLEAR ALARM] switch Substitution
000576
Clear Alarm by COMM (0:OFF, 1:ON)
Priority matter when the above-mentioned each communication coil is turned on at the same time
- When 000515 and 000516 are simultaneous ON,
Because REMOTE MVH% is invalid if MVL%/MVH% BY COMM ->ENABLE, it run the compressor with MVH-F%.
Because REMOTE MVH% is effective if MVL%/MVH% BY COMM ->DISABLE, it run the compressor with REMOTE
MVH%.
MVL/MVH% BY COMM
000516:Comm. Comp. Load Limit Input
DISABLE
ENABLE
ON
REMOTE MVH%
MVH-F%
OFF
MVH-F%
MVH-F%
CAUTION
Please note writing data (set value) in MYPRO TOUCH from two or more communication ports enough.
The value written at the end becomes effective.
When it keeps writing a different value from two or more communication ports in one set value, the
movement of the system might become unstable.
In a set value and the control switch change by the communication,
"Beyond the limits of writing numerical value" is not detected when communicating by way of TP-COM1.
(The error code by the communication is not returned.)
Please confirm whether the value written according to the communication is reflected by reading it
again.
Moreover, please change the control switch from remoteness by the communication after confirming a
surrounding situation of equipment.
- 151 -
QT1101-16
5.3
AUTO STAGE Control
The connection MYPRO TOUCH to MYPRO TOUCH with COM2 (RS-485commnication port) on Central Processing Unit
board side allows to control number (AUTO STAGE) with the communication.
Setting on "SYSTEM DETAILS" as "AUTO STAGE" - "2UNITS - 8UNITS" is required for AUTO STAGE control.
AUTO STAGE allows to connect with multiple MYPRO TOUCH by multi-drop methods. One of them is assigned as a master
station (the rest are slave stations) to control number depending on the size of the load. The control target is (System) suction
pressure.
Start/stop operation of the compressor is controlled base on its operating time. That is why equalization of their operating time of
each compressor is expected.
5.3.1
System configuration of AUTO STAGE communication
MYPRO TOUCH has one RS-485 communication port for Auto stage. (CPU-COM2)
Using this communication port, MYPRO TOUCH can make serial communications with a remote communication device.
Serial communication for AUTO STAGE is possible among maximum 8 MYPRO TOUCHs that are connected with a bus of up to
150 meters in total length.
Conforming to the EIA 485 standard, the communication system uses a 4-wire, half-duplex system. (2-wire system is also
possible).The communication ports of the devices located at the physical ends be provided with termination resistors (these ports
are called termination ports).
The CPU board in each MYPRO TOUCH has a built-in termination resistor. To connect or disconnect the termination resistor,
termination switches SW3 for the CPU-COM2 port is used. Turn the switch ON to connect the termination resistor, or turn it OFF
to disconnect it.
A connection example is shown as below.
Communication for AUTO STAGE by 2-Wire Connections

Maximum 8 MYPRO TOUCHs : 150 meters in total length.
COM2 (RS485 communication port)
of MYPRO TOUCH CPU board
(Masrer)
(Slave 1)
Termination
resistor
connection SW1
ON
- - -

(Slave 7)
Termination
resistor
connection SW1
OFF
RD+
Termination
resistor
connection SW1
ON
110
110
110
RDTermination
resistor
connection SW2
OFF
RDTermination
resistor
connection SW2
OFF
RDTermination
resistor
connection SW2
OFF
RD+
RD+
SD+
SD+
SD+
110
110
110
SD-
SD-
SD-
SG
SG
SG
FG
FG
Shielded 6-core, 3-pair cable
FG
Shielded 6-core, 3-pair cable
CAUTION
Be sure to connect the termination resistors by tuning ON their switches. This is necessary only for the physical
termination ports. Without connecting termination resistors correctly for the necessary RS-485 ports, normal
communications between the network devices is not guaranteed.
When setting the switch, move it until it clicks.
- 152 -
QT1101-16
5.3.2
Out line of number control (AUTO STAGE)
"AUTO STAGE" has aimed at a plural highly effective driving with the compressor.
Basically, capacity is fixed to the upper limit when the capacity of the lead step compressor reaches the upper limit, and capacity
is controlled with the lag(next) step compressor.
In a word, only one of compressors while always driving capacity is controlled, and other compressors are driven highly effective
by the capacity upper limit.
Moreover, to balance the operating time of the compressor, a short compressor at the operation time is assumed to be a lead
compressor.
Connect controllers using communication wires, and then assigned one of them as a master (MASTER) station and assigned
others as slave (SLAVE) stations. This setting allows to number control, maximum 8 controllers, by start/stop command from the
master station.
Address (ADDRESS) setting 1 is for a master station, setting 2 to 99 are for slave stations.
Increasing or Decreasing of operating number is performed as below procedure following the order (1 is the most significant, n is
the least significant) which the master station decides.
The capacity control usually uses target (CONTROL SET POINT) of value (PV) and the mastering station by the general
situation together as set value (SV) with the sensor input of the mastering station now.
However, because the slave station drives in automatic operation (AUTO) mode when it is not possible to communicate with the
mastering station by some reasons, the sensor input of a set value of the station and the station drive/is stopped as a value now
and, in that case, capacity is controlled.
Moreover, the slave station that cannot communicate with the mastering station by an abnormal connection and the power
supply determination, etc. in the station and the communication line warning stopping is excluded from the object of the number
control.
The slave station to which warning is released and the slave station that revived the communication are "It is added automatically
to the object of the number control again. ".
- 153 -
QT1101-16
"Operation order"
Decision procedure (LEAD LISTING) of operation order can be selected from below 3 options, MANUAL, revolutions control
lag(AUTO (VFD LAG)) and revolutions control priority AUTO (VFD PRIOR).
1/3) MANUAL
The operation order is decided by registering address of controller who composes AUTO STAGE in "Operation order" of
mastering station (LIST (MANUAL) 1 to 8).
2/3) Revolutions control lag (AUTO (VFD LAG))
When the control target (N units) has no compressor with revolutions control (All units have slide valve capacity control), put
the priority on the compressor whose operating time is less time. The shortest operating time compressor is the top 1, the
longest operation time compressor is the bottom N.
(As a result, all compressors operation time is averaged.)
When the number control target (N units) includes a compressor with revolutions control, put the priority on the compressor
with shorter operation time and make the order of a compressor with revolutions control lower. The compressor with
revolutions control starts last and stops first.
(As a result, the operating time of the compressor with revolutions control is shorter.)
3/3) Revolutions control lag priority (AUTO (VFD PRIOR))
When the condition is same as 2/3) Revolutions control lag (AUTO (VFD LAG)) , the procedure is also same way as 2/3).
When the number control target (N units) includes compressors with revolutions control, put the priority on the compressor
with shorter operating time. On the process of number increasing, put the priority on a stopping compressor with revolutions
control to make it start first.
After the starting, when the slide valve position reach at MVH and the revolutions reach at MVH, start a compressor without
revolutions control to change the order, the compressor with revolutions control is controlled by capacity MVL and rotational
speed MVL.
When the starting compressor without revolutions control controls capacity, and reaches MVH by SVP, a compressor that
had been fixed by capacity MVL and rotational speed MVL, performs capacity/revolutions control by control target. Repeat
that to increase operation unit number.
On the number decrease process, at first the top order compressor without revolutions control starts capacity control by
control target from capacity MVH fixed condition after the revolutions of the lowest order compressor with revolutions control
reaches MVL. Then, when its capacity reaches at SV HOLD PREVIOUS, stop the compressor without revolutions control.
The compressor, which had been fixed its slide valve position at MVL and its revolutions at MVL until then, starts
capacity/revolutions control by control target. Repeat that to decrease operating unit number.
(As a result, whole of capacity is always controlled by revolutions, and operating time of whole capacity of compressors with
revolutions control is getting longer.)
*
When the control target (N units) has no compressor with revolutions control (all of the compressors are controlled by slide
valve control), same behavior is performed with the both selections of Revolutions control lag (AUTO (VFD LAG)) and
Revolutions control lag priority (AUTO (VFD PRIOR)).
At the any process, control target <= stopping (CUT OUT) setting point makes all compressors are stopping
- 154 -
QT1101-16
Example of the option Revolutions control lag priority (AUTO (VFD PRIOR))
for one compressor with revolutions control(VFD unit) and others with 2 slide valve control(SLV unit)
In the follow table, time short means the operating time is short, time long means the operation time is long,
Req. means the AutoStage control request, SVP means the Slide Valve Position,
VFD means the revolution control, PID means PID control, MVL means "MVL HOLD",
MVH means "MVH HOLD", STOP SV means the SV HOLD PREVIOUS.
Control Target
Status
Order
[1]
[2]
[3]
Operation of start/stop and order
Target
< CUT IN
ALL Stop
VFD(stop)
Time short SLV

(stop)
Time long SLV

(stop)
Set VFD unit as the top order tentatively.
Target
> CUT IN
1 unit run
VFD unit(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL)
VFD unit start at SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL
Target
> CONTROL
VFD unit(Req.=PID)
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL)
VFD unit controls the Slide Valve Position in PID.
VFD unit(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVL)
VFD unit switches to revolutions control at SVP=MVH,

VFD=MVL.
VFD unit(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=PID)
VFD unit controls the revolutions control in PID.
VFD unit(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH)
The second compressor start is required, when VFD

unit reaches at SVP=MVH and VFD=MVH.
*1
2 units run
Time short SLV

VFD unit(Req.=MVL)
(Req.=PID, SVP=MVL) (SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH)
Switch the order of time short SLV unit and VFD unit
order immediately after starting the time short SLV.
Time short SLV

VFD unit(Req.=MVL)
(Req.=PID, SVP=PID) (SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL)
Time short SLV controls in PID by when it reaches at

MVH. As for VFD unit, depending on MVL HOLD.
Time short SLV
(Req.=PID, SVP=MVH)
VFD unit(Req.=PID)
Time short SLV
(Req.=MVH, SVP=MVH) (SVP=PID, VFD=MVL)
VFD unit(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH)
*1
ALL run
Time long SLV

VFD unit(Req.=MVL)
Switch the order of time long SLV unit and VFD unit
(Req.=PID, SVP=MVL) (SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH) order immediately after starting the time long SLV.
Time long SLV

VFD unit(Req.=MVL)
Time long SLV controls in PID by when it reaches at
(Req.=PID, SVP=PID) (SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL) MVH. As for VFD unit, depending on MVL HOLD.
Time long SLV
(Req.=PID, SVP=MVH)
The third compressor start is required when PID of VFD

unit reaches at SVP=MVH and VFD=MVH.
VFD unit(Req.=PID)
(Req.=MVH, SVP=MVH) (Req.=MVH, SVP=MVH)

(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL) The entire capacity is controlled by the PID control of
the VFD unit.
VFD
unit(Req.=PID)
(Req.=MVH, SVP=MVH) (Req.=MVH, SVP=MVH)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=PID)
VFD unit(Req.=PID)
When PID control of VFD unit that is the lowest priority
(SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL) reaches at SVP=MVL and VFD=MVL,
Target
< CONTROL
Time long SLV

VFD unit(Req.=MVL)
the next upper order time long SLV starts PID control.
Time long SLV

(Req.=PID)
(SVP < Stop setting)
VFD unit(Req.=PID)
Time long SLV
Stopping Time long SLV of the lowest order is required.
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL)
(Req.=STOP)
2 units run
VFD unit(Req.=PID)
Time long SLV
Time long SLV unit (the third unit) stops.
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL) (Req.=STOP)(stopping)
VFD unit(Req.=PID)
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL)
Time short SLV

VFD unit(Req.=MVL)
the next upper order time long SLV starts PID control.
Time short SLV

(Req.=PID)
(SVP < Stop setting)
When PID of time short SLV reaches at stop setting*2

switch the order of it and VFD order.
VFD unit(Req.=PID)
Time short SLV
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL)
(Req.=STOP)
Stopping Time short SLV of the lowest order is required.
1 unit run
VFD unit(Req.=PID)
Time short SLV
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL) (Req.=STOP)(stopping)
Time short SLV unit (the second unit) stops.
VFD unit(Req.=PID)
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL)
Capacity/revolution is controlled only with VFD unit.
Target
< CUT OUT
ALL Stop
VFD unit
(Req.=STOP)(stopping)
When PID of time long SLV reaches at stop setting*2

switch the order of it and VFD order.
When PID control of the lowest VFD reaches at

SVP=MVL and VFD=MVH,
*1 "Control Target > CUT IN" is added to the condition at the compressor number increase.
*2 It is AND condition with "Control Target < CUT OUT + CUT OUT 2d (negative value), and pass CUT OUT 2d DELAY ".
- 155 -
QT1101-16
Example of the 3 compressors with revolutions control(VFD unit) (run time : VFD-1 < VFD-2 < VFD-3)
In the follow table, Req. means the AutoStage control request, SVP means the Slide Valve Position,
VFD means the revolution control, PID means PID control, MVL means "MVL HOLD",
MVH means "MVH HOLD", STOP SV means the SV HOLD PREVIOUS.
Control Target
Status
Order
[1] (run time short 1)
Operation of start/stop and order
Target
< CUT IN
ALL Stop
VFD-1(stop)
VFD-2(stop)
VFD-3(stop)
Set VFD-1 as the top order tentatively.
Target
> CUT IN
1 unit run
VFD-1(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL)
VFD-1 start at SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL
Target
> CONTROL
VFD-1(Req.=PID)
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL)
VFD-1 controls the Slide Valve Position in PID.
VFD-1(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVL)
VFD-1 switches to revolutions control at

SVP=MVH, VFD=MVL.
VFD-1(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=PID)
VFD-1 controls the revolutions control in PID.
VFD-1(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH)
The 2 unit (VFD-2) start is required, when

VFD-1 reaches at SVP=MVH and VFD=MVH.
*1
2 units run
VFD-1(Req.=MVH)
VFD-2(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH)
(SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL)
VFD-2(Req.=PID)
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL)
VFD-2(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVL)

SVP=MVH, VFD=MVL.
VFD-2(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=PID)
VFD-2(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH)
The 3rd unit (VFD-3) start is required, when

VFD-2 reaches at SVP=MVH and VFD=MVH.
*1
ALL run
VFD-2(Req.=MVH)
VFD-3(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH)
(SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL)
VFD-3(Req.=PID)
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL)
VFD-3(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVL) SVP=MVH, VFD=MVL.
VFD-3(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=PID)
nd
(Req.=MVH)
(Req.=MVH)
VFD-3(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH)
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL) The entire capacity is controlled by the PID
control of the VFD-3.
(Req.=MVH)
(Req.=MVH)
VFD-3(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=PID)
VFD-3(Req.=PID)
When PID control of VFD-3 that is the lowest
(SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL) priority reaches at SVP=MVL and VFD=MVL,
Target
< CONTROL
VFD-2(Req.=PID)
VFD-3(Req.=MVL)
the next upper order VFD-2 starts PID control.
(SVP=MVH, VFD=PID)
(SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL)
VFD-2(Req.=PID)
VFD-2(Req.=PID)
VFD-3
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL)
2 units run
VFD-2(Req.=PID)
VFD-3
VFD-3 unit (the 3rd unit) stops.
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL)
VFD-2(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL)
When PID control of the lowest VFD-2 reaches

at SVP=MVL and VFD=MVH,
VFD-1(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=PID)
VFD-2(Req.=MVL)
(SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL)
the next upper order VFD-1 starts PID control.
VFD-1(Req.=PID)
When PID of VFD-2 reaches at stop setting*2,
VFD-1(Req.=PID)
VFD-2
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL)
Stopping VFD-2 of the lowest order is required.
1 unit run
VFD-1(Req.=PID)
VFD-2
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL)
VFD-2 (the 2nd unit) stops.
VFD-1(Req.=PID)
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL)
Capacity/revolution is controlled only with

VFD-1.
Target
< CUT OUT
ALL Stop
VFD-1
(SVP<stop setting, VFD=MVL)
(SVP<stop setting, VFD=MVL)
(Req.=STOP)
When PID of VFD-2 reaches at stop setting*2,
(Req.=STOP)
Stopping VFD-3 of the lowest order is required.
*1 "Control Target > CUT IN" is added to the condition at the compressor number increase.
*2 It is AND condition with "Control Target < CUT OUT + CUT OUT 2d (negative value), and pass CUT OUT 2d DELAY ".
- 156 -
QT1101-16
Chapter 6 : Troubleshooting
This chapter contains several conditions that may suggest failures or other problems with MYPRO TOUCH and the actions we
recommend you to take when these conditions occur.
(1) Nothing is displayed on the touch panel screen.
MYPRO TOUCH has the function of automatically turning off the backlight to prevent LCD from burning and
increase its life.
By default, the backlight is automatically turned off if no operation is performed on the touch panel for 10 minutes.
Press any key on the touch panel to turn on the backlight again.
MYPRO TOUCH has a power indicator light at the left lower side of the touch panel. When this light is out, check
its power supply line and power supply voltage just in case there is no power supply from the Control Box. Check
power supply line and power supply voltage.
(2) Display remains dark (backlight is not lit)
MYPRO TOUCH has the function of automatically turning off the backlight to prevent LCD from burning and
increase its life.
By default, the backlight is automatically turned off if no operation is performed on the touch panel for 10 minutes.
Touch the touch panel to turn on the backlight again.
MYPRO TOUCH has a power indicator light at the left lower side of the touch panel. When this light is out, check
its power supply line and power supply voltage just in case there is no power supply from the Control Box. Check
power supply line and power supply voltage.
Check whether the backlights life (30,000 to 50,000 hours, about 5 years under continuous lighting) has expired
or not.
(3) The CPU light (an LED regularly blinking to indicate normal state) does not blink.
Check that 24V DC power is supplied to J4 on the CPU board.
Check the wiring to the circuit breaker and noise filter has no defects and the power voltage is correct.
(4) The displayed process value (PV) of the pressure sensors differ from the actual pressure values (pressure gauge readings
etc.)
Check that the pressure sensor and its wiring have no defects.
Check that the scaling for displaying the process value is set correctly.
(The scaling is set in the ANALOG INPUT SCALING screen on the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION.)
If the displayed process value noticeably gap from the actual values, you can enter an appropriate offset value to
make the displayed values close to the actual pressure values. (Use the Setting: ANALOG INPUT
ADJUSTMENT)
(5) The displayed PV of the temperature sensors differ from the actual temperature values (thermometer readings etc.)
Check that the temperature sensors and their wiring have no defects.
(The scaling is set in the ANALOG INPUT SCALING screen on SYSTEM CONFIGURATION.)
If the displayed process noticeably gap from the actual values, you can enter an appropriate offset value to make
the displayed values closer to the actual temperature values. (Use the Setting: ANALOG INPUT
ADJUSTMENT)
(6) The displayed PV of the current sensor differ from the actual Process values.
Check that the jumper pins of the CT sensor are in the correct (removed) state.
Check that the CT sensor winding is correct in number of coils (twice).
- 157 -
QT1101-16
If the displayed process values noticeably gap from the actual values, you can enter an appropriate offset value
to make the displayed values closer to the actual Process values. (Use the Setting: ANALOG INPUT
SCALING)
(7) Process values respond to changes too slowly or too fast
To make the response faster, decrease the FILTER COEFFICIENT value. (Use the Setting : ANALOG INPUT
ADJUSTMENT.)
NOTE:
Making the response time too short increases effects of noise.
To make the response slower, increase the FILTER COEFFICIENT value. (Use the Setting : ANALOG INPUT
ADJUSTMENT.)
NOTE:
Making the response time too long results in too slow reactions.
(8) Settings cannot be changed.
Entry of a password of the required security level is needed to change settings. Make sure you have entered the
required password correctly.
Some items of setting have limitations. Enter only values within the permitted range.
Touch the ENT switch to complete a change to any setting.
(9) The compressor does not run.
Check the operation control mode you have selected in the OPERATION MODE screen. The way to give
operation commands to the compressor varies depending on the selected operation control mode.
The compressor does not start running until the operation start delay time elapses after the compressor
operation conditions (operation command etc.) are satisfied.
Check that the compressor start command has turned ON at DO-01(Y00).
Check that YES is selected for D/O TEST OPERATION in the OPERATION MODE screen of the Control
Summary.
If you make a selection to enable an item that requires installation of an optional extension board in the System
Configuration screen without actually installing that board, MYPRO TOUCH issues, for the sake of safety, an
EMERGENCY STOP FAILURE alarm that cannot be cancelled with the CLEAR ALARM switch and disables
operation of the compressor. In this case, do either of the following:
- Install the optional extension board.
- Disable the item that requires installation of the optional extension board.
The compressor has been stopped by touching the STOP switch.

If the compressor has been stopped by touching the STOP switch, different action should be taken according to
the operation control mode selected at that time to recover operation of the compressor.
- When the STOP switch has been touched while the operation command is ON with a mode other than the
AUTO STAGE selected for the OPERATION item in the OPERATION MODE screen of the Control
Summary, the operation control mode automatically changes to LOCAL. In this case, you must reselect the
desired operation control mode for the OPERATION item and then turn ON the operation command.
- When the STOP switch has been touched with AUTO STAGE selected for OPERATION and ENABLE
selected for the CONTROL item, ENABLE automatically changes to DISABLE. To resume the automatic
staging control (AUTO STAGE), you must reselect ENABLE for the CONTROL item in the AUTO STAGE
screen and then turn ON the operation command.
The CPU is reset by such action as turning power ON while BATTERY ALARM is displayed on the top of the
Status Display Screen.
If a run-down time clock battery is detected when the CPU is reset during power-up operation or the like, MYPRO
TOUCH will be in the status stopping control program status for safetys sake, which prevents the compressor
from operating.
See section of Replacement of time clock battery to replace normal voltage battery.
- 158 -
QT1101-16
(10) Capacity control does not take place.
MANUAL is selected for OPERATION of the capacity controller.
Selection made for OPERATION of the capacity controller is not AUTO but any of the following:
MANUAL (capacity load/unload commands are given through switch operations on touch panel); REMOTE
DIGITAL (capacity load/unload commands are given by digital inputs from an external device); REMOTE
ANALOG (capacity load/unload commands are given by external analog inputs); COMM (capacity is
determined according to commands from remote master station through communications)
The capacity control limiter function is working.

While the limiter function is active, LIMIT or UNLOAD is displayed in white characters for each of the limiter
operation indications MA, DP, SP, and IP on the Main Status Screen. (While the function is not working,
these indications are non-displayed.)
Settings in the SLIDE VALVE Calibration screen are incorrect.

If the settings made in the SLIDE VALVE Calibration screen of Setting are incorrect, the unloader slide valve
position cannot be detected correctly.
See Section 3.4.3.4 SLIDE VALVE CARIBIRATION to make settings correctly.
(11) The compressor fails to stop.
Check the mode set for OPERATION in the OPERATION MODE screen of Control Summary. The
compressor stopping method varies depending on the selected operation control mode.
Check that the compressor operation command sent through communications from the remote device is not ON.
(12) BATTERY ALARM is displayed at the lower right of the status display screen.
At the display of "TP BATTERY LOW", The memory backup battery for touch-panel is weak(voltage low).
See section of "2.1 Touch Panel" to replace battery correctly.
The RTC backup battery for CPU-board is weak.
See section of "2.3.2 Replacement of battery for internal timing clock on CPU board" to replace battery correctly.
Even if this alarm is not displayed, replace the battery every three years.
If a run-down the RTC backup battery is detected when the CPU is reset during power-up operation or the like,
MYPRO TOUCH will be the status Control program stop status for safety, which prevents the compressor from
operating.
(13) D/O TEST OPERATION cannot be enabled.
Check that YES is selected for D/O TEST OPERATION in the OPERATION MODE screen of Control
Summary.
To make YES selectable for D/O TEST OPERATION, check the following in the OPERATION MODE screen:
OPERATION MODE - LOCAL
AUTO START/STOP - NO
Operation confirmation input (MSRB) at DI-12 (X0B) - OFF
(14) OPERATION changes to LOCAL unintentionally.
STOP switch has been touched.

If the STOP switch is touched when the operation mode is other than AUTO STAGE, the operation mode
changes to the LOCAL mode automatically.
In this case, reselect the desired mode for the OPERATION item in the OPERATION MODE screen.
Change to LOCAL MODE is selected for the OPERATION MODE ON FAILURE item in the SYSTEM SETUP
screen.
If FAILURE (serious alarm) occurs, MYPRO TOUCH automatically switches the operation mode to LOCAL.
Change to LOCAL STOP is selected for the OPERATION MODE RESTORE ON POWER UP item in the
SYSTEM SETUP screen,
When the CPU is reset during power-up operation or by other causes, MYPRO TOUCH automatically put itself in
a stopped state in the LOCAL mode.
- 159 -
QT1101-16
(15) Even when emergency stop input at DI-11 (X0A) is ON (normal-close), pressing the CLEAR ALARM switch cannot clear
EMERGENCY STOP FAILURE alarm.
An item which requires installing an optional extension board is enabled in the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
screen without actually installing the board.
Depending on the setting item, MYPRO TOUCH may issue an EMERGENCY STOP FAILURE alarm, for safety,
which is not canceled by CLEAR ALARM switch, to disable operation.
In this case, take either of the following actions.
- Install the optional extension board.
- Disable the item that requires installing an optional extension board.
(16) In the SLIDE VALVE CALIBRATION screen, display does not advance and entry for adjusting the unloader slide valve
position cannot be completed.
The requirement for the large-small relationship of the analog inputs (showing unloader slide valve positions) are
not satisfied for the correction processing.
- No signal change occurs even when the unloader slide valve moves unless the switches for selecting the
signal source for slide valve position detection (potentiometers, 4 to 20 mA DC, or 1 to 5 V DC) on the
MYPRO TOUCHs CPU board and analog input board are not correctly set. In this case, the switches must
be set correctly according to Section 2.3 Analog input board MT-AD-02.
- The 0 %-position analog input becomes larger than the 100 %-position analog input (the inputs reverse) if
the connections of terminals 1 and 3 are reversed on the potentiometer for detecting the unloader slide valve
position or the potentiometer is installed at a wrong angle.
In this case, perform any of the following.
Correct the installation angle of the potentiometer.
Reconnect the potentiometer terminals (1 and 3 ) correctly
- The difference between the 0 %-position and 100 %-position analog inputs may become extremely small if
the potentiometer for detecting the unloader slide valve position is has defect or at a wrong angle, or if it is
connected to the analog input terminals improperly.
In this case, replace the potentiometer if it is defective, correct its installation and correct potentiometers
connection to the analog input terminals.
- 160 -
QT1101-16
Chapter 7 : Specifications
7.1
MYPRO TOUCH Specification
Absolute Maximum Rating

Power supply voltage
Working temperature
DC 19.2 to 28.8 V
0 C to 55 C
Storage temperature
-10C to 70 C
Ambient humidity
85 % RH or less (no condensation is permitted)
Ambient vibration
1.0G in X-, Y-, and Z-axes
Endurance to noise
Withstand voltage
Insulation resistance
Power line
Noise voltage: 1,500 V, noise width: 100 ns 1s for 5 minutes
I/O line
Noise voltage: 1,000 V, noise width: 100 ns 1s for 5 minutes
Communication Line
Noise voltage: 500 V, noise width: 50 ns
for 5 minutes
1,000 VAC for 1 minute (between power terminal and connection terminal)
500 VAC for 1 minute (between input/output terminal and connection terminal)
500 VDC 20 M or more (between power terminal and connection terminal)
500 VDC 20 M or more (between input/output terminal and connection terminal)
If voltages exceeding the absolute maximum rating are applied, the equipment may suffer permanent damage.
If the equipment is left under the absolute maximum rating conditions for a long time, its reliability may be deteriorated.
Recommended Operating Conditions

Power supply voltage
DC 24V
5 C to 50 C
Working temperature
Ambient humidity
70 % RH or less (no condensation is tolerated)
Use Altitude
2,000[m] height above sea level or less
Ambient atmosphere
Free from corrosive gas and heavy dust
Inputs/ Outputs
Input sensor
Analog inputs
Potentiometer inputs
(A/D Ch.15B, 16B)
Standard: 16 points
Maximum: 32 points
1 k potentiometer input
Maximum: 2 points
Display unit: MPa

2
Display unit: kgf/cm
*2
Display unit: bar
*2
Display unit: PSI
*2
Display unit: C
*2
Display unit: F
*2
Display unit: K
*2
Current
Display unit: A
*2
Capacity
Display unit: %
0 to 100%
Pressure
Measurement
range
4 to 20 mA DC (input impedance: 250 )

or, 1 to 5 VDC (input impedance: 100 k) (Switching
by a switch is possible)
*1
Temperature
*1
Measurement accuracy
Sensor power supply
Switch output
Contacts
Switch input
Sampling frequency
(Option) analog output
*2
0.5 % / full-scale (sensor errors not included)

24 VDC (supplied from external 24 VDC power supply to analog input board)
Solid state relay
(AC load 100~240V, 1.2A or DC load 5~24V, 2.0A)
Standard: 10 points
Maximum: 24 points
No-voltage contact connection

(internally supplied 12 V at Max. 25 mA DC)
Standard: 6 points
Maximum: 8 points
250 msec
4 to 20mA DC (at load resistance of 500 or less)
*1 Display units can be selected in the SYSTEM DETAILS screen.

*2 Ranges can freely scaled in the ANALOG INPUT SCALING screen.
- 161 -
4 points
QT1101-16
Central Processing Unit board Assembly specification

CPU board
200[MHz]
(=25[MHz], I=200[MHz], B=100[MHz], P=33.333[MHz])
CPU Clock
Program memory area
Flash Memory (8[Mbyte])
Working memory area
SDRAM (32[Mbyte]) x 2 pcs.
Setting points memory area
EEPROM (128[kbit])
Clock function(RTC IC + primary battery(CR2032) + condenser)
Around 1 minute backup is possible without a battery.
Low battery detection
Power fail detection
Watchdog timer installed
Other functions
Communication
Interface
COM1, COM2
RS-485 standard conformity(RD+, RD-, SD+, SD-, SG, FG)

(* COM1 is occupied by the communication of the touch panel.)
Communication
system
COM1, COM2
4-wire half-duplex (2-wire system is also usable for communications.)
Synchronization method
Communication speed (bit/sec)
Character format
Start bit
Character bit
Asynchronous communication method

300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, or 115200 bps
(The total bit rates of all communication ports must be less than 192,000
bps.)
Fixed to 1 bit
7 or 8 bits
Parity bit
N (none), O (odd), or E (even)
Stop bit
1 or 2 bits
Signal transmission error detection
Parity check: Yes (odd/even) or No

CRC-16: Fixed to Yes (in only RTU mode of MODBUS protocol)
LRC: Fixed to Yes (in only ASCII mode of MODBUS protocol)
Transmission distance
Communication protocol
(Communication code)
Up to 150 m in total
MODBUS protocol RTU mode (BINARY code)
MODBUS protocol ASCII mode (ASCII code)
Others
Protective
component
Between contact output electrodes
Circuit protector: Thermal tripping system, rated current 2 A
Storage of set points
EEPROM
Clock data: Backed up by time clock battery (CR2032).
(Recommended battery replacement interval: 3 years)
Power consumption
MYPRO TOUCH CPU board Assembly
Outside
dimensions
Weight
*1
50W Max. (The touch panel doesn't include. )
*1
H300mmW270mmD120mm Approx. 5.0 kg
AD board(MT-AD-02-A)
H120mmW110mmD 24mm Approx. 0.2 kg
DI/O board(MT-DIOA-01-A)
Extension DA board (MT-DA-02-A)
Extension DIO4 board (MT-DIO4-01-A)
H 70mmW110mmD 28mm Approx. 0.2 kg
Please consider the power supply capacity and the factor of safety of the touch panel and peripherals when you
select the DC power supply.
- 162 -
QT1101-16
Installation dimension
*
In below figure, "6.2" holes of each corner (4 points) are mounting holes for installation on the control board.
110
5
6-4
Ext. DIO(2/2) Board
120
(Ext. DA Board is the same size.)
(Ext. DIO(2/2) Board is the same size.)
- 163 -
QT1101-16
Touch Panel Specification

Touch panel performance specification
Display device
Display size
TFT color LCD

12.1- inch
Number of display dots
800 x 600 dots(SVGA)
Effective display dimension
W246.0 x H164.5 [mm]
Effective color, gradation
65,536 colors(No blink) / 16,384 colors(with blinks)
Backlight
White LED (light-emmiting diodes)(Send back mathod for the replacement)
Intensity control
16 pahses(adjust by touch panel or software)
Backlight life
More than 50,000 hours

(anbient temperature 25 C, consecutive lighting, the time backlight intensity
reaches 50%)
Display charactor type
Japanese : 6,962 charactors(JIS first and second level including 607 non-kanji
charactors)
ANK : 158 charactors(Downloard supports Korean, taraditional Chinese and
simplified Chinese.)
Display charactor size
Display font : 8x8 dots, 8x16 dots, 16x16 dots, 32x32 dots
Stroke font : 6 to 127 dots, Image font : 8 to 72 dots
*1
Displayed charactor expansion factor

Quarer square alphanumeric
charactor(8x8 dots)
Display
Half size alphanumeric
charactor
charactor(8x16 dots)
number
Kanji(16x16 dots)
Kanji(32x32 dots)
Application memory
Logic program area
*2
Font area
100 charactors x 75 lines

100 charactors x 37lines
50charactores x 37 lines
25 charactors x 18 lines
FLASH EPROM 32M bytes (including logic program area)
FLASH EPROM 132K bytes (equivalent to 15,000 steps)
FLASH EPROM 8MB (Use application memory if it exceeds 8MB.)
Backup memory
SRAM 320K bytes (Use replaceable lithium battery for backup memory.)
Variale area
SRAM 64K bytes (Use replaceable lithium battery for holding variables.)
Clock precision
*3
Touch panel system

Touch panel resolving power
Touch panel life
Serial (COM1)
Interface
Standard font : width(horizontaly) 1 to 8 times, height (vertically)1 to 8 times
Serial(COM2)
(* Occupied by the
communication with CPU
board))
65 seconds per a month (The error at normal temperature, no electricity status)

Analog resistive film method
1,024 x 1,024
More than 100 milion times
RS-232C, Asynchronous communication method,
data length : 7/8 bit, Stop bit : 1/2 bit, Parity : Non/Odd/Even,
Transmisson rate : 2,400bps to 115.2kbps, Connector : D-Sub 9 pin plug
RS-422/485, Asynchronous communication method,
data length : 8/7 bit, Stop bit : 2/1 bit, Parity : Non/Odd/Even,
Transmisson rate : 2,400bps to 115.2kbps, 187.5kbps(MPI),
Connector : D-Sub 9 pin plug
Ethernet(LAN)
IEEE802.3i/IEEE802.3u,10BASE-T/100BASE-TX,
Connector : modular jack (RJ-45) x 1
USB(Type A)
USB2.0 Connector : Type A x 1, Power supply voltage : DC5V5%,

Maximum output current : 500[mA], Maximum communication distance : 5m
USB(Type mini B)
SD card
USB2.0 Connector : mini B x 1, Maximum communication distance : 5m

SD card slot x 1
*1
character expansion factor can be set not only above way also using software.
*2
Logic program area can be switch up to 60,000 steps using software. However, capacity of application memory (screen
data) decreases 1M bytes.
*3
The error might be -380 to +90 seconds / month depending on temperature difference and using age. Reset accurate
time regularly, when using system needs it.
- 164 -
QT1101-16
Touch panel general specification
Overseas safety standards
Rated voltage
Voltage tolerance range
DC19.2 to 28.8V
Allowable momentary stop time
10[msec] or less
Electric consumption
17[W] or less
Inrush current
30[A] or less
Dielectric strength
AC1,000[V] 20[mA] for one minute (between live part terminal and FG terminal)
DC500[V] 10[M] or more
(between live part terminal and FG terminal)
Dielectric resistance
Ambient operating temperature
Preservation ambient temperature
Ambient operating humidity
Preservation ambient humidity
0 C to 55 C
-20 C to 60 C
10 to 90%RH((no condensation is permitted, wet-bulb humidity is 39C or less)
3
Dust
0.1[mg/m ] or less (no conductive dust is permitted.)
Contamination degree
Corrosive gas
Contamination degree 2
No corrosive gas is permitted.
Atmospheric pressure resistance

(Use altitude)
800 to 1,114hPa (2,000[m] height above sea level or less)

JIS B 3502, IEC/EN61131-2 compliant 5 to 9Hz,
Half amplitude : 3.5[mm] 9 to 150Hz, constant acceleration : 9.8m/s2 X,Y,Z
each direction 10 cycles(for about 100 minutes)
Vibration resistant
Noise pressure : 1,000Vp-p, Pulse width : 1s, Rise time : 1ns(by Noise
simulator))
Noise resistant
Anti-static electric discharge
Contact discharge method : 6kV(IEC/EN61000-4-2 level 3)
Earth
Functional ground : D class grounding(common to SG-FG)
Protective construction
*1
Cooling system
Weight
Panel cut dimension
IP65f NEMA #250 TYPE 4X/13(Front at the time of panel implantation time)
Natural cooling
2.5kg or less (Only main body)
Outside dimension
*1
RoHS command, UL, C-UL, CE,

DC24V
W315 x H241 x D56[mm]

*2
W301,5 x H227.5, Panel thickness range : 1.6 to 5[mm]
This protective construction is for the front part when touch panel is attached the panel. The conformity has been checked
under the condition of our test, however it does not mean the conformity in any environment. Especially even regulated oil
in the test, the oil might invade into the touch panel because of peeling sheet of the front parts or for any other reason
when the panel (main body) has been kept under the cloud of spray of the oil or the panel is exposed to extremely
Low-viscosity cutting oil and so on. In that case, another measurement is required for them. Similar oil invasion or plastic
deterioration might be caused by using non-regulated oil. Check your usage environment before operating the panel.
Do not reattached drip-proof packing which you had attached on the panel before , also do not use well worn drip-proof
packing. They might not be expected full efficiency because they have damages and grime. You are recommended to
change the drip-proof packing regularly for stable protective effect.
*2
All dimension tolerance is +1/-0mm, corner radius is R3 or less.
CAUTION
Please avoid the installation in the place where direct sunshine strikes as much as possible,
because the rise in heat that parts by ultraviolet rays are the aged deterioration, stiffen, and are not
anticipated is thought..
- 165 -
QT1101-16
7.2
MYPRO TOUCH Replaceable Parts List
Set of products
Name
Model
mAYEKAWA
Code No.
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S
(AI:16, DI:6, DO:10)
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S
EAD-07001
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S (_DA_DIO4)
Type-S + (AO:4, DO:4)
MYPRO TOUCH-S-DA-4
EAD-07003
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S (_DA_DIO2)
Type-S + (AO:4, DI:2, DO:2)
MYPRO TOUCH-S-DA-2
EAD-07004
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S-DC
(AI:16, DI:6, DO:10 for DC)
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S-DC
EAD-07007
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S-DA-DIO2-E
Type-S-DA-2 + Ext. Chassis

+ CPU-TP Cable
MYPRO TOUCH-S-DA-2-E
EAD-07008
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S-DA-DIO2-E-V
Type-S-DA-2 + Ext. Chassis

+ CPU-TP Cable + Viewer
MYPRO TOUCH-S-DA-2EV
EAD-07009
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S-DA-DIO2-V
Type-S-DA-2
+ CPU-TP Cable + Viewer
MYPRO TOUCH-S-DA-2-V
EAD-07010
Discrete component parts

Name
Model
mAYEKAWA
Code No.
CPU Board rev02
MT-CPU-02-A
EAD-07031
AD Board rev02
MT-AD-02-A
EAD-07032
DI/O(6/10) Board rev01
MT-DIOA-01-A
EAD-07033
DA Board rev02
MT-DA-02-A
EAD-07034
DI/O(0/4) Drv Board rev03
REF-MCS200-SO3-A
EAD-07048
Ext.DI/O(0/4) Board rev01
MT-DIO4-01-A
EAD-07035
DI/O(2/2) Drv Board rev03
REF-MCS200-SC23-A
EAD-07049
Ext.DI/O(2/2) Board rev01
MT-DIO2-01-A
EAD-07036
DI/O(6/10) Board for DC r01
MT-DIOA-DC01-A
EAD-07037
Ext.DI/O(0/4) Board DC r01
MT-DIO4-DC01-A
EAD-07038
Ext.DI/O(2/2) Board DC r01
MT-DIO2-DC01-A
EAD-07039
CPU-AD Harness
MT-HCPAD-0100-U
EAD-07041
AD-AD Harness
MT-HADAD-0100-U
EAD-07042
CPU-DI/O Harness
MT-HCDIO-0100-U
EAD-07043
CPU-Ext.DA Harness
MT-HCPDA-0100-U
EAD-07044
CPU-Ext.DI/O Harness
MT-HEDIO-0200-U
EAD-07045
CPU-Ext.AD Harness
MT-HEXAD-0100-U
EAD-07046
Type-S Touch Panel (12.1)
PFXGP4601TAD
EAD-07071
HMI Sheet for Type-S
MT-PNL-SHT-S
EAD-07074
GP-Viewer
EX-VIEWER-LICENSE
EAD-07076
Plug for DC24V Power
PC4/3-ST-7.62
EAD-07051
Plug for Analog Input
MSTB2.5/3-ST-5.08
EAD-07052
Plug for Digital Input/Output
MSTB2.5/2-ST-5.08
EAD-07053
Plug for Analog Output
IC2.5/3-ST-5.08
EAD-07054
CPU Chassis for Type-S,M
EAD-07061
Extended Chassis
EAD-07064
Ext. Metal Set for Ext. Chassis
EAD-07065
Spacer for Chassis
BSB-325E
- 166 -
EAD-07069
QT1101-16
Option Parts
Name
Model
mAYEKAWA
Code No.
232C-485 Level Converter
TCC-80
EAD-07101
RS-232C Straight Cable (3.0m)
KR-EC9EN3
EAD-07102
Anybus for Profibus
AB7000-C
EAD-07103
Anybus for ProfiNET
AB7013-C
EAD-07104
Anybus for DeviceNET
AB7001-C
EAD-07105
MT-ABC Cross Cable (3.0m)
MT-ABC-C232
EAD-07107
CPU-TP Communication Cable (1.8m)
MT-TP-485-A
EAD-07108
Name
Model
mAYEKAWA
Code No.
Metal Fitting for TP
PFXZCBAF1
EAD-07111
TP Gasket(12.1)
PFXZCBWG121
EAD-07112
TP DC Power Connector(12.1)
PFXZCBCNDC2
EAD-07115
TP Battery
PFXZCBBT1
EAD-07116
MYPRO TOUCH Touch Pen
CA7-TPPEN/ALL-01
EAD-07117
Touch Panel Maintenance Parts
Other parts are not set as replaceable parts.
- 167 -
QT1101-16
7.3
MYPRO TOUCH Input/Output list

*Function selection on System Configuration (setting), : fixed, : selectable, -: non-selectable
Analog input
SINGLE
Standard
Analog input board (2nd board)
MT-AD-02
400 series
[ 2016 & HIGHER ]
Economizer (with Sensor)
With high stage capacity control
Economizer (no Sensor)
[ SP ]
Suction pressure
[ DP ]
Discharge pressure
Ch.03
[ OP ]
Oil supply pressure
[AFP ]
After oil filter pressure
Ch.04
[ 1610 & 1612 ]
---
No high stage capacity control
Variable-Vi
(with chiller control)
---
Variable-Vi
(with condenser control)
Ch.02
[BFP ]
Before oil filter pressure
Ch.05
[ ST ]
Suction temperature
Ch.06
[ DT ]
Discharge temperature
Ch.07
[ OT ]
Oil supply temperature
[ OS ]
Oil separator temperature
[AFFP] After fine filter pressure
Ch.09
[ IP ]
Intermediate pressure
Ch.10
[ IT ]
Intermediate temperature
[SDP ] System discharge pressure
[LVL ]
Chiller (liquid) level
Ch.12
[ MA ]
compressor motor electric current
Ch.13
[EBT ]
Chiller Entering temperature
Ch.14
[LBT ]
Chiller leaving temperature
Ch.15
[LSV ]
(Low stage) slide valve position
[HSV ] High stage slide valve position
[SSP ]
Ch.11
Ch.16
Extension
Analog input board (3rd board)
MT-AD-02
UD-Vi variable
(maximizer)
SCV, UD
Ch.01
Ch.08
Extension
Analog input board (4th board)
MT-AD-02
FM160
--Standard
Analog input board (1st board)
MT-AD-02
J-Series
COMPOUND
System suction pressure
[SVOP] Slide valve oil supply pressure
[PSV ]
Ch.17
[CGP1] Chiller gas outlet pressure-1
Ch.18
[CGT1] Chiller gas outlet temperature-1
Ch.19
[SSP ]
system suction pressure

remote capacity / VFD rotation control
command inputs
Vi port slide valve position
Ch.20
[RLD ]
Ch.21
---
Ch.22
[SDP ] System discharge pressure-2
Ch.23
[CGP2] Chiller gas outlet pressure-2
Ch.24
[CGT2] Chiller gas outlet temperature-2
Ch.25
---
Ch.26
---
Ch.27
---
Ch.28
---
Ch.29
---
Ch.30
---
Ch.31
---
Ch.32
---
- 168 -
QT1101-16
*
NA : North America, EU : Europe, SA : South America
400 series
[ 2016 & HIGHER ]
---
[COMP] Compressor operating command
[OILP]
Oil pump operation command
[O/P2]
Oil pump2 operation command
[ 1610 & 1612 ]
Variable-Vi
(with chiller control)
---
Variable-Vi
Economizer(no Sensor)
(with condenser control)
D/O 02
--D/O 01
SCV, UD
With high stage capacity control
FM160
J-Series
COMPOUND
UD-Vi variable
(maximizer)
No high stage capacity control
SINGLE
[LOAD] (Low stage) capacity loading

solenoid valve
[FMLD] FM160 Capacity Control solenoid valve-1
[UNLD] (Low stage) capacity unloading solenoid

valve
[FMUL] FM160 Capacity Control solenoid valve-2
[INJS]
Liquid injection oil supply

solenoid valve (NA)
[OILH]
Oil heater (SA)
[HILD]
High stage loading capacity control

solenoid valve(except EU)
[FLLD]
100% Output (EU)

Liquid injection YOSAKU
expansion valve-1 (EU)
D/O 03
D/O 04
D/O 05
Standard
MT-DIOA-01
D/O 06
D/O 07
[INJY]
[HIUL]
High stage capacity unloading

solenoid valve(except EU)
[OILR]
Oil return solenoid valve (J)
[OILH]
Oil heater (except J)
[OILR]
Oil return solenoid valve (except J)

Liquid supply solenoid valve
for Eco./Int. (J)
[I/CS]
[I/CS]
Liquid supply solenoid valve

for Eco./Int. (except J)
[L->H]
Vi slide L->H solenoid valve
[OILF]
starting oil feed solenoid valve
[OILR]
Oil return solenoid valve (FM)
D/O 08
D/O 09
[OILD]
Oil drain solenoid valve (NA)
[H->L]
Vi slide H->L solenoid valve
D/O 10
[FAIL]
Batch failure
D/I 11
[EMGC] Emergency stop
D/I 12
[MSRB] Main starter read back
D/I 13
[INT1]
Interlock-1
[INT2]
Interlock-2
[LOCK] 100% LOCK Input (EU)
[INT3]
[OLVH] Oil level switch
[RMST] Remote start input
D/I 14
D/I 15
D/I 16
- 169 -
Interlock-3
QT1101-16
Extension
MT-DIO4-01
D/O 17
D/O 18
D/O 19
D/O 20
Extension
MT-DIO4-01
D/O 21
[EVPS] Liquid supply solenoid valve-1
[MPLD] Vi load solenoid valve for port -M
[EVPY] YOSAKU exp. Valve-1 for chiller(exclude J)
[MPUL] Vi unload solenoid valve for port -M
[INJS]
Liquid supply SV1 for liq. Inj. (EU)
[OILR]
Oil return solenoid valve (NA)
[OILH]
Oil heater (NA)
[AUX ]
Auxiliary operating command
[CHLP] Chiller pump
[SVBP] Bypass solenoid for vi slide valve
[INJY]
[SBYP] Bypass solenoid for starting
[HBYP] Bypass solenoid valve for hot gas
[I/CY]
YOSAKU expansion valve for Eco./Int.
[OILP]
Oil pump operation command
[O/P2]
Oil pump 2 operation command

Oil drain solenoid valve(EU)
YOSAKU exp. valve-1 for liq. Inj. (EU)
[OILD]
[ALRM] Batch ALARM
[HILD]
D/O 23
[EVS2] Liquid supply solenoid valve-2
[LHLD] Vi load solenoid valve for port L/H
[HIUL]
[EVPY] YOSAKU exp. valve-1 for chiller(J)
[EVY2] YOSAKU exp. valve-2 for chiller(except J)
D/O 26
Extension
MT-DIO4-01
D/O 25
D/O 27
D/O 28
D/O 29
Extension
MT-DIO2-01
D/O 22
D/O 24
D/O 30
D/I 31
D/I 32
High stage capacity loading SV(EU)
High stage capacity unloading SV(EU)
[LHUL] Vi unload solenoid valve for port- L/H
[CND1] Condenser operating command-1
[AUX ]
Auxiliary operating command
[MPLD] Vi load solenoid valve for port -M
[MPUL] Vi unload solenoid valve for Port-M
[EOR4] Evaporator oil return output 4
[INJ2]
YOSAKU exp. valve-2 for liq. Inj.
[SVBP] Bypass solenoid for vi slide valve
[EVS3] Liquid supply solenoid valve-2
[LHLD] Vi load solenoid valve for port L/H
[RDY ]
[EVY2] YOSAKU exp. valve-2 for chiller(J)
[EVY3] YOSAKU exp. valve-3 for chiller(except J)
Ready to Start
[LHUL] Vi unload solenoid valve for port-L/H
[RMLD] Remote loading input
[EORL] Evaporator oil return Level Switch
[RMUL] Remote unloading input
[EMVL] Evaporator oil return MV

Limit Switch(Close)
The extension digital input/output board is four-piece (one set), the set can be used as single piece. (Uninterrupted
connection is not required.)
- 170 -
QT1101-16
7.4
Input/Output Connecting Diagram
Digital input/output (DI/O)
Vi slide L->H SV
Vi slide H->L SV
- 171 -
QT1101-16
Analog input/output (AI/O)
- 172 -
QT1101-16
Appendix
Appendix1. Introducing of MYPRO TOUCH Support software
We have software for supporting MYPRO TOUCH system.
-
MYPRO TOUCH Updater allows to update control program of MYPRO TOUCH.
Hardware requirements
OS: Versions higher than Windows XP
Appendix1.1
MYPRO TOUCH Updater
This software allows to write updated program transmitted from Mayekawa on the
central processing unit board and update control program.
The updated program is put out by Mayekawa at random time when there are
defect reports of existing programs, changes of existing control, additional controls
and others.
As for update method, connect the personal computer and MYPRO TOUCH CPU
board using USB cables and write using MYPRO TOUCH Updater from the PC
side.
- 173 -
QT1101-16
Appendix2. MODBUS Protocol

Standard MYPRO TOUCH communication supports MODBUS protocol.
MODBUS protocol is a global standard communication protocol.
RTU mode (BINARY method) and ASCII mode (ASCII method), this 2 modes are available for MODBUS protocol.
Below table shows the difference of the 2 modes.
Item
RTU mode
ASCII mode
Bit number of data

Start mark of message text.
8 bits (BINARY)
Not necessary
7 bits (ASCII)
: (3Ah)
End mark of sentence.
Not necessary
CRLF (0Dh, 0Ah)
2N + 1
Length of message text.

Time interval of data
*1
*2
*3
Error check cord
24 bits time or less
1 second or less
CRC-16 :
Cyclic Redundancy Check
LRC :
Longitudinal Redundancy Check
("h" indicates hexadecimal number)
NOTE :
*1
N is indicated as length of message text of RTU mode.
*2
If the interval between data, which construct message text, exceeds the Time interval of data, receiving side
regards it as the transmission has completed halfway and ignores the message text. As a result, communication
error might be detected.
*3
Bit time is the time to send 1-bit data by setting transmission rate.
Many function cords are defined on MODBUS protocol, however MYPRO TOUCH supports the function cords, which shown in
the below table.
Function cord
Function
Available device number by one communication
01h
State reading out of coil
2008
03h
Contents reading out of holding register
125
05h
Status change of single coil
06h
Contents change of single holding register
08h
Loop back test
---
0Fh
Status change of multiple coils
64
10h
Contents change of multiple coils
123
NOTE : Bit information is regarded as a coil on MYPRO TOUCH.

The specifying of each data on MODBUS protocol, Number is specified. Number has reference number, specifying number
and start number. Now the Number will be explained.
The reference number is the number that is used to specify coil or holding register when the data are referred. The data is data
from master device to slave device, which supports MODBUS protocol. 000001 to 009999 are available for specifying coils,
400001 to 409999 are available for holding registers.
Specifying number is the number, which is used to specify data in a command sentence on MODBUS protocol. 0000 to 9998 is
available for coils and holding registers.
Specifying of actual each data is performed by using the specifying number. The specifying number is also called start number
because the specifying number means that, from which data starts to write/read out.
The numbers are specified in hexadecimal notation in the command sentences.
Calculation method from reference number to specifying (start) number
(Coil)
reference number (000001) - 000001 = Specifying number (0000)
(Holding register)
reference number (400001) - 400001 = Specifying number (0000)
As for specifying number and reference number of each device, see attachment MYPRO TOUCH MODBUS communication
device list.
- 174 -
QT1101-16
Program Revision Record

Program Version Date
Revision
Ver.XXX.101.101
2013/01/07
Equivalent to Ver.XXX.005.024 except I/O assignment.

Logic Ver.tr147c4.
Includes Loader Ver.000.102
Ver.120.101.101
2013/01/10
new I/O assignment.

Added EtherNet/IP for communication device setting.
Revised some display and writing bugs.
Changed password input(LOG ON) screen.
Added displaying current port.
Ver.121.101.101
2013/01/17
Changed color of character on TOP SCR.

Revised display bugs.
Ver.121.101.102
2013/01/18
Ver.122.102.102
2013/03/01
Corrected MODBUS communication bugs.

Added saving latched counter to EEPROM once a day.
Added HMI battery alarm to Bit0 of register 410000.
Added CPU battery alarm to Bit15, HMI battery alarm to Bit14 of register 403004.
Revised equivalent function of HMI Ver.114 for CPIV compatible I/O.
Ver.122.102.105
2013/03/05
Changed A/D conversion from interrupt to task.
Ver.123.102.105
2013/03/06
Revised clock synchronization between TP and CPU.

Corrected display bugs.
Changed G-Script.
2013/03/06
Logic Ver.tr147c4c.
Corrected RTC writing bugs.
2013/03/06
Revised clock synchronization between TP and CPU.

Added delay timer.
Changed alarm text.(Added some japanese translation.)
2013/03/12
Revised function of force full load by LBT controller MV.

Revised input of START dP & STOP dP of OIL PUMP START.
Revised CUT IN/OUT changing via COM2 of CPU.
Revised MANUAL operation of VFD COMPRESSOR controller.
Revised MANUAL operation of HIGH STAGE CAPACITY controller.
Ver.124.102.107
Ver.124.102.108
Ver.125.102.108
2013/03/29
Ver.125.103.109
20113/04/17
Corrected the text Mpa to MPa.

SV PERCENTAGE in on display if AUTO Vi is active .
Corrected the bug that ECONOMIZER screen doesnt function without thermal .
Corrected the bug that the screens of ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER SV > LSV&SP and
HSV&IP didnt change .
Modified the terms of CGP2 and CGT2 for display .
Modified CONDENSER 3STEPS CONTROL .
Modified CONDENSER 6STEPS CONTROL .
Change the address of manufacturing-support screen .
Corrected the numbers for move in manufacturing-support screen .
Corrected units in HIGH STAGE CAPACITY CONTROL .
Corrected terms of SHH for entries to set an alarm .
Corrected the window of TOP SCR > CONTROLS > OPERATION .
Added the setting of CT SIZE to SYSTEM DETAILS 3/3 .
Corrected the bug that when the panel becomes reset , Liquid Injection Oil Cooling turns
ISABLE .
Corrected DEAD BAND range of Liquid Injection Oil Cooling Motorized Valve .
Corrected the bug that when you dont choose Discharge Super Heat Control Target ,
Discharge Super Heat is displayed in Liquid Injection Oil Cooling Control .
Add the script to prevent CT from turning 150 when you choose Censor in Additional
Analog Input .
Set Alarm screen not appear on setup to correct the bug that the script doesnt rotate on
setup because Boot screen is cut by turning off and on power of the panel on error .
Logic Ver.tr147c4e.
Revised function of force full load by LBT controller MV.
Revised function of Vi port fix for SINGLE J~ compressor.
Revised MANUAL operation of ECONOMIZER INTERCOOLER expansion valve
controller.
- 175 -
QT1101-16
Ver.126.103.110
2013/05/20
Ver.126.103.111
2013/05/31
Revision
Logic Ver.tr147c4e.
Corrected MVH% setpoint bug.
Revised STOP switch function in REMOTE or COMM OPERATION MODE.
Revised MODBUS communication response.
Logic Ver.tr147c4e.
Revised the condition of initialization for Analog Input Scaling and Analog Input
Adjustment.
Refer to XXX.103.111_AI_Init20130531.xls document.
Revised CPU general I/O port accessing.
2013/06/24
Logic Ver.tr147c4e.
Added function to turn all D/O OFF when exception of CPU occurred.
Revised OIL SEAL PROTECTION MODE & CONDENSER CONTROL selection defect.
Revised scaling of communication capacity.(403133 & 400261)
Revised CAPACITY CONTROL TARGET input of AUTO STAGE MASTER.
Ver.127.103.112
2013/06/24
Amended string tables in the COMMUNICATION display .

Amended the string table OIL RETURN SV .
AUTO STAGE CONTROL 1 means not to put anything into Config in ENABLE .
COMMUNICATION 1 means you cant change the settings of COMMUNICATION in
RUN .
Amended the scaling of SLOW OPEN .
mended the string table VFD(read)VFD(prior).
Modified the terms of SLAVE for display .
Adding a setting not be changed locations in the AUTO STAGE> CONTROL> ENABLE.
Fixed a bug that display the control target value of actual shifts in the case of psi unit and
AUTO STAGE MASTER .
Ver.127.103.113
2013/07/09
Logic Ver.tr147c4e.
Deleted illegal memory accessing function.
2013/07/19
Display change and PV Auto Stage CONTROL TARGET

VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL OPERATION settings may be changed
Fixed display of VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL PV value SV value
Display modification of OTHER SETPOINT> Oil heater setting
String table modification
2013/07/29
Logic Ver. tr147c4h+2

Deleted current limiter of VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL.
Revised current limiter of CAPACITY CONTROL for VFD COMPRESSOR.
Added MV limit function when OPERATION of CAPACITY CONTROL( or VFD
COMPRESSOR) is REMOTE ANALOG or COMM.
Revised decimal place of revolution by VFD SETUP.
Added delay time set point for PUMP OUT CAPACITY.
Added set point of oil pump residual operation time.
Added function to be AUTO of COMPRESSOR CONTROL OPERATION, when USE of
VFD COMPRESSOR is selected.
Added function to change COMM to AUTO of CAPACITY CONTROL, when NOT USE of
VFD COMPRESSOR is selected.
Ver.126.103.112
Ver.128.103.113
Ver.128.104.114
Some modifications to string display

Each PID OPERATION win MANUAL, in the first log on to the operation possible change
(TOP SCR other than) those operations were not log on
Add an item to the PUMP OUT> CAPACITY LOCK DELAY
Add an item to the PUMP OUT> OIL PUMP RESIDUAL OPERATION
Remove items PUMP OUT> STOP LSV%
Remove HIGH MA LOAD FORBID and VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL> HIGH MA
UNLOAD
BOOT state change behavior modification startup
CSV automatic creation script change.
Fixed an issue that did not function properly after the USE the OIL SEAL CONTROL
Modified to give a touch tone
Ver.129.104.114
2013/07/29
Ver.130.104.114
2013/07/31
Ver.130.104.115
2013/07/31

Revised OIL P. RESIDUAL OPERATION & INTERVAL TIME set point.
Ver.131.104.115
2013/08/05
Changed range of PUMP OUT MINIMUM DELAY set point.

Changed range of PUMP OUT MAXMUM DELAY set point.
Ver.131.104.116
2013/08/05

Changed range of PUMP OUT MINIMUM DELAY set point.
Changed range of PUMP OUT MAXIMUM DELAY set point.
- 176 -
QT1101-16
Revision
Ver.131.104.117
2013/08/13

Revised condition for validity of differential pressure calculation.
Revised MODBUS writing of COM2.
2013/09/13
Logic Ver. tr147c4k4

Revised logic of CAPACITY NO DOWN ALARM.
Changed ON condition for ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER SV of VFD COMPRESSOR.
Changed HIGH MA LIMITER function of VFD COMPRESSOR.
Assigned MODBUS coil 000900~000902 for signal of compressor start ready.
Assigned MODBUS input register
300892~301012 for response of HMI.
Ver.132.105.118
2013/09/13
Japanese, Portuguese, Spanish, Each string table modification.

ANALOG INPUT SCALING OFFSET correction
CONTROL TARGET display change
OPT1~4 display change
TOP SCR> Script Changes
CONTROL SUMMARY> Auto Stage display fixed.
Fix the setting of 1: OPTION ANALOG INPUT CH. ANALOG INPUT ADJUSTMENT
screen change.
Display device changes TOP SCR> CONTROL SET POINT.
How to change the name of each of AI TOP SCR> MAIN PV.
The change in the FAILURE alarm set position of the LIMIT> RE-START/TIME OUT.
Fixed input to disable the VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL> OUTPUT LIMIT> OPUTPUT.
LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL> MVH% point position correction.
CONDENSOR CONTROL (MULTI)> SET POINT # 2> SLOW OPEN scaling correction.
HMI Ver.132 needs CPU Ver.XXX.105.108 or later.
Ver.132.105.119
2013/09/20
Logic Ver.tr147c4k4
Revised SYSTEM CONFIG>COUNTER input.
Ver.133.105.119
2013/09/24
Fixed a problem that cannot be changed by unit ANALOG INPUT SCALING> OPTION
ANALOG INPUT1 / 4 ~ 4/4.
Fixed scaling MASK TIME LOW OS bugs and MENU> ALARM> LIMITS> LOW dP
HMI Ver.133 needs CPU Ver.XXX.105.108 or later.
Ver.133.105.120
2013/09/25
Logic Ver.tr147c4k4
Revised MENU>ALARM>LIMITS>DELAY of LOW dP input.
Ver.133.105.121
2013/09/25
Logic Ver.tr147c4k4
Revised timer function of sequence control
2013/10/25
Logic Ver.tr147c4m1
105.
Changed the start of counting INTERVAL TIME in ANTI CYCLE
from stop of compressor to stop of oil pump.
Added four MODBUS coils(0009000~000903:M323~M326) as signal of ready to start.
MODBUS coil 000903 is assigned D0-29.
It is valid when other assignment is invalid.
Added REMOTE CAPACITY CONTROL
: REMOTE DIGITAL control for VFD COMPRESSOR:USE. Is works under the
condition of OPERATION is REMOTE DIGITAL of both CAPACITY CONTROL and VFD
COMPRESSOR CONTROL.
.121
Added setting of CPU Import/Export function between USB flash memory and CPU.
Revised process of MODBUS coil
000519~000575 write through COM2 to avoid turning [START],[STOP] and[CLEAR
ALARM] switches.
Revised defect of MVL% and MVH% in RAMP CONTROL write through COM2.
Ver.131.105.118
Ver.133.106.122
- 177 -
QT1101-16
Revision
Ver.134.106.122
2013/10/25
- And LIMIT> LOW dP MASK TIME, LOW OS MASK TIME scaling correction
The error : 0 to 54 (30) SEC X 600 Positive : 1 to 600 (600) SEC X 10
- CONTROL> OIL.P MANUAL added
Add to item OPERATION MODE.
As the display conditions, DI / O TEST OPERATION display when the YES.
In MANUAL, "00521 Read / Write X0148h DO TEST OPERATION DO02 ON / OFF
Input" ON continue.
- Fixed scaling of SLOW OPEN
EXP_CONTROL, ECONOMIZER CONTROL, CHILLER LBT CONTROL, CONDENSER
CONTROL,
To change the scaling of the SLOW OPEN LEVEL CONTROL
The -600 to 600 (60) sec:: Positive -600 to 600 : -2400 to 2400: error -600 to 600
- when you have entered the October-December in the SET TIME> MONTH,
Fixed a bug that value is changed only touch panel side, the value of the CPU side does
not change.
- Unit display fixes CONTROL> SET POINTS> PUMP OUT PRESS
- CONTROL> ECONOMIZER / INTERCOOLER CONTROL> SV ON SP, the unit display
modification of SV OFF SP
- IMPORT / EXPORT screen, and the device, script additional changes.
( And error display, clear error added)
- The specification changes, and CAPACITY CONTROL,
Display conditions change of VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL> OPERATION REMOTE
DIGITAL
Added display of the REMOTE DIGITAL VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL>
OPERATION
- The change to the 4 5 LIMITS> display input device number of digits.
Display Up to 6 digits including the (decimal) code
- Add the MODBUS TCP on the touch panel connected device set at the request of and
want to add
- Add (DO29 RDY) Ready To Run
- Revised Name "OIL.P RESIDUAL OPERATION" -> "RESIDUAL OPERATION"
- Revised Name "PUMP OUT > LSV%" -> "PUMP OUT > PERCENTAGE"
2013/11/07
Logic Ver.tr147c4m2
106.
Revised the defect of REMOTE CAPACITY CONTROL:REMOTE DIGITAL.
DO-03 and DO-04 turn ON and OFF by turns when both DI-31 and DI-32 turn ON.
It happens under the condition LSV% is 5.0%.
.122
By the defect of analog input scaling import function, excluded the function temporarily.
Recovered CLEAR ALARM function by COM2.
MODBUS coil number is 576.
Ver.134.107.123
Logic Ver.tr147c4m2+1
108.
Changed logic of D/O-05 as compressor 100% running.
From (VFD MV% >= MVH%) X 30 seconds or limiter of slide valve is functioning.
To only (VFD MV% >= MVH% - 2.0%) X 30 seconds.
Ver.134.109.124
2013/11/15
123.
Revised CLEAR ALARM function by COM2.
Added CLEAR ALARM by function OF.
In prior Ver.134.107.123 only function 05.
Revised confirmation of option DI/O driver board ID for wrong option DI/O status without
driver board.
Emergency measure version (Only opened to ME)
Ver.134.110.125
2013/11/21
Logic Ver.tr147c4m2+5
109.
Added M327(MODBUS coil No.000914) as Anti Cycle status.
124.
Changed value changing logic of MODBUS holding register No.402017 for COMP
STATE.
Added MODBUS holding register No.403128 as copy of No.402017.
- 178 -
QT1101-16
Revision
Ver.135.110.125
2013/11/21
For emergency response, Ver.135.XXX.XXX to the whole Privately.

in the device specification lack of communication script, fix the problem 402001-402200 is
not updated.
Bug fixes that data cannot be written to the communication area MYPRO TOUCH
- PLC2 communication script improvement
speed improvement(CP4 AREA)
2013/11/28
Logic Ver.tr147c4m2+5LowST
110.
Added LOW ST ALARM/FAILURE.
Changed generating condition of LOW SSH ALARM/FAILURE.
Prior it was allowed to generate only in the case that CHILLER EXPANSION VALVE is
not NONE/THERMAL.
Now it is always allowed to generate.
For certain CUT OUT of J type compressor.
Revised CUT OUT LSV% comparison with slide valve position.
.125
Changed input range of LOW SSH ALARM/FAILURE set point.
Minimum value is changed 0.0deg to -20.0deg.
Changed initial value of CUT OUT LSV% set point from 5.0% to 100.0%.
Changed input range of CUT OUT LSV% set point from 0.0~100.0% to 5.0~100.0%.
Added ANALOG INPUT SCALING setting to CONFIG & SETTING IMPORT/EXPORT.
Ver.136.111.126
- modified to turn off all Window when returning from screen saver.
When returning from the screen saver, and it remains out two pieces of Window, the
order can be closed Window is changed.
- add to LOW ST ALARM
MENU->ALARM->LIMIT->Type-S:3/4, Type-M:8/12
Add device
401659 Read Only ALARM>LOW ST Range Low to High:0 to 4095
401660 Read Only ALARM>LOW ST #2 Range Low to High:0 to 4095
401661 Read Only ALARM>HIGH ST >DELAY 1 to 300(30)Sec X 10
401662 Read Only ALARM>HIGH ST #2>DELAY 1 to 300(30)Sec X 10
401663 Read Only FAILURE>LOW ST Range Low to High:0 to 4095
401664 Read Only FAILURE>LOW ST #2 Range Low to High:0 to 4095
401665 Read Only FAILURE>HIGH ST >DELAY 1 to 300(30)Sec X 10
401666 Read Only FAILURE>HIGH ST #2>DELAY 1 to 300(30)Sec X 10
00155 Read Only Y009Ah SUCTION TEMPERATURE LOW
00294 Read Only Y0125h SUCTION TEMPERATURE LOW
Ver.136.111.126
2013/11/28
- String table addition

2365: #300 SUCTION TEMPERATURE LOW ALARM
2421: #301 SUCTION TEMPERATURE LOW FAILURE
2422:SUCTION TEMPERATURE LOW ALARM
2423:SUCTION TEMPERATURE LOW FAILURE
- Troubleshooting manual added
#300 Suction Temperature Low Alarm
#301 Suction Temperature Low Fail
(Add only Japanese and English)
LOW SSH ALARM / FAILURE specification change, always display
Changed input range of LOW SSH ALARM/FAILURE set point.
Minimum value is changed 0.0deg to -20.0deg.
- PLC2 communication script improvement
speed improvement(MYPRO TOUCH AREA)
- String table modification
Portuguese
- Graphic View->dP Fixed a display bug
- 179 -
QT1101-16
Revision
Emergency measure version (Only opened to ME)
Logic Ver.tr147c4n2_5.
Ver.136.112.127
2013/12/06
111.
Revised VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL to SLIDE VALVE CONTROL for REMOTE
UNLOAD input.
.126
Added COMM DIGITAL to CAPACITY CONTROL OPERATION.
Added COMM DIGITAL to VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL OPERATION.
Ver.137.113.128
2013/12/16
- 2321: OVER LUBE CONFIRM Add

- The SETPOINTS-> MISCELLANEOUS setting Add OVER LUBE CONFIRM
(scaling :0-6000 0-600 [sec])
- If you select the CP4 AREA communication script, fixed a bug that writing of BIT device to
PLC1-> PLC2 does not work.
- 401673 SETPOINT-> MISCELLANEOUS-> AUTO UNLOAD MAXIMUM TIME 0 to 1800
(0) Sec X 10 add
- 400939 Config-> SYSTEM DETAILS2 / 3> AUTO UNLOAD ON CLEAR ALARM (0):
NOT USE, 1: USE add
- 2308: AUTO UNLOAD ON CLEAR ALARM.
- 2309: AUTO UNLOAD MAXIMUM TIME add
- The AUTO UNLOAD ON CLEAR ALARM, AUTO UNLOAD MAXIMUM TIME is display
only when "1 :USE"
- Added a warning window to issue a message warning at Changing settings of AUTO
UNLOAD ON CLEAR ALARM
- Add warning Window to issue a message warning that the rotating equipment moves
automatically to changing settings of the Config> SYSTEM DETAILS2 / 3>
COMPRESSOR OIL SEAL CONTROL
- Add icon to safely remove the USB memory to TOP SCR
- Fixed ALARM/FAILURE Bug do not want to move to another screen
Variable system of internal
Do not move the screen the same value be written
Modified to clear 0
Logic Ver. tr147c4p6.
112.
Added AUTO UNLOAD ON CLEAR ALARM function.
If LSV% is still over 5.0% after AUTO UNLOAD MAXIMUM TIME, CAPACITY NO
DOWN ALARM is generated for 5 seconds.
Ver.137.113.128
2013/12/16
.127
Added AUTO UNLOAD ON CLEAR ALARM selection.
Added AUTO UNLOAD MAXIMUM TIME setpoint.
Revised SLIDE VALVE SETUP function of COMPRESSOR:COMPOUND-2 (2016 &
HIGHER).
Logic Ver.tr147c4u05
Ver.138.114.129
2014/02/03
113.
Added REMOTE MVH% set value function for VFD COMPRESSOR.
.128
Added REMOTE MVH% set value function for VFD COMPRESSOR.
Ver.139.114.129
2014/02/05
Correspond to "On the range under / over-range of each sensor MYPRO TOUCH"
- 180 -
QT1101-16
Revision
Update on Type-S Ver.201.XXX.XX
[Added]
Added mbar, kPa to display
Added The PV value selection function to the TOP SCR
Added Brightness change function
Add CONDENSER CONTROL->number of revolutions
Added COMMUNICATION SETUP -> MYPRO TOUCH AREA 10 points read devices
Added GRAPHIC VIEW-> picture of GRAPHIC
Ver.201.115.130
2014/02/21
[Changed]
Change Unit display of overheating.
o
(If the temperature unit is C, K will show the degree of superheat.)
Change CONTROL SUMMARY -> SET POINT To display the current value (display
only)
Change between Config screen movement, to return to the normal screen, to the OFF
TP communication automatically.
Change until return to the normal screen from move to the Config screen,
to the OFF TP communication automatically.
Change movement in the Config is to issue a message when disallowed. AUTO Vi: NOT
USE And J-series is selected at the time,
Change Moving condition modifications to ECONOMIZER / INTERCOOLER SV setting
screen.
Change in the measured value display
CALIBRATION -> ANALOG OUTPUT ASSIGNMENT
-> ANALOG OUTPUT ADJUSTMENT ->OUT
Migrating to the CPU decision
ASSIGNMENT -> DIO
Change HIGH OFHIGH dFP ,HIGH FFHIGH dFFP
[Revised]
Changes to the screen
Reduce TOP SCR screen update speed improvement.
1 scan 290msec~310msec (590 ~ 610msec in Ver.139)
Changed to show at all times SVP
Revised EXPANSION VALVE (SSH) CONTROL-> LIQUID SUPPLY CONTROL display
Revised Display of Chiller -> Liquid Supply SV
Revised CH16 correcting the displayed PV MONITOR.
Revised HOT GAS BYPASS display
Revised an issue that did not perform
the CALIBRATION-> SLIDE VALVE CALIBRATION
Revised display ASSIGNMENT -> EVPS and EVS2
Revised a problem that you will not be able to log on again when you change left
untreated input to password change.
Revised display CGP1 of EXP. VALVE(SP/CGP1)
Revised GRAPH->A=65~ display of past values and current values are shifted
Revised CONDENSER CONTROL -> bug in the display
Revised SCHEDULE->CONTROL TARGET
problem where the Window does not close automatically
Display
Revised ASSIGNMENT -> ANALOG INPUT bug in the display
Revised PV MONITOR -> ANALPG INPUT bug in the display
Change PID CONTROL -> L.SLIDE VALVE to SVP display.
Revised ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER SV scaling of HSV use.
Change ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER SV be able to set in, other than FM160,
SINGLE, SINGLEJ.
Change ASSIGNMENT -> ANALOG OUTPUT switch.
- 181 -
QT1101-16
Revision
Logic Ver.tr147c4u05
114.
Changed slide valve control of VFD compressor in AUTO STAGE.
Revised AUTO STAGE control by temperature for VFD compressor.
Revised HIGH STAGE ALARM logic.
Revised HIGH STAGE SLIDE VALVE RANGE OVER FAILURE logic.
Ver.201.115.130
2014/02/28
Changed sensor RANGE UNDER FAILURE condition from less than 5.0% to 0.5%.
Changed sensor RANGE OVER FAILURE condition from more than 95.0% to 99.5%.
Changed slide vale & VFD control MV range in OPERATION MODE:REMOTE
ANALOG and COMM.
Former range is 0.0~100.0%, and new one is MVL%~MVH%.
.129
Changed slide valve control MVL set value from 0.0% to 30.0% to protect compressor,
Added input registers for top screen PV selection to improve response of HMI.
Added input registers for DIO assignment display to reduce processing of HMI.
Added REMOTE MVH% set value for VFD control.
Logic Ver. tr147c4u06
115.
Revised slide valve control of VFD compressor after electric current limiter functioned.
Ver.201.116.131
2014/03/03
.130
Revised MENU>SYSTEM
selection.
CONFIG>SYSTEM
DETAILS>dOP
CALCULATION
DIO name change

ViIN LH
ViDE HL
Ver.202.116.131
2014/03/04
OILP-2 is selected
SET POINTS ->LAG OIL P.START dOP
Scaling correction
Ver.203.116.131
Ver.203.116.132
Ver.204.117.133
2014/03/05
2014/04/21
2014/5/19
Fixed
In Ver.202,
Program version still remains in Ver.201
.131
Pointed out by ME.
Revised CUT OUT LSV% set value input.
Revised CONFIG & SETTING IMPORT function.
[ Fix ]
Fix Decimal point position of CGP DEAD BAND
Fix string display bug PV MONITOR within IP
Remove display of LOW ST MASK
Fix Decimal point position of CUT OUT LSV %
Fix for SCHEDULER4-1-th and SET SCHEDULER2-4 th had been in the same device
[ Change ]
Change The transition to NORMAL BOOT state to complete, cannot move the screen
Change HOME icon of PASSWORD screen: you cannot return to TOP SCR ,if
PASSWORD level 2 is not entered
Change SETPOINTS screen display (Change the design of the bottom of the screen.
Improved speed of screen update)
Change the display of BEFOR PRESSURE SENSOR OVER into OIL FILTER
PRESSURE OVER
Change String table in some text (LBLBT ,LEAVING BRINE TEMPCHILLER
LEAVING TEMP. ,ENTERING BRINE TEMPCHILLER ENTERING TEMP.)
Change the size and color of the arrows at the left and right sides of the screen
[ Add ]
if had returned to NORMAL BOOT state in the CONFIG screen, In order to address the
issue that needs to be reset or power-off,
Add script to return immediately SP BOOT state if it had returned to NORMAL BOOT
state
Add images of the new J~ and image of compound
Add a script to display caution in the first When go to the PASSWORD screen
- 182 -
QT1101-16
Revision
Add a script. If the password level 2 is not set, display caution does not accept the
password change.
Add a message text that is displayed in the screen PASSWORD
Add revolutions number of to end of the CSV file to be created when sampled
Add GRAPHIC VIEW2
Add Configuration of DI-15 USE 0:NOT USE
CPU Ver.XXX.117.133 needs HMI Ver.204 or later.
116.
Requested by ME,
Deleted function of 100% Lock out (DO-05) in case of FAILURE.
Added function for NOT USE selection of MENU>CONFIG>SYSTEM DETAILS>DI15
USE.
Ver.204.117.133
2014/05/21
Ver.205.117.133
2014/5/23
Ver.205.118.133
2014/06/05
Ver.206.118.133
2014/6/6
.132
Added NOT USE selection to MENU>CONFIG>SYSTEM DETAILS>DI15 USE.
Added REQUEST item to MENU>CONTROL>AUTO STAGE>AUTO STAGE.
Revised selection of MENU>CONFIG>SYSTEM DETAILS>LIQUID INJECTION.
Revised selection of MENU>CONFIG>SYSTEM DETAILS>OIL PUMP.
Added "psi/"Hg displaying to CUT IN, CUT OUT and CONTROL TARGET of
TOPSCREEN.
Added function that changes to USE J SERIES of MENU>CONFIG>SYSTEM
DETAILS>AUTO Vi when COMPRESSOR TYPE : SINGLE J~ is selected.
Changed initial value of MVL & MVH for time proportional controller output protection.
[ Fix ], [ Change ]
Display bug fixes OPERATION MODE-> OIL.P MANUL(Actual display and the choice
was different), Because it has received indications that the misleading
Change to (0):AUTO STOPT 1:MANUAL START
CPU Ver.XXX.118.133 needs HMI Ver.204 or 205.
Logic Ver. tr147c4u10b
117.
Requested by ME,
For stability of READY TO START output.
Added 10 seconds OFF delay after LSV <= 5.0% to LOW STAGE SLIDE VALVE
UNLOAD output in the following case.
LSV > 5.0% when [CLEAR ALARM] for FAILURE in the condition of AUTO UNLOAD
ON CLEAR ALARM:USE & AUTO UNLOAD MAXIMUM DELAY is set more than 10
seconds.
* When a usual stop, the LOW STAGE SLIDE VALVE UNLOAD output immediately
turns OFF at the condition of LSV <= 5.0% as in the past.
[ Fix ]
The display of SETTINGS -> CALIBRATION -> AUXILIARY INPUT TIMER ->
INTERLOCK-3 and OIL LEVEL SWITCH
I have fixed a bug that did not in conjunction with the setting of DI-15 USE.
Fixed GRAPHIC VIEW1,2 -> Display of RPM -> Display of Hz dont show a bug.
[ Add ]
Add Control -> SET POINTS -> CLEAR REARY TO START CAPACITY
CPU Ver.XXX.119.134 needs HMI Ver.204, 205 or 206.
Logic Ver. tr147c4u10d Is not included 10 seconds delay function added logic Ver.
tr147c4u10b of Ver.XXX.118.133.
Ver.206.119.134
2014/06/11
118.
Requested by ME
For stability of READY TO START output.
Added holding function of READY TO START output
It is canceled when capacity becomes over set point value or MSRB(DI-12) turns ON.
.133
The set point to cancel READY TO START output holding is assigned D1896(401897).
Its initial value is 5.0% and can be input 5.0%~100.0%.
When CPU program is changed from previous version, the set value is 0.0%.
In this case, the added holding function does not work.
So the set point value should be input over 5.0%.
- 183 -
QT1101-16
Revision
CPU Ver.XXX.120.135 needs HMI Ver.207.
Logic Ver.tr147d013
119.
Requested by ME, Added evaporator oil return control.
DIO assigning
DO-27/Y1A:Evaporator oil return SV#4
DO-28/Y1B:Evaporator oil return SV#3
DO-29/Y1C:Evaporator oil return SV#2
DO-30/Y1D:Evaporator oil return SV#1
DI-31/X1E:Evaporator oil return level SW
DI-32/X1F:Evaporator oil return limit SW
Device assigning
TYPE:401675(D1674) 0~6(0)
MASK TIME
:401676(D1675) 0^3000(300)SEC
LEVEL SW DELAY :401677(D1676) 0^300(5)SEC
INTERVAL
:401678(D1677) 0^300(30)SEC
RETURN TIME :401679(D1678) 0^300(20)SEC
LEVEL ALARM #1:401667(D1666) #2:401668(D1667) 0~3000(600)SEC
LEVEL FAILURE#2:401669(D1668) #2:401670(D1669) 0~3000(600)SEC
MVL ALARM #1:401680(D1679) #2:401681(D1680) 0~3000(60)SEC
MVL FAILURE #2:401682(D1681) #2:401683(D1682) 0~3000(60)SEC
Counter:401898,401899(D1897,D1898)
Ver.207.120.135
2014/09/26
The marked *1 items are requested by MU.

.134
Add
Set points for evaporator oil return control.
Exclusive selection for assigning of DO-27,28,29,30/DI-31,32.
Set points for PV CHOICE SETTING of TOP SCREEN.*1
Set points for MENU>GRAPH>TREND GRAPH>SELECT CH*1
Pressure gauge type data and needle angle data in GRAPHIC VIEW 1.
LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL is disabled when COMPRESSOR TYPE :
COMPOUND-2.
LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL is disabled when COMPRESSOR TYPE:SINGLE
UD-V(Variable Vi) and DO-18 is assigned except LIQUID INJECTION LIQUID
SUPPLY.
COMPRESSOR TYPE:COMPOUND-2 cannot be selected when OIL DRAIN SV is
not assigned.
OIL DRAIN SV is assigned to DO-21 when COMPRESSOR TYPE:COMPUND-2 is
selected.
(if OIL PUMP:W/ 1-OIL PUMP and INTERCOOLER EXPANSION VALSVE:YOSAKU,
EXPANSION VALVES selection becomes NONE/THERMAL.)
X91 is linked to MODBUS Coil No.576.
Fix
OIL PUMP LEAD/LAG can be selected even when COPRESSOR TYPE:SINGLE J~.
COMPRESSOR TYPE:SINGLE J~ can be changed to 400 SERIES.
Condition of OIL PUMP:W/ 2-OIL PUMPS selection is matched with logic control.
dFP CALICULATION selection configures pseudo analog input correctly.
DI-15 is named correctly when DI15:INTERLOCK-3.
CONDENSER CONTROL TARGET:SYSTEM DISCHARGE PRESSURE cannot be
selected when except SYSTEM DISCHARGE PRESSURE is assigned to AI-11 or
AI22.
LEVEL CONTROL selection is fixed to NOT USE when AI-11 is assigned to OPTION
ANALOG INPUT.
AI-22 cannot be selected in OPTION ANALOG INPUT>CH when LEVEL CONTROL
selection is not NOT USE or CONDENSER CONTROL TARGET selection is
SYSTEM DISCHARGE PRESSURE.
AI-23 and AI-24 cannot be selected when CHILLER EXPANSION VALVES selection
is 2-MOTORIZED CONTROL VALVES.
REVOLUTION and FREQUENCY selection in VFD SETUP immediately changes
MAIN PV displaying.
MV 0%/100% setpoint in VFD SETUP immediately changes MAIN PV displaying.
Change
LEVEL CONTROL selection becomes NOT USE, REVERSE or DIRECT from NOT
USE or USE.
LEVEL CONTROL controller can work direct or reverse operation.
In ANALOG INPUT SCALING, SCALING LEFT set point cannot be larger than
- 184 -
QT1101-16
Revision
SCALING RIGHT. It is because of matching with logic control.
The initial set point value of MV 0%/100% in VFD SETUP>CONDENSER VFD
CONTROL is changed 600/1200.
Selecting REVOLUTION or FREQUENCY in VFD SETUP does not change MV
0%/100% set point.
[ Fix ]
COMPRESSOR TYPE: UD-Vi is selected, Delete the NEXT switch CALIBRATION
screen
CONTROL->AUTO Vi UD-Vi is selected, Display animation fix
CONTROL SUMMARY3/3->AUTO STAGE->ADDRESS, and COMMUNICATION
SETUP->COMMUNICATION,
Fixed a bug where the background color of the input disabled at the time was wrong
PV MONITOR3/3 AI80 display animation fix
ALARM/FAILURE->8/10-9/10(OPT1-4) Name display animation fix (grayed out )
In time synchronization of the CPU and TP, If the end of the month, the date that does
not exist is input, it corresponds to the problems that cannot be changed to the value
set
MONITOR->ASSIGNMENTA/O01-04 Fixed a bug that was supposed to allow input
OEM LIMIT 10/13-13/13 OPT1-OPT4 Fixed a bug in the scaling
"RPM" display, Fixed a bug that does not appear only up to three digits
Ver.207.120.135
2014/09/26
[ Change ]
The significant changes to the GRAPHIC VIEW1
Change the color of the EASY SETUP check box
Change to switch the BOOT state screen after moving ahead because there was a fail
to move to the CONFIG screen
CONFIG->SYSTEM DETAILS3/6->LEVEL CONTROL Choices change
0:NOT USE ,1:REVERSE ,2:DIRECT
GRAPHIC VIEW2 Requested by MU, Change meter of the upper left corner of the
screen LSV->SVP
SYSTEM DETAILS4/6->LIQUID INJECTION
NONE/THERMAL EXPANSION if it is selected, From the section of the CONTROL
SUMMARY-> LIQUID INJECTION, Change to the can move the configuration
screen of LIQUID INJECTION SV
GRAPHIC->TREND GRAPH
The screen is 2 screen, it will select up to 10 per screen CH, Changed to display the
selected item
TOP SCR->PV CHOICE SETTING [] switch change
Change to the SETTING->SET TIME screen
Change OIL SEAL PROTECTION display animation
Change to the form of a 20yy (year) time display
Change to display SET TIME
MODBUS No. MODBUS No,400262-400269 and 403161-403167 change in order,
"Undefined" to solve the problem of consistency
[ Add ]
AUTO CAPTURE function added
TOP SCR->PV CHOICE SETTING->ATT ,CMPS ,CNDS add
CONFIG->SYSTEM DETAILS5/6->EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN add
0 NOT USE
1 1SV WITHOUT LEVEL SWITCH
2 1SV WITH LEVEL SWITCH (FILLED OFF)
3 1SV WITH LEVEL SWITCH (FILLED ON)
4 1SV WITH FLOAT LEVEL SWITCH (FILLED OFF)
5 1SV WITH FLOAT LEVEL SWITCH (FILLED ON)
6 1MV 2SV WITHOUT LEVEL SWITCH
7 1MV 2SV WITH LEVEL SWITCH(FILLED OFF)
8 1MV 2SV WITH LEVEL SWITCH(FILLED ON)
9 1MV 2SV WITH FLOAT LEVEL SWITCH(FILLED OFF)
10 1MV 2SV WITH FLOAT LEVEL SWITCH(FILLED ON)
CONFIG-> COUNTER->EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN add
CONFIG->OEM LIMITS6/10->EVPR OIL RETURN LEVEL SW add
CONFIG->OEM LIMITS6/10->EVPR OIL RETURN MV add
ALARM->ALARM/FAILURE6/10->EVPR OIL RETURN LEVEL SW add
ALARM->ALARM/FAILURE6/10->EVPR OIL RETURN MV add
CONTROL->OTHER SETPOINTS
EVPR OIL RETURN MASK TIME
EVPR OIL RETURN LEVEL SW DELAY
EVPR OIL RETURN INTERVAL
- 185 -
QT1101-16
Revision
EVPR OIL RETURN TIME add
CONTROL SUMMARY->COMMUNICATION SETUP->RESPONSE Unit (10mSEC)
add
GRAPH-> SELECT CH add
MONITOR-> COUNTER->EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN add
MONITOR->SYSTEM DETAILS5/6->LEVEL CONTROL Additional choices and
EVPR Oil RETUN add
MONITOR->ASSIGNMENT DO27-31(EOR1-4) and DI31-32(EORL ,EMV) add
MONITOR->ASSIGNMENT-> "?" SWITCH->DI31-32
EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN LEVEL SWITCH
EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN MV LIMIT SWITCH(CLOSE) add
MONITOR->ASSIGNMENT-> ? SWIITCH->D/O27-29
EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN4 ,EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN3,
EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN2 ,EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN1 add
ALARM LOG ,FAILURE LOG ,EVENT LOG add a space between the message and
time
Chinese (Traditional) added
CONTROL->SET POINTS->OIL.P STOP DELAY add
Ver.208.121.135
2014/10/22
Ver.208.121.135
2014/10/23
Logic Ver.tr147d025
Add
120.
Requested by ME
Added HIGH LSV POSITION ALARM.
[ Add ]
HIGH LSV POSITION ALARM add
Ver.208.122.135
2014/10/30
Logic Ver.tr147d026
Fix
121.
Pointed out by MU.
Liquid supply SV control defect when MOTORIZED CONTROL VALVE is selected for
LIQUID INJECTION.
- 186 -
QT1101-16
Instruction Manual Revision Record

Instruction Manual
version
Date
Revision
1st edition, 1st printing
2012.06.01
First edition (for Ver.100.100.100)
1st edition, 2nd printing
2012.06.06
1st edition, 3rd printing
2012.06.22
1st edition, 4th printing
2012.09.14
Correction of errors
Changing I/O configuration and range for MYPRO TOUCH specification.
(previous one is for CP standard)
(Checking )Correction of errors and orthographic variation
2012.10.01
2012.11.01
2012.12.26
2013. 04.01
2013. 07.01
2013. 07.16
2013. 07.29
2013. 08.05
2013. 11.06
2014. 03.28
2014. 04.10
2014. 12.09
for Ver.108.003.015
for Ver.108.003.017
Addition of Set value explanation of AUTO STAGE, Warning condition of
interlock, Condition of Auto Vi SLIDE ALARM, Option part list
for Ver.112.004.020
Communication terminal block name error correction.
It is possible to input it up to the password eight characters.
(Checking )Correction of errors
for Ver.125.102.108
for Ver.127.103.112
for Ver.129.104.114
for Ver.131.104.116
Addition of Dimension of ext. AD and the DI/O board
Addition of explanation TP protection film
for Ver.134.106.122
for Ver.203.116.131
For control addition
HMI display greatness change
for Ver.208.122.135
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
FOR SCREW COMPRESSOR UNIT CONTROLLER
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S
st
June 1 2012 1st edition 1st printing

th
December 9 2014 1st edition 16th printing
Corporate office : 3-14-15, Botan, Koto-ku, Tokyo 135-8482, Japan
Tel : +81-3-3642-8181
Fax : +81-3-3643-7094
Moriya Plant : 2000, Tatsuzawa, Moriya-shi, Ibaraki-ken 302-0118, Japan Tel : +81-297-48-1593
Fax : +81-297-45-2781
URL: http://www.mayekawa.com
Mayekawa Mfg. Co., Ltd. Reserves the right to change design and specifications.

Instruction Manual Mypro Touch Type S

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Instruction Manual Mypro Touch Type S

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR SCREW COMPRESSOR UNIT CONTROLLER

6 digital inputs; 10 digital outputs (for AC load); 16 analog inputs

6 digital inputs; 10 digital outputs (for DC load); 16 analog inputs;

Additionally, there is an option for enhancing.

Are all necessary items supplied?

Are the settings in the following screen correct?

Mayekawa Mfg. Co., Ltd.

MYPRO TOUCH Type-S Manual Rel.1.16

MYPRO TOUCH Type-S Manual Rel.1.16

Chapter 0 : Information on This Manual

This Manual and Other Related Manuals

This manual is about MYPRO TOUCH Type-S as follows:

Organization of This Manual

This manual consists of the following three groups of chapters.

Glossary of Special Terms

The special terms used in this manual are defined below.

MYPRO TOUCH Type-S Manual Rel.1.16

Words Displayed on Screen

Acronyms and Abbreviations

MYPRO TOUCH Type-S Manual Rel.1.16

Chapter 1 : General Description

Functions and Features

No-voltage contact signals or under-voltage solid-state relay (SSR) signals

4 to 20 mA DC inputs, 1 to 5 V DC inputs, or 1-k potentiometer inputs

- A half-duplex 4-wire serial communication port conforming to RS-485

MYPRO TOUCH Type-S Manual Rel.1.16

System Organization of MYPRO TOUCH

Schematic for System organization of MYPRO TOUCH

[MYPRO TOUCH] Control Panel

[MYPRO TOUCH] Control Panel

CPU-HMI Communication Cable(1.8[m])

RS-485 D-sub 9pin The provision of Japan is also possible.

RS-232C Custom Cross Cable (3.0[m])

It is necessary for connecting Anybus-touch panel. (self-made cable)

The model is different according to the protocol.

RS-232C Straight Cable(3.0[m])

It is necessary for connecting the level converter and touch panel.

RS-232C - RS-485 Level Converter

When the transmission distance exceeds 100m, an external power supply is

Extension analog input board is required for 16 analog inputs or more.

MYPRO TOUCH Type-S Manual Rel.1.16

Usable Control Functions

SINGLE J without Economizer

FM160 without Economizer

UD-V with Condenser Control

Compressor (low stage) capacity control

Evaporator expansion valve 1 control

Compressor capacity control by Discharge/Suction pressure

Compressor capacity control by Chiller leaving temperature

Evaporator expansion valve control by suction superheat

Evaporator expansion valve control by suction pressure

Evaporator expansion valve control by Chiller leaving temperature

Economizer/intercooler expansion valve control

Inter cooler expansion valve control by intermediated superheat

Liquid injection oil cooling control

Liquid injection expansion valve control

Chiller flow control

Process flow control by Chiller leaving temperature

Condenser fan revolutions/ step control

Condenser fan speed control by discharge pressure

Compound two-stage Compressor

Compressor high stage capacity control by intermediate pressure